See Full Document Text
3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/1
II
(Non-legislative acts)
REGULATIONS
COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) 2020/469
of 14 February 2020
amending Regulation (EU) No 923/2012, Regulation (EU) No 139/2014 and Regulation (EU) 2017/373
as regards requirements for air traffic management/air navigation services, design of airspace
structures and data quality, runway safety and repealing Regulation (EC) No 73/2010
(Text with EEA relevance)
THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2018/1139 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 July 2018 on common
rules in the field of civil aviation and establishing a European Union Aviation Safety Agency, and amending Regulations
(EC) No 2111/2005, (EC) No 1008/2008, (EU) No 996/2010, (EU) No 376/2014 and Directives 2014/30/EU
and 2014/53/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, and repealing Regulations (EC) No 552/2004 and (EC)
No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Council Regulation (EEC) No 3922/91(1), and in
particular points (c) and (g) of Article 36(1), points (a) and (f) of Article 43(1) and Article 44(1) thereof,
Whereas:
(1) Commission Regulation (EU) No 923/2012(2) lays down the common rules of the air and operational provisions
regarding services and procedures in air navigation applicable to general air traffic (the so called ‘rules of the air’).
(2) Commission Regulation (EU) No 139/2014(3) lays down requirements and administrative procedures related to
aerodromes, including their management, operation, certification and oversight.
(3) Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/373(4) lays down common requirements for providers of air traffic
management/air navigation services (‘ATM/ANS’) and other air traffic management network functions (‘ATM
network functions’) for general air traffic and their oversight.
(1) OJ L 212, 22.8.2018, p. 1.
(2) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 of 26 September 2012 laying down the common rules of the air and
operational provisions regarding services and procedures in air navigation and amending Implementing Regulation (EU)
No 1035/2011 and Regulations (EC) No 1265/2007, (EC) No 1794/2006, (EC) No 730/2006, (EC) No 1033/2006 and (EU)
No 255/2010, OJ L 281, 13.10.2012, p. 1.
(3) Commission Regulation (EU) No 139/2014 of 12 February 2014 laying down requirements and administrative procedures related to
aerodromes pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 216/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council, OJ L 44, 14.2.2014, p. 1.
(4) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 of 1 March 2017 laying down common requirements for providers of air traffic
management/air navigation services and other air traffic management network functions and their oversight, repealing Regulation (EC)
No 482/2008, Implementing Regulations (EU) No 1034/2011, (EU) No 1035/2011 and (EU) 2016/1377 and amending Regulation
(EU) No 677/2011, OJ L 62, 8.3.2017, p. 1.L 104/2 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(4) In order to ensure a high level of civil aviation safety in the Union, flight crews should be required to report to the air
traffic service units, when the runway braking action they encounter is not as good as reported to them. Those
reporting obligations should be set out in Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.
(5) On 31 March 2016 the International Civil Aviation Organisation (‘the ICAO’) adopted Amendment 77-A to Annex 3
to the Convention on International Civil Aviation, signed on 7 December 1944 in Chicago (the ‘Chicago
Convention’) aiming at improving the provision of information on hazardous meteorological conditions, enhancing
situational awareness and contributing to a more efficient routing, including circumvention of hazardous
meteorological conditions. That amendment is applicable in ICAO Contracting States as of 10 November 2016 and
it should be reflected in Regulation (EU) 2017/373, in particular in the provisions on meteorological services (Annex
V – Part-MET).
(6) Regulation (EU) 2017/373 should reflect the state of the art in aviation safety, as well as best practices and scientific
and technical progress in aeronautical information services (‘AIS’). Therefore, amendments to Regulation (EU)
2017/373 should be based on the applicable ICAO Standards and recommended practices (‘SARPs’), in particular
on the Sixteenth Edition of Annex 15 ‘Aeronautical Information Services’ to the Chicago Convention, while drawing
on the experience of the Union in AIS provision and ensuring proportionality according to the size, type and
complexity of the AIS provider (‘AISP’).
(7) On 31 March 2016 ICAO adopted also Amendment 77-B to Annex 3 to the Chicago Convention which aims at
reducing runway excursion incidents and accidents. That Amendment 77-B to Annex 3 will be applicable in the
ICAO Contracting States as of 5 November 2020. That amendment should also be reflected in Regulation (EU)
2017/373, in particular in the requirements laid down in Annex V as regards the provision of meteorological
services and in Annex VI as regards the provision of aeronautical information services.
(8) Pilots should be informed through notices to airmen when a runway is temporarily unavailable due to marking
works. In order to increase runway safety, pilots intending to operate on a specially prepared winter runway or on a
slippery wet runway should be appropriately informed. The dissemination of friction measurements to pilots should
not be allowed because friction measurements are not correlated with aeroplane performance.
(9) Common technical rules for the design of airspace structures as well as common requirements for service providers
of flight procedure design (‘FPD’) should be established in Regulation (EU) 2017/373 to ensure that the airspace
structures and flight procedures are properly designed, surveyed and validated before they can be deployed and used
by aircraft.
(10) Flight procedures and any changes thereto can affect the safety of flight operations at the aerodrome. Consequently, a
clear link between the existing Regulation (EU) No 139/2014 and Regulation (EU) 2017/373 should be introduced.
(11) With the adoption of the Seventh Edition of Annex 10 to the Chicago Convention on ‘Aeronautical Telecommu
nications’ (Volume II) published in July 2016, the Fifteenth Edition of Annex 11 to the Chicago Convention on ‘Air
Traffic Services’ and the Sixteenth Edition of Doc 4444 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services – Air Traffic
Management (PANS ATM)’, the ICAO adopted new ICAO SARPs on aviation safety in the provision of air traffic
services (‘ATS’).
(12) For those reasons, and in order to ensure the uniform implementation and compliance with the essential
requirements set out in point 2.3 of Annex VIII to Regulation (EU) 2018/1139, Regulation (EU) 2017/373 should
be amended accordingly.
(13) Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 and Regulation (EU) 2017/373 should also include detailed provisions with regard to
the availability and the conditions for the use of the Very-high frequency (VHF) emergency channel.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/3
(14) Additionally, taking into account the impact of ATM/ANS on pilot actions and aerodrome operations, those new
measures should also be reflected in the relevant provisions of Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.
(15) Those new measures include also detailed provisions on the quality of aeronautical data and aeronautical
information and therefore Regulation (EU) No 73/2010(5) should be repealed.
(16) The industry and the competent authorities of the Мember States should be given sufficient time to adapt to the
measures introduced by this Regulation.
(17) The measures provided for in this Regulation are based on Opinion, 02/2018, Opinion 03/2018 and Opinion
03/2019 of the European Union Aviation Safety Agency in accordance with point (b) and (c) of Article 75(2) and
Article 76(1) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1139.
(18) The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the committee established by
Article 127 of Regulation (EU) 2018/1139.
HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:
Article 1
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 is amended as follows:
(1) Article 2 is amended as follows:
(a) point (57) is replaced by the following:
‘(57) ‘‘controlled aerodrome’’ means an aerodrome at which air traffic control service is provided to aerodrome
traffic’;
(b) the following points (144) and (145) are added:
‘(144) ‘‘critical area’’ means an area of defined dimensions extending around the ground equipment of a precision
instrument approach within which the presence of vehicles or aircraft will cause unacceptable disturbance
of the guidance signals;
(145) ‘sensitive area’ means an area extending beyond the critical area where the parking or movement, or both,
of aircraft or vehicles will affect the guidance signal to the extent that it may be rendered as an
unacceptable disturbance to aircraft using the signal.’;
(2) the following Article 4a is inserted:
‘Article 4a
Very-high frequency (VHF) emergency frequency
1. Without prejudice to paragraph 2, Member States shall ensure that the VHF emergency frequency (121.500 MHz)
is only used for emergency purposes specified in point SERA.14095(d) of the Annex.
2. Member States may exceptionally allow the use of the VHF emergency frequency referred to in paragraph 1 for
other purposes than those specified in point SERA.14095(d) of the Annex, if those are limited to what is necessary to
achieve their aim and in order to reduce the impact upon aircraft in distress or emergency and on the operations of air
traffic services units.’;
(3) the Annex is amended in accordance with Annex I to this Regulation.
Article 2
Annex III to Regulation (EU) No 139/2014 is amended in accordance with Annex II to this Regulation.
(5) Commission Regulation (EU) No 73/2010 of 26 January 2010 laying down requirements on the quality of aeronautical data and
aeronautical information for the single European sky, OJ L 23, 27.1.2010, p. 6.L 104/4 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Article 3
Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 is amended as follows:
(1) Article 1 is replaced by the following:
‘Article 1
Subject matter
This Regulation lays down common requirements for:
(a) the provision of air traffic management and air navigation services (‘ATM/ANS’) for general air traffic, in particular
for the legal or natural persons providing those services and functions;
(b) the competent authorities and the qualified entities acting on their behalf, which perform certification, oversight
and enforcement tasks in respect of the services referred to in point (a);
(c) the rules and procedures for the design of airspace structures.’;
(2) Article 2 is amended as follows:
(a) point (2) is replaced by the following:
‘(2) ‘‘ATM/ANS provider’’ means any legal or natural person providing any of the ATM/ANS as defined in Article 3
(5) of Regulation (EU) 2018/1139, either individually or bundled, for general air traffic;’;
(b) New points (6), (7) and (8) are added:
‘(6) ‘‘design of airspace structures’’ means a process that ensures that airspace structures are properly designed,
surveyed and validated before they are deployed and used by aircraft
(7) ‘airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS)’ means an aircraft system based on secondary surveillance radar
(SSR) transponder signals which operates independently of ground-based equipment to provide advice to the
pilot on potential conflicting aircraft that are equipped with SSR transponders’;
(8) ‘entity originating aeronautical data and aeronautical information’ – means any public or private entity
responsible for origination of aeronautical data and aeronautical information used as a source for
aeronautical information products and services. These entities do not include ATM/ANS providers referred to
in point (2) of Article 2 of this Regulation and aerodromes defined in point (1)(e) of Article 2 of Regulation
(EU) 2018/1139.’;
(3) Article 3 is amended as follows:
(a) the heading is replaced by the following:
‘Provision of ATM/ANS and design of airspace structures’;
(b) paragraph 1 is replaced by the following:
‘1. Member States shall ensure that the appropriate ATM/ANS are provided and airspace structures are designed
in accordance with this Regulation in a manner that facilitates general air traffic, while taking into account safety
considerations, traffic requirements and environmental impact.’;
(c) the following paragraphs 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 are added:
‘5. Member States shall ensure that:
(a) entities originating aeronautical data or aeronautical information meet the requirements laid down in:
(i) point ATM/ANS.OR.A.085 of Annex III, except those in points (c), (d), (f)(1) and (i) thereof;
(ii) point ATM/ANS.OR.A.090 of Annex III;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/5
(b) aeronautical data and aeronautical information are originated, processed and transmitted by adequately
trained, competent and authorised personnel.
When aeronautical data or aeronautical information is intended to be used for the purpose of IFR or special
VFR flights, the requirements referred to in letters (a) and (b) of the first subparagraph shall apply to all entities
originating such data and information.
6. Where it is determined that air traffic services are to be provided in particular portions of the airspace or at
particular aerodromes, Member States shall ensure that those portions of the airspace or those aerodromes are
specified in relation to the air traffic services that are to be provided.
7. Member States shall ensure that appropriate arrangements between the relevant ATM/ANS providers and
aircraft operators are established for the adequate coordination of activities and services provided as well as for the
exchange of relevant data and information.
8. Member States shall identify the persons or organisations, which are responsible for the design of airspace
structures and shall ensure that those persons or organisations apply the requirements laid down in Appendix 1 to
Annex XI (Part-FPD).
9. Member States shall ensure that maintenance and periodic review of flight procedures for aerodromes and
airspace under their authority are conducted. For that purpose, Member States shall identify the persons or
organisations, which are responsible for those tasks and shall ensure that the persons or organisations comply
with the requirements laid down in Article 6, points (a) and (k).’;
(4) the following Articles 3a, 3b, 3c and 3d are inserted:
‘Article 3a
Determination of the need for the provision of air traffic services
1. Member States shall determine the need for the provision of air traffic services by taking into account all of the
following factors:
(a) the types of air traffic involved;
(b) the density of air traffic;
(c) the meteorological conditions;
(d) other relevant factors related to the objectives of the air traffic services defined in point ATS.TR.100 of Annex IV.
2. While determining the need for the provision of air traffic services Member States shall not take into account the
carriage of airborne collision avoidance systems by aircraft.
Article 3b
Coordination between military units and air traffic service providers
Without prejudice to Article 6 of Regulation (EC) No 2150/2005, Member States shall establish special procedures so
that:
(a) air traffic service providers are notified if a military unit observes that an aircraft, which is, or might be, a civil
aircraft is approaching, or has entered, any area in which interception might become necessary;
(b) the air traffic service provider shall in close coordination with the military unit confirm the identity of the aircraft
and provide it with the navigational guidance necessary to avoid the need for interception.
Article 3c
Coordination of air operations potentially hazardous to civil aviation
1. Member States shall ensure that operations potentially hazardous to civil aircraft over their territory are
coordinated, including over the high seas, in case the competent authority has accepted, pursuant to an ICAO
Regional Air Navigation Agreement, the responsibility to provide air traffic services within the airspace concerned.
The coordination shall be effected early enough to permit timely promulgation of information regarding those
activities.L 104/6 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
2. Member States shall establish arrangements for the promulgation of information regarding the activities referred
to in paragraph 1.
Article 3d
Very-high frequency (VHF) emergency frequency
1. Without prejudice to paragraph 2, Member States shall ensure that the VHF emergency frequency (121,500 MHz)
is only used for genuine emergency purposes as specified in point ATS.OR.405(a) of Annex IV.
2. Member States may exceptionally allow the use of the VHF emergency frequency referred to in paragraph 1 for
other purposes than those specified in point ATS.OR.405(a) of Annex IV, if those are limited to the extent necessary to
achieve their aim and in order to reduce the impact upon aircraft in distress or emergency and upon the operations of
air traffic services units.’;
(5) Article 6 is amended as follows:
(a) point (d) is replaced by the following:
‘(d) for providers of air traffic services, in addition to the requirements of points (a) and (c), the requirements laid
down in Annex IV (Part-ATS) and the requirements laid down in Regulation (EU) No 923/2012;’;
(b) point (k) is replaced by the following:
‘(k) for providers of flight procedure design services, in addition to the requirements of points (a) and (b), the
requirements laid down in Annex XI (Part-FPD);’;
(6) Annexes I, II, III, IV, V, VI and XI are amended in accordance with Annex III to this Regulation.
Article 4
Regulation (EU) No 73/2010 is repealed with effect from 27 January 2022.
Article 5
This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the
European Union.
It shall apply from 27 January 2022.
The following points of this Regulation shall apply from 5 November 2020:
— In Annex I, point 10(b);
— In Annex III:
— point 5;
— in point 6: Appendix 3 ‘SNOWTAM FORMAT’.
This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
Done at Brussels, 14 February 2020.
For the Commission
The President
Ursula VON DER LEYEN3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/7
ANNEX I
Amendments to Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012
The Annex is amended as follows:
(1) in point SERA.3210(d)(4)(ii), points (A) and (B) are replaced by the following:
‘(A) persons and vehicles operating on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome shall be restricted to the essential
minimum and particular regard shall be given to the requirements to protect the critical and sensitive area(s) of
radio navigation aids;
(B) subject to the provisions of point (iii), the method or methods to separate vehicles and taxiing aircraft shall be as
specified by the air navigation service provider (‘ANSP’) and approved by the competent authority taking into
account the aids available;’;
(2) in point SERA.3210(d)(4) (iv), point (A) is replaced by the following:
‘(A) vehicles and vehicles towing aircraft shall give way to aircraft which are landing, taking-off or taxiing’
(3) point SERA.8005 is amended as follows:
(a) in point (a), point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) issue one or more of the following: clearances, instructions or information for the purpose of preventing
collision between aircraft under its control and of expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of traffic;’;
(b) point (c) is amended as follows:
(a) the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘Except for cases of operations on parallel or near-parallel runways as in point ATS.TR.255 of Annex IV to
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 (*), or when a reduction in separation minima in the
vicinity of aerodromes can be applied, separation by an ATC unit shall be obtained by at least one of the
following:
_____________
(*) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 of 1 March 2017 laying down common
requirements for providers of air traffic management/air navigation services and other air traffic
management network functions and their oversight, repealing Regulation (EC) No 482/2008,
Implementing Regulations (EU) No 1034/2011, (EU) No 1035/2011 and (EU) 2016/1377 and amending
Regulation (EU) No 677/2011 (OJ L 62, 8.3.2017, p. 1).’;
(b) point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) vertical separation, obtained by assigning different levels selected from the table of cruising levels in
Appendix 3, except that the correlation of levels to track as prescribed therein shall not apply whenever
otherwise indicated in appropriate aeronautical information publications or ATC clearances. The vertical
separation minimum shall be a nominal 300 m (1 000 ft) up to and including FL 410 and a nominal 600
m (2 000 ft) above that level. Geometric height information shall not be used to establish vertical
separation;’;
(4) point SERA.8012 is replaced by the following:
‘(a) Air traffic control units shall apply wake turbulence separation minima to aircraft in the approach and departure
phases of flight in any of the following circumstances:
(1) an aircraft is operating directly behind another aircraft at the same altitude or less than 300 m (1 000 ft)
below it;
(2) both aircraft are using the same runway or parallel runways separated by less than 760 m (2 500 ft);
(3) an aircraft is crossing behind another aircraft at the same altitude or less than 300 m (1 000 ft) below it.L 104/8 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(b) Paragraph (a) shall not apply to arriving VFR flights and to arriving IFR flights executing visual approach when
the aircraft has reported the preceding aircraft in sight and has been instructed to follow and maintain own
separation from that aircraft. In those cases, the air traffic control unit shall issue caution for wake turbulence.’;
(5) point SERA.8015 is amended as follows:
(a) in point (b), the following point (6) is added:
‘(6) When vectoring or assigning a direct routing not included in the flight plan, which takes an IFR flight off
published ATS route or instrument procedure, an air traffic controller providing ATS surveillance service
shall issue clearances such that the prescribed obstacle clearance exists at all times until the aircraft reaches
the point where the pilot re-joins the flight plan route or joins a published ATS route or instrument
procedure.’;
(b) in point (d), point (5) is replaced by the following:
‘(5) any necessary instructions or information on other matters, such as ATFM departure slot if applicable,
approach or departure manoeuvres, communications and the time of expiry of the clearance.’;
(c) in point (e), the heading is replaced by the following:
‘Read back of clearances, instructions and safety-related information’;
(d) point (eb) is amended as follows:
(i) point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) Except when it is known that the aircraft has already received the information in a directed transmission,
an QNH altimeter setting shall be included in:
(i) the descent clearance, when first cleared to an altitude below the transition level;
(ii) the approach clearance or the clearance to enter the traffic circuit;
(iii) the taxi clearance for departing aircraft.’;
(ii) in point (5), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘When an aircraft has been given clearance to land or where an aircraft has been informed that the runway is
available for landing at AFIS aerodromes and that aircraft is completing its approach using atmospheric
pressure at aerodrome elevation (QFE), the vertical position of that aircraft shall be expressed in terms of
height above aerodrome elevation during that portion of its flight for which QFE may be used, except that it
shall be expressed in terms of height above runway threshold elevation:’;
(6) point SERA.9005 is amended as follows:
(a) point (a) is amended as follows:
(i) the following points (7) and (8) are added:
‘(7) information on abnormal aircraft configuration and condition;
(8) any other information likely to affect safety.’;
(ii) the second paragraph is deleted;
(b) point (b) is amended as follows:
(i) point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) for flight over water areas, in so far as practicable and when requested by a pilot, any available
information such as radio call sign, position, true track, speed, etc. of surface vessels in the area; and’;
(ii) the following point (4) is added:
‘(4) messages, including clearances, received from other air traffic services units to relay to aircraft.’;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/9
(c) the following point (d) is added:
‘(d) AFIS provided to flights shall include, in addition to relevant items outlined in points (a) and (b), the
provision of the information concerning:
(1) collision hazards with aircraft, vehicles and persons operating on the manoeuvring area;
(2) the runway-in-use.’;
(7) in point SERA.9010(a), point (4) is replaced by the following:
‘(4) If an aircraft acknowledges receipt of an ATIS that is no longer current, the ATS unit shall without delay take one
of the following actions:
(i) communicate to the aircraft any element of information which has to be updated;
(ii) instruct the aircraft to obtain the current ATIS information.’;
(8) in point SERA.13010, point (b) is replaced by the following:
‘(b) Unless otherwise prescribed by the competent authority, verification of the pressure-altitude-derived level
information displayed shall be effected at least once by each suitably equipped ATS unit on initial contact with
the aircraft concerned or, if this is not feasible, as soon as possible thereafter.’;
(9) in point SERA.14095, the following point (d) is added:
‘(d) As laid down in Article 4a the VHF emergency frequency (121,500 MHz) shall be used for genuine emergency
purposes including any of the following:
(1) to provide a clear channel between aircraft in distress or emergency and a ground station when the normal
channels are being utilised for other aircraft;
(2) to provide a VHF communication channel between aircraft and aerodromes, not normally used by
international air services, in case of an emergency condition arising;
(3) to provide a common VHF communication channel between aircraft, either civil or military, and between
such aircraft and surface services, involved in common search and rescue operations, prior to changing
when necessary to the appropriate frequency;
(4) to provide air–ground communication with aircraft when airborne equipment failure prevents the use of the
regular channels;
(5) to provide a channel for the operation of emergency locator transmitters, and for communication between
survival craft and aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations;
(6) to provide a common VHF channel for communication between civil aircraft and intercepting aircraft or
intercept control units and between civil or intercepting aircraft and air traffic services units in the event of
interception of the civil aircraft.’.
(10) point SERA.12005(a) is amended as follows:
(a) point (8) is replaced by the following:
‘(8) pre-eruption volcanic activity or a volcanic eruption; or’;
(b) the following point (9) is added:
‘(9) the runway braking action encountered is not as good as reported.’.L 104/10 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
ANNEX II
Amendments to Regulation (EU) No 139/2014
Annex III is amended as follows:
(a) in point ADR.OR.B.015(b)(2), point (ii) is replaced by the following:
‘(ii) the type of operations at the aerodrome and the associated airspace; and’;
(b) in point ADR.OR.B.025(a)(1), point (iii) is replaced by the following:
‘(iii) that the flight procedures of the aerodrome and the associated changes thereto, have been established in
accordance with Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 (*).
_____________
(*) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373 of 1 March 2017 laying down common requirements for
providers of air traffic management/air navigation services and other air traffic management network functions
and their oversight, repealing Regulation (EC) No 482/2008, Implementing Regulations (EU) No 1034/2011, (EU)
No 1035/2011 and (EU) 2016/1377 and amending Regulation (EU) No 677/2011 (OJ L 62, 8.3.2017, p. 1).’;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/11
ANNEX III
Amendments to Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/373
Annexes I, II, III, IV, V, VI and XI are amended as follows:
(1) Annex I is amended as follows:
(a) the following table of contents is inserted before the heading ‘DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN ANNEXES II TO
XIII’:
‘TABLE OF CONTENTS
ANNEX I DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN ANNEXES II to XIII (Part-DEFINITIONS)
ANNEX II REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPETENT AUTHORITIES – OVERSIGHT OF SERVICES AND OTHER
ATM NETWORK FUNCTIONS (Part-ATM/ANS.AR)
SUBPART A – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (ATM/ANS.AR.A)
SUBPART B – MANAGEMENT (ATM/ANS.AR.B)
SUBPART C – OVERSIGHT, CERTIFICATION AND ENFORCEMENT (ATM/ANS.AR.C)
Appendix 1 – CERTIFICATE FOR SERVICE PROVIDER
ANNEX III COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE PROVIDERS (Part-ATM/ANS.OR)
SUBPART A – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (ATM/ANS.OR.A)
SUBPART B – MANAGEMENT (ATM/ANS.OR.B)
SUBPART C – SPECIFIC ORGANISATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER THAN ATS
PROVIDERS (ATM/ANS.OR.C)
SUBPART D – SPECIFIC ORGANISATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ANS AND ATFM PROVIDERS AND THE
NETWORK MANAGER (ATM/ANS.OR.D)
Appendix 1 – AERONAUTICAL DATA CATALOGUE
ANNEX IV – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (Part-ATS)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES
(ATS.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – SAFETY OF SERVICES
SECTION 3 – SPECIFIC HUMAN FACTORS REQUIREMENTS FOR AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE
PROVIDERS
SECTION 4 – REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION
SECTION 5 – REQUIREMENTS FOR INFORMATION
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (ATS.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICEL 104/12 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
SECTION 3 – FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE
SECTION 4 – ALERTING SERVICE
ANNEX V SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES (Part-MET)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF METEOROLOGICAL
SERVICES (MET.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Chapter 1 – Requirements for aeronautical meteorological stations
Chapter 2 – Requirements for aerodrome meteorological offices
Chapter 3 – Requirements for meteorological watch offices
Chapter 4 – Requirements for volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs)
Chapter 5 – Requirements for tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs)
Chapter 6 – Requirements for world area forecast centres (WAFCs)
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES (MET.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Chapter 1 – Technical requirements for aeronautical meteorological stations
Chapter 2 – Technical requirements for aerodrome meteorological offices
Chapter 3 – Technical requirements for meteorological watch offices
Chapter 4 – Technical requirements for volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs)
Chapter 5 – Technical requirements for tropical cyclone advisory centres (TCACs)
Chapter 6 – Technical requirements for world area forecast centres (WAFCs)
Appendix 1 – Template for METAR
Appendix 2 – Fixed areas of coverage of WAFS forecasts in chart form
Appendix 3 – Template for TAF
Appendix 4 – Template for wind shear warnings
Appendix 5A – Template for SIGMET and AIRMET
Appendix 5B – Template for special air-reports (uplink)3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/13
Appendix 6 – Template for advisory for volcanic ash
Appendix 7 – Template for advisory for tropical cyclones
Appendix 8 – Ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in a volcanic ash advisory, tropical
cyclone advisory, SIGMET, AIRMET, aerodrome warning and wind shear warning
ANNEX VI SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICES
(Part-AIS)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL
INFORMATION SERVICES (AIS.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – DATA QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SECTION 3 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS
Chapter 1 – Aeronautical information in a standardised presentation
Chapter 2 – Digital data sets
SECTION 4 – DISTRIBUTION AND PRE-FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICES
SECTION 5 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS UPDATES
SECTION 6 – PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
SERVICES (AIS.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – DATA QUALITY MANAGEMENT
SECTION 3 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS
Chapter 1 – Aeronautical information in a standardised presentation
Chapter 2 – Digital data sets
SECTION 4 – DISTRIBUTION AND PRE-FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICES
SECTION 5 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS UPDATES
Appendix 1 – CONTENTS OF THE AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION (AIP)
Appendix 2 – NOTAM FORMAT
Appendix 3 – SNOWTAM FORMAT
Appendix 4 – ASHTAM FORMAT
ANNEX VII – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF DATA SERVICES (Part-DAT)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF DATA SERVICES (DAT.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTSL 104/14 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF DATA SERVICES (DAT.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ANNEX VIII – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF COMMUNICATION, NAVIGATION, OR
SURVEILLANCE SERVICES (Part-CNS)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF COMMUNICATION,
NAVIGATION, OR SURVEILLANCE SERVICES (CNS.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF COMMUNICATION, NAVIGATION, OR
SURVEILLANCE SERVICES (CNS.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ANNEX IX – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (Part-ATFM)
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIR TRAFFIC FLOW MANAGEMENT (ATFM.TR)
ANNEX X – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIRSPACE MANAGEMENT (Part-ASM)
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AIRSPACE MANAGEMENT (ASM.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ANNEX XI – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE DESIGN SERVICES (Part-
FPD)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE
DESIGN SERVICES (FPD.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE DESIGN SERVICES
(FPD.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Appendix 1 – REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRSPACE STRUCTURES AND FLIGHT PROCEDURES CONTAINED
THEREIN
ANNEX XII – SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NETWORK MANAGER (Part-NM)
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE NETWORK MANAGER (NM.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ANNEX XIII – REQUIREMENTS FOR SERVICE PROVIDERS CONCERNING PERSONNEL TRAINING AND
COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT (Part-PERS)
SUBPART A – AIR TRAFFIC SAFETY ELECTRONIC PERSONNEL
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2 – TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 3 – COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 4 – INSTRUCTORS AND ASSESSORS REQUIREMENTS
Appendix 1 – Basic Training – Shared
Appendix 2 – Basic Training – Streams
Appendix 3 – Qualification Training – Shared
Appendix 4 – Qualification Training – Streams’;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/15
(b) point (6) is replaced by the following:
‘(6) ‘aerodrome flight information service (AFIS)’ means flight information service for aerodrome traffic provided
by a designated air traffic services provider;’;
(c) point 19 is replaced by the following:
‘(19) ‘AIRMET’ means information issued by a meteorological watch office concerning the occurrence or expected
occurrence of specified en-route weather phenomena which may affect the safety of low-level aircraft
operations and of the development of those phenomena in time and space, and which was not already
included in the forecast issued for low-level flights in the flight information region concerned or sub-area
thereof;’;
(d) point (71) is replaced by the following:
‘(71) ‘meteorological watch office (MWO)’ means an office monitoring meteorological conditions affecting flight
operations and providing information concerning the occurrence or expected occurrence of specified en-
route weather and other phenomena in the atmosphere which may affect the safety of aircraft operations
within its specified area of responsibility;’;
(e) point (91) is deleted;
(f) point (93) is replaced by the following:
‘(93) ‘SIGMET’ means information, issued by a meteorological watch office, concerning the occurrence or
expected occurrence of specified en-route weather and other phenomena in the atmosphere which may
affect the safety of aircraft operations and of the development of those phenomena in time and space;’;
(g) point (94) is deleted;
(h) point (99) is replaced by the following:
‘(99) ‘take-off alternate aerodrome’ means an alternate aerodrome at which an aircraft would be able to land
should this become necessary shortly after take-off and if it is not possible to use the aerodrome of
departure;’;
(i) point (108) is replaced by the following:
‘(108) ‘world area forecast centre (WAFC)’ means a meteorological centre preparing and issuing significant
weather (SIGWX) forecasts and upper-air forecasts in digital form on a global basis direct to the Member
States as part of the aeronautical fixed service (AFS) internet-based services;’;
(j) the following points (110) to (259) are added:
‘(110) ‘aerodrome control tower’ means a unit established to provide air traffic control service to aerodrome
traffic;
(111) ‘aerodrome traffic’ means all traffic on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome and all aircraft flying in the
vicinity of an aerodrome. An aircraft operating in the vicinity of an aerodrome includes but is not limited
to aircraft entering or leaving an aerodrome traffic circuit;
(112) ‘aerodrome traffic circuit’ means the specified path to be flown by aircraft operating in the vicinity of an
aerodrome;
(113) ‘aeronautical fixed station’ means a station in the aeronautical fixed service;
(114) ‘aeronautical ground light’ means any light specially provided as an aid to air navigation, other than a light
displayed on an aircraft;
(115) ‘aeronautical information circular (AIC)’ means a notice containing information that does not qualify for
the origination of a NOTAM or for inclusion in the aeronautical information publication, but which relates
to flight safety, air navigation, technical, administrative or legislative matters;L 104/16 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(116) ‘aeronautical information management (AIM)’ means the dynamic, integrated management of aeronautical
information through the provision and exchange of quality-assured digital aeronautical data in
collaboration with all parties;
(117) ‘aeronautical information product’ means aeronautical data and aeronautical information provided either as
digital data sets or as a standardised presentation in paper or electronic media. Aeronautical information
products include:
— aeronautical information publication, including amendments and supplements;
— AIC;
— aeronautical charts;
— NOTAM;
— digital data sets;
(118) ‘aeronautical information publication (AIP)’ means a publication issued by or with the authority of a State
and containing aeronautical information of a lasting character essential to air navigation;
(119) ‘AIP amendment’ means a permanent change to the information contained in the AIP;
(120) ‘AIP supplement’ means a temporary change to the information contained in the AIP, which is provided by
means of special pages;
(121) ‘aeronautical information regulation and control’ (AIRAC) means a system aimed at advance notification,
based on common effective dates, of circumstances that necessitate significant changes in operating
practices;
(122) ‘aeronautical mobile service’ means a mobile service between aeronautical stations and aircraft stations, or
between aircraft stations, in which survival craft stations may participate; emergency position-indicating
radio beacon stations may also participate in this service on designated distress and emergency frequencies;
(123) ‘aeronautical station’ means a land station in the aeronautical mobile service. In certain instances, an
aeronautical station may be located, for example, on board a ship or on a platform at sea;
(124) ‘aeronautical telecommunication station’ means a station in a telecommunication service provided for any
aeronautical purpose;
(125) ‘AFIS aerodrome’ means an aerodrome where AFIS is provided within the airspace associated with such
aerodrome;
(126) ‘AFIS unit’ means a unit established to provide AFIS and alerting service;
(127) ‘aircraft identification’ means a group of letters, figures or a combination thereof which is either identical to,
or the coded equivalent of, the aircraft call sign to be used in air-ground communications, and which is used
to identify the aircraft in ground-ground air traffic service communications;
(128) ‘air-ground communication’ means two-way communication between aircraft and stations or locations on
the surface of the earth;
(129) ‘air traffic advisory service’ means a service provided within an airspace of defined dimensions, or a
designated route (advisory airspace) to ensure separation, in so far as practical, between aircraft which are
operating on instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plans;
(130) ‘air traffic control clearance’ or ‘ATC clearance’ means authorisation for an aircraft to proceed under
conditions specified by an air traffic control unit;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/17
(131) ‘air traffic control instruction’ or ‘ATC instruction’ means directives issued by ATC for the purpose of
requiring a pilot to take a specific action;
(132) ‘air traffic control (ATC) unit’ or ‘ATC unit’ is a generic term meaning variously, area control centre,
approach control unit or aerodrome control tower;
(133) ‘ALERFA’ is the code word used to designate an alert phase;
(134) ‘alerting service’ means a service provided to notify appropriate organisations regarding aircraft in need of
search and rescue aid, and assist such organisations as required;
(135) ‘alert phase’ means a situation wherein apprehension exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants;
(136) ‘approach control unit’ means a unit established to provide air traffic control service to controlled flights
arriving at, or departing from, one or more aerodromes;
(137) ‘area navigation route’ means an ATS route established for the use of aircraft capable of employing area
navigation;
(138) ‘assemble’ means a process of merging data from multiple sources into a database and establishing a
baseline for subsequent processing;
(139) ‘ATS route’ means a specified route designed for channelling the flow of traffic as necessary for the
provision of ATS;
(140) ‘ATS surveillance service’ means a service provided directly by means of an ATS surveillance system;
(141) ‘ATS surveillance system’ means a generic term meaning variously, ADS-B, PSR, SSR or any comparable
ground-based system that enables the identification of aircraft;
(142) ‘automatic dependent surveillance – broadcast (ADS-B)’ means a means by which aircraft, aerodrome
vehicles and other objects can automatically transmit or receive, or transmit and receive data such as
identification, position and additional data, as appropriate, in a broadcast mode via a data link;
(143) ‘automatic dependent surveillance – contract (ADS-C)’ means a means by which the terms of an ADS-C
agreement will be exchanged between the ground system and the aircraft, via a data link, specifying under
what conditions ADS-C reports would be initiated, and what data would be contained in the reports;
(144) ‘automatic terminal information service (ATIS)’ means the automatic provision of current, routine
information to arriving and departing aircraft throughout 24 hours a day or a specified portion thereof;
(145) ‘data link-automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS)’ means the provision of ATIS via data link;
(146) ‘voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS)’ means the provision of ATIS by means of
continuous and repetitive voice broadcasts;
(147) ‘broadcast’ means a transmission of information relating to air navigation that is not addressed to a specific
station or stations;
(148) ‘ceiling’ means the height above the ground or water of the base of the lowest layer of cloud below 6 000 m
(20 000 ft) covering more than half of the sky;L 104/18 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(149) ‘clearance limit’ means the point to which an aircraft is granted an ATC clearance;
(150) ‘cloud base’ means the height of the base of the lowest observed or forecast cloud element in the vicinity of
an aerodrome or operating site or within a specified area of operations, normally measured above
aerodrome elevation or, in the case of offshore operations, above mean sea level;
(151) ‘completeness’ means, in relation to data, the degree of confidence that all data needed to support the
intended use is provided;
(152) ‘confidence level’ means the probability that the true value of a parameter is within a certain interval around
the estimate of its value;
(153) ‘conference communications’ means communication facilities whereby direct speech conversation may be
conducted between three or more locations simultaneously;
(154) ‘control zone’ means a controlled airspace extending upwards from the surface of the Earth to a specified
upper limit;
(155) ‘controlled aerodrome’ means an aerodrome at which air traffic control service is provided to aerodrome
traffic;
(156) ‘controlled airspace’ means an airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control service is
provided in accordance with the airspace classification;
(157) ‘controlled flight’ means any flight which is subject to an ATC clearance;
(158) ‘controller-pilot data link communications (CPDLC)’ means a means of communication between air traffic
controller and pilot, using data link for ATC communications;
(159) ‘critical area’ means an area of defined dimensions extending around the ground equipment of a precision
instrument approach within which the presence of vehicles or aircraft will cause unacceptable disturbance
of the guidance signals;
(160) ‘cruising level’ means a level maintained during a significant portion of a flight;
(161) ‘cyclic redundancy check (CRC)’ means a mathematical algorithm applied to the digital expression of data
that provides a level of assurance against loss or alteration of data;
(162) ‘danger area’ means an airspace of defined dimensions within which activities dangerous to the flight of
aircraft may exist at specified times;
(163) ‘data accuracy’ means a degree of conformance between the estimated or measured value and the true value;
(164) ‘data collection surface’ means a defined surface intended for the purpose of collecting obstacle or terrain
data;
(165) ‘data integrity’ means a degree of assurance that aeronautical data and its value has not been lost or altered
since the data origination or authorised amendment;
(166) ‘data item’ means a single attribute of a complete data set, which is allocated a value that defines its current
status;
(167) ‘data link communications’ means a form of communication intended for the exchange of messages via a
data link;
(168) ‘data link-VOLMET (D-VOLMET)’ means the provision of current aerodrome routine meteorological reports
(METAR) and aerodrome special meteorological reports (SPECI), aerodrome forecasts (TAF), SIGMET,
special air-reports not covered by a SIGMET and, where available, AIRMET via data link;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/19
(169) ‘data origination’ means the creation of a new data item with its associated value, the modification of the
value of an existing data item or the deletion of an existing data item;
(170) ‘data product specification’ means a detailed description of a data set or a collection of data sets together
with additional information that will enable it to be created, supplied to and used by another party;
(171) ‘data set’ means an identifiable collection of data;
(172) ‘datum’ means any quantity or set of quantities that may serve as a reference or basis for the calculation of
other quantities;
(173) ‘DETRESFA’ is the code word used to designate a distress phase;
(174) ‘distress phase’ means a situation wherein there is reasonable certainty that an aircraft and its occupants are
threatened by grave and imminent danger or require immediate assistance;
(175) ‘downstream clearance’ means a clearance issued to an aircraft by an air traffic control unit that is not the
current controlling authority of that aircraft;
(176) ‘essential traffic’ means controlled traffic to which the provision of separation by air traffic control service is
applicable, but which, in relation to a particular controlled flight is not, or will not be, separated from other
controlled traffic by the appropriate separation minimum;
(177) ‘essential local traffic’ means any aircraft, vehicle or personnel on or near the manoeuvring area, or traffic in
the take-off and climb-out area or the final approach area, which may constitute a hazard to the aircraft
concerned;
(178) ‘estimated time of arrival’ means:
(a) for IFR flights, the time at which it is estimated that the aircraft will arrive over a designated point,
defined by reference to navigation aids, from which it is intended that an instrument approach
procedure will be commenced, or, if no navigation aid is associated with the aerodrome, the time at
which the aircraft will arrive over the aerodrome;
(b) for visual flight rules (VFR) flights, the time at which it is estimated that the aircraft will arrive over the
aerodrome;
(179) ‘feature’ means an abstraction of real world phenomena;
(180) ‘feature attribute’ means a characteristic of a feature that has a name, a data type and a value domain
associated with it;
(181) ‘feature type’ means a class of real world phenomena with common properties, which forms the basic level
of classification in a feature catalogue;
(182) ‘final approach’ means that part of an instrument approach procedure which:
(a) commences at the specified fix or point, or, where such a fix or point is not specified, at either of the
following places:
(i) at the end of the last procedure turn, base turn or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure, if
specified;
(ii) at the point of interception of the last track specified in the approach procedure,
(b) ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which a landing can be made or a missed approach
procedure is initiated;
(183) ‘flight information zone’ means an airspace of defined dimension within which aerodrome flight
information service and alerting service for aerodrome traffic are provided;L 104/20 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(184) ‘flight procedure design services’ means services for the design, documentation, validation, maintenance
and periodic review of flight procedures necessary for the safety, regularity and efficiency of air navigation;
(185) ‘flight procedure designer’ means a qualified person who performs design, documentation, validation,
continuous maintenance, and periodic review of flight procedures;
(186) ‘flight procedure’ means a set of predetermined flight manoeuvres intended to be followed by a pilot,
published by electronic, printed or digital means, or both. Flight procedure is conducted either in
accordance with instrument flight rules (IFR) or visual flight rules (VFR);
(187) ‘flight plan’ means specified information provided to air traffic services units, relative to an intended flight
or portion of a flight of an aircraft;
(188) ‘flight visibility’ means the visibility forward from the cockpit of an aircraft in flight;
(189) ‘format’ means, in relation to data, a structure of data items, records and files arranged to meet standards,
specifications or data quality requirements;
(190) ‘geoid’ means the equipotential surface in the gravity field of the Earth which coincides with the undisturbed
mean sea level (MSL) extended continuously through the continents;
(191) ‘geoid undulation’ means the distance of the geoid above (positive) or below (negative) the mathematical
reference ellipsoid;
(192) ‘glide path’ means a descent profile determined for vertical guidance during a final approach;
(193) ‘ground visibility’ means the visibility at an aerodrome, as reported by an accredited observer or by
automatic systems;
(194) ‘heading’ means the direction in which the longitudinal axis of an aircraft is pointed, usually expressed in
degrees from North (true, magnetic, compass or grid);
(195) ‘heliport’ means an aerodrome or a defined area on a structure intended to be used wholly or in part for the
arrival, departure and surface movement of helicopters;
(196) ‘integrity classification’ means, in relation to aeronautical data, a classification based upon the potential risk
resulting from the use of corrupted data, defining routine, essential and critical data;
(197) ‘international NOTAM office (NOF)’ means an office designated by a Member State for the exchange of
NOTAM internationally;
(198) ‘holding fix’ means a geographical location that serves as a reference for a holding procedure;
(199) ‘holding procedure’ means a predetermined manoeuvre which keeps an aircraft within a specified airspace
while awaiting further clearance;
(200) ‘identification’ means the situation which exists when the position indication of a particular aircraft is seen
on a situation display and positively identified;
(201) ‘instrument flight rules’ are rules which allow an aircraft which is equipped with suitable navigation
equipment appropriate to the route to be flown in accordance with the applicable requirements on air
operations.
(202) ‘INCERFA’ is the code word used to designate an uncertainty phase;
(203) ‘instrument approach operations’ means an approach and landing using instruments for navigation
guidance based on an instrument approach procedure. There are two methods for executing instrument
approach operations:
(a) a two-dimensional (2D) instrument approach operation, using lateral navigation guidance only;
(b) a three-dimensional (3D) instrument approach operation, using both lateral and vertical navigation
guidance;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/21
(204) ‘instrument approach procedure (IAP)’ means a series of predetermined manoeuvres by reference to flight
instruments with specified protection from obstacles from the initial approach fix, or where applicable,
from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be completed and
thereafter, if a landing is not completed, to a position at which holding or en-route obstacle clearance
criteria apply. Instrument approach procedures are classified as follows:
(a) ‘non-precision approach (NPA) procedure’ means an instrument approach procedure designed for 2D
instrument approach operations Type A.
(b) ‘approach procedure with vertical guidance (APV)’ means a performance-based navigation (PBN)
instrument approach procedure designed for 3D instrument approach operations Type A.
(c) ‘precision approach (PA) procedure’ means an instrument approach procedure based on navigation
systems (ILS, MLS, GLS and SBAS Cat I) designed for 3D instrument approach operations Type A or B;]
(205) ‘instrument meteorological conditions (IMC)’ means meteorological conditions expressed in terms of
visibility, distance from cloud, and ceiling, less than the minima specified for visual meteorological
conditions;
(206) ‘low-visibility operations (LVOs)’ means approach or take-off operations on a runway with any RVR less
than 550 m or taxiing at an aerodrome at which any RVR is less than 550 m;
(207) ‘manoeuvring area’ means that part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of
aircraft, excluding aprons;
(208) ‘metadata’ means data about data;
(209) ‘movement area’ means that part of an aerodrome to be used for the take-off, landing and taxiing of aircraft,
consisting of the manoeuvring area and the apron;
(210) ‘navigation aid’ means a facility or system external to the aircraft, which generates electro-magnetic signals
to be used by aircraft navigation systems for position determination or flight path guidance;
(211) ‘mode Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR)’ means the conventional identifier related to specific functions of
the interrogation signals transmitted by an SSR interrogator. There are four modes specified in ICAO Annex
10: A, C, S and intermode;
(212) ‘near-parallel runways’ means non-intersecting runways whose extended centre lines have an angle of
convergence/divergence of 15 degrees or less;
(213) ‘pilot-in-command’ means the pilot designated by the operator, or in the case of General Aviation, the
owner, as being in command and charged with the safe conduct of a flight;
(214) ‘position’ means, in a geographical context, a set of coordinates (latitude and longitude) referenced to the
mathematical reference ellipsoid, which define the position of a point on the surface of the Earth;
(215) ‘position indication’ means the visual indication, in non-symbolic or symbolic form, or both, on a situation
display, of the position of an aircraft, aerodrome vehicle or other object;
(216) ‘pressure-altitude’ means an atmospheric pressure expressed in terms of altitude which corresponds to that
pressure in the Standard Atmosphere;
(217) ‘primary radar’ means a radar system which uses reflected radio signals;
(218) ‘printed communications’ means communications which automatically provide a permanent printed record
at each terminal of a circuit of all messages which pass over such circuit;
(219) ‘prohibited area’ means an airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a
Member State, within which the flight of aircraft is prohibited;L 104/22 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(220) ‘radio navigation service’ means a service providing guidance information or position data for the efficient
and safe operation of aircraft supported by one or more radio navigation aids;
(221) ‘radiotelephony’ means a form of radio communication primarily intended for the exchange of information
in the form of speech;
(222) ‘required communication performance specification’ or ‘RCP specification’ means a set of requirements for
air traffic service provision and associated ground equipment, aircraft capability, and operations needed to
support performance-based communication;
(223) ‘required surveillance performance specification’ or ‘RSP specification’ means a set of requirements for air
traffic service provision and associated ground equipment, aircraft capability, and operations needed to
support performance-based surveillance;
(224) ‘resolution’ means, in relation to data, a number of units or digits to which a measured or calculated value is
expressed and used;
(225) ‘restricted area’ means an airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a
Member State, within which the flight of aircraft is restricted in accordance with certain specified
conditions;
(226) ‘route stage’ means a route or portion of a route flown without an intermediate landing;
(227) ‘runway-in-use’ means the runway or runways that, at a particular time, are considered by the air traffic
services unit to be the most suitable for use by the types of aircraft expected to land or take off at the
aerodrome. Separate or multiple runways may be designated runway-in-use for arriving aircraft and
departing aircraft;
(228) ‘secondary radar’ means a radar system wherein a radio signal transmitted from the radar station initiates
the transmission of a radio signal from another station;
(229) ‘secondary surveillance radar (SSR)’ means a surveillance radar system which uses transmitters and receivers
(interrogators) and transponders;
(230) ‘sensitive area’ means an area extending beyond the critical area where the parking or movement of aircraft
or vehicles will affect the guidance signal to the extent that it may be rendered as an unacceptable
disturbance to aircraft using the signal;
(231) ‘SNOWTAM’ means a special series NOTAM given in a standard format, which provides a surface condition
report notifying the presence or cessation of hazardous conditions due to snow, ice, slush, frost or water
associated with snow, slush, ice, or frost on the movement area;
(232) ‘significant point’ means a specified geographical location used in defining an ATS route or the flight path
of an aircraft and for other navigation and air traffic services purposes;
(233) ‘situation display’ means an electronic display depicting the position and movement of aircraft and other
information as required;
(234) ‘standard instrument arrival (STAR)’ means a designated IFR arrival route that links a significant point,
normally on an ATS route, with a point from which a published instrument approach procedure can be
commenced;
(235) ‘standard instrument departure (SID)’ means a designated IFR departure route that links the aerodrome or a
specified runway of the aerodrome with a specified significant point, normally on a designated ATS route,
at which the en-route phase of a flight commences;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/23
(236) ‘special VFR flight’ means a VFR flight cleared by ATC to operate within a control zone in meteorological
conditions below VMC;
(237) ‘taxiing’ means movement of an aircraft on the surface of an aerodrome or an operating site under its own
power, excluding take-off and landing;
(238) ‘taxiway’ means a defined path on a land aerodrome established for the taxiing of aircraft and intended to
provide a link between one part of the aerodrome and another;
(239) ‘terminal control area (TMA)’ means a control area normally established at the confluence of ATS routes in
the vicinity of one or more major aerodromes;
(240) ‘timeliness’ means, in relation to data, the degree of confidence that the data is applicable to the period of its
intended use;
(241) ‘traceability’ means, in relation to data, the degree to which a system or a data product can provide a record
of the changes made to that product and thereby enable an audit trail to be followed from the end-user to
the party originating data;
(242) ‘track’ means the projection on the Earth’s surface of the path of an aircraft, the direction of which path at
any point is usually expressed in degrees from North (true, magnetic or grid);
(243) ‘traffic information’ means information issued by an air traffic services unit to alert a pilot to other known
or observed air traffic which may be in proximity to the position or intended route of flight and to help
the pilot avoid a collision;
(244) ‘transfer of control point’ means a defined point located along the flight path of an aircraft, at which the
responsibility for providing air traffic control service to the aircraft is transferred from one control unit or
control position to the next;
(245) ‘transferring unit’ means air traffic control unit in the process of transferring the responsibility for
providing air traffic control service to an aircraft to the next air traffic control unit or air traffic controller
along the route of flight;
(246) ‘transition altitude’ means the altitude at or below which the vertical position of an aircraft is controlled by
reference to altitudes;
(247) ‘transition layer’ means the airspace between the transition altitude and the transition level;
(248) ‘transition level’ means the lowest flight level available for use above the transition altitude;
(249) ‘validation’ means, in relation to data, the process of ensuring that data meets the requirements for the
specified application or intended use;
(250) ‘verification’ means, in relation to data, the evaluation of the output of an aeronautical data process to
ensure correctness and consistency with respect to the inputs and applicable data standards, rules and
conventions used in that process;
(251) ‘uncertainty phase’ means a situation wherein uncertainty exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its
occupants;
(252) ‘unmanned free balloon’ means a non-power-driven, unmanned, lighter-than-air aircraft in free flight;
(253) ‘vectoring’ means the provision of navigational guidance to aircraft in the form of specific headings, based
on the use of an ATS surveillance system;
(254) ‘visual flight rules flight’ or ‘VFR flight’ means a flight conducted in accordance with the visual flight rules;
(255) ‘visual approach’ means an approach by an IFR flight when either part or all of an instrument approach
procedure is not completed and the approach is executed in visual reference to terrain;L 104/24 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(256) ‘visual meteorological conditions (VMC)’ means meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility,
distance from cloud, and ceiling, equal to or better than specified minima;
(257) ‘VOLMET’ means meteorological information for aircraft in flight;
(258) ‘VOLMET broadcast’ means the provision, as appropriate, of current METAR, SPECI, TAF and SIGMET by
means of continuous and repetitive voice broadcasts;
(259) ‘waypoint’ means a specified geographical location used to define an area navigation route or the flight path
of an aircraft employing area navigation. Waypoints are identified as either:
(a) fly-by waypoint – a waypoint which requires turn anticipation to allow tangential interception of the
next segment of a route or procedure, or
(b) fly-over waypoint – a waypoint at which a turn is initiated in order to join the next segment of a route
or procedure;’;
(2) in Annex II, Appendix 1 is amended as follows:
(a) the table on ‘Aeronautical information services (AIS)’ is replaced by the following:
‘Services/Functions Type of Service/Function Scope of Service/Function Limitations (*)
Aeronautical Infor Aeronautical information pub
mation Services lication (AIP)
(AIS)
Aeronautical information circu
lar (AIC)
NOTAM
Aeronautical information pro
ducts (including distribution
AIP data set
services)
Obstacle data sets
Aerodrome mapping data sets
Instrument flight procedure data
sets
Preflight information services n/a
Conditions (**)
(*) As prescribed by the competent authority.
(**) Where necessary.’;
(b) the following table is inserted before the table on ‘ATM network functions’:
‘Services/Functions Type of Service/Function Scope of Service/Function Limitations (1)
Flight procedure Design, documentation and n/a
design (FPD) validation of flight proce
dures (3)
Conditions (2)
(1) As prescribed by the competent authority.
(2) Where necessary.
(3) Design, documentation and validation of flight procedures includes maintenance and periodic review activities.’3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/25
(3) Annex III is amended as follows:
(a) the following points ATM/ANS.OR.A.080, ATM/ANS.OR.A.085 and ATM/ANS.OR.A.090 are added:
‘ATM/ANS.OR.A.080 Provision of aeronautical data
(a) A service provider shall ensure that aeronautical data related to its services is provided in due time to the AIS
provider.
(b) When aeronautical data related to its services is published, the service provider shall:
(1) monitor the data;
(2) notify the AIS provider of any changes necessary to ensure that the data is correct and complete;
(3) notify the AIS provider when the data is incorrect or inappropriate.
ATM/ANS.OR.A.085 Aeronautical data quality management
When originating, processing or transmitting data to the AIS provider, the service provider shall:
(a) ensure that aeronautical data referred to in Appendix 1 conform to the specifications of the aeronautical data
catalogue;
(b) ensure that the following data quality requirements are met:
(1) the accuracy of aeronautical data is as specified in the aeronautical data catalogue;
(2) the integrity of aeronautical data is maintained;
(3) based on the integrity classification specified in the aeronautical data catalogue, procedures are put in place
so that:
(i) for routine data, corruption is avoided throughout the processing of the data;
(ii) for essential data, corruption does not occur at any stage of the entire process and additional
processes are included, as needed, to address potential risks in the overall system architecture to
further assure data integrity at this level;
(iii) for critical data, corruption does not occur at any stage of the entire process and additional integrity
assurance processes are included to fully mitigate the effects of faults identified as potential data
integrity risks by thorough analysis of the overall system architecture;
(4) the resolution of aeronautical data is commensurate with the actual data accuracy;
(5) the traceability of aeronautical data is ensured;
(6) the timeliness of the aeronautical data is ensured, including any limits on the effective period of the data;
(7) the completeness of the aeronautical data is ensured;
(8) the delivered data meet the specified format requirements;
(c) with regard to data origination, establish specific formal arrangements with the party originating data that
contain instructions for data creation, modification or deletion, which include as a minimum:
(1) an unambiguous description of the aeronautical data to be created, modified or deleted;
(2) the entity to which the aeronautical data is to be provided;
(3) the date and time by which the aeronautical data is to be provided;
(4) the format of the data origination report to be used;
(5) the format of the aeronautical data to be transmitted;
(6) the requirement to identify any limitation on the use of the data;L 104/26 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(d) ensure that data validation and verification techniques are employed to ensure that the aeronautical data meets
the associated data quality requirements and in addition:
(1) the verification shall ensure that aeronautical data is received without corruption and that corruption does
not occur at any stage of the entire aeronautical data process;
(2) aeronautical data and aeronautical information entered manually shall be subject to independent
verification to detect any errors that may have been introduced;
(3) when using aeronautical data to derive or calculate new aeronautical data, the initial data shall be verified
and validated, except when provided by an authoritative source;
(e) transmit aeronautical data by electronic means;
(f) establish formal arrangements with:
(1) all parties transmitting data to them;
(2) other service providers or aerodrome operators when exchanging aeronautical data and aeronautical
information;
(g) ensure that the information listed in point AIS.OR.505(a) is provided in due time to the AIS provider;
(h) collect and transmit metadata which include as a minimum:
(1) the identification of the organisations or entities performing any action of originating, transmitting or
manipulating the aeronautical data;
(2) the action performed;
(3) the date and time the action was performed;
(i) ensure that tools and software used to support or automate aeronautical data and aeronautical information
processes perform their functions without adversely impacting the quality of aeronautical data and
aeronautical information;
(j) ensure that digital data error detection techniques are used during the transmission or storage of aeronautical
data, or both, in order to support the applicable data integrity levels;
(k) ensure that the transfer of aeronautical data is subject to a suitable authentication process such that recipients
are able to confirm that the data has been transmitted by an authorised source;
(l) ensure that errors identified during data origination and after data delivery are addressed, corrected or resolved
and that priority is given to managing errors in critical and essential aeronautical data.
ATM/ANS.OR.A.090 Common reference systems for air navigation
For the purpose of air navigation, service providers shall use:
(a) the World Geodetic System – 1984 (WGS-84) as the horizontal reference system;
(b) the mean sea level (MSL) datum as the vertical reference system;
(c) the Gregorian calendar and coordinated universal time (UTC) as the temporal reference systems.’;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/27
(b) the following Appendix 1 is added:
‘Appendix 1
AERONAUTICAL DATA CATALOGUE
Introduction
(a) The aeronautical data catalogue is a reference to the aeronautical data subjects, properties and sub-
properties organised in:
(1) aerodrome data;
(2) airspace data;
(3) ATS and other routes data;
(4) instrument flight procedure data;
(5) radio navigation aids/systems data;
(6) obstacle data;
(7) geographical position data.
(b) The tables of the aeronautical data catalogue are composed of the following columns:
(1) subject for which data can be collected;
(2) property: an identifiable characteristic of a subject which may be further defined into sub-properties;
(3) same as 2;
(4) types: the data is classified into different types;
(5) description: a description of the data item;
(6) notes: containing additional information or conditions for the provision of the data;
(7) accuracy: requirements for aeronautical data are based on a 95 % confidence level;
(8) integrity classification;
(9) origination type: data is identified as surveyed, calculated or declared;
(10) publication resolution;
(11) chart resolution.
Note for items 2 and 3 under point (b): the classification of a catalogue element as subject, property or sub-property does
not impose a certain data model.
Note for item 7 under point (b): for those fixes and points that serve a dual purpose, e.g. holding point and missed
approach point, the higher accuracy applies. Accuracy requirements for obstacle and terrain data are based on a 90 %
confidence level.
Note for item 10 under point (b): the publication resolutions for geographical position data (latitude and longitude) are
applicable to coordinates formatted in degrees, minutes, seconds. When a different format is used (such as degrees with
decimals for digital data sets) or when the location is significantly further to the north/south, the publication resolution
needs to be commensurate with the accuracy requirements.1. Aerodrome data
Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Aerodro A defined area on land or water (including
me/Heliport any buildings, installations and equip
ment) intended to be used either wholly
or in part for the arrival, departure and
surface movement of aircraft.
Designator Designator of the aerodrome/heliport
ICAO loca Text The four-letter ICAO location indicator of If any
tion indica the aerodrome/heliport, as listed in ICAO
tor Doc 7910 ‘Location Indicators’
IATA des Text The identifier that is assigned to a location If any
ignator in accordance with IATA rules (Resolu
tion 767)
Other Text A locally defined airport identifier, if
other than an ICAO Location indicator
Name Text The primary official name of an aero
drome as designated by the competent
authority
Served city Text The full name (free text) of the city or
town the aerodrome/heliport is serving
Type of
traffic per
mitted
Internatio Code list Indication if international and/or na
nal/nation tional flights are permitted at the aero
al drome/heliport
L
104/28
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Instrument Code list Indication if IFR and/or VFR flights are
flight rules permitted at the aerodrome/heliport
(IFR)/
Visual
flight rules
(VFR)
Schedu Code list Indication if scheduled and/or non-
led/non- scheduled flights are permitted at the
scheduled aerodrome/heliport
Civil/mili Code list Indication if civil commercial aviation
tary and/or general aviation and/or military
flights are permitted at the aerodro
me/heliport
Restricted Text Indication if an aerodrome or heliport is
use not open for the public (only for use by
the owners)
Heliport Text The type of the heliport (surface level,
type elevated, shipboard or helideck)
Control Text Indication if an aerodrome is under civil
type control, military control or joint control
Certified Text Indication if an aerodrome is/is not cer
tified in accordance with the ICAO rules
or Regulation (EU) No 139/2014
Certifica Date The date when the airport certification
tion date was issued by the competent authority
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e a
n
Union
L
104/29Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Certifica Date The date when the aerodrome certifica
tion ex tion becomes invalid
piration
date
Field eleva
tion
Elevation Elevation The vertical distance above mean sea level 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
(MSL) from the highest point of the
landing area
Geoid un Height The geoid undulation at the aerodro Where ap 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
dulation me/heliport elevation position propriate
Reference Value The monthly mean of the daily maximum
tempera temperatures for the hottest month of the
ture year at an aerodrome; this temperature
must be averaged over a period of years.
Mean low Value The mean lowest temperature of the 5 degrees
tempera coldest month of the year, for the last five
ture years of data at the aerodrome elevation
Magnetic The angular difference between the true
variation and the magnetic north
Angle Angle The angle value of the magnetic variation 1 degree Essential Surveyed 1 degree 1 degree
Date Date The date on which the magnetic variation
had the corresponding value
Annual Value The annual rate of change of the magnetic
change variation
Reference The designated geographical location of
point an aerodrome
L
104/30
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Position Point Geographical location of the aerodrome 30 m Routine Sur 1 sec 1 sec
reference point veyed/cal
culated
Site Text Location of the reference point on the
aerodrome
Direction Text Direction of the aerodrome reference
point from the centre of the city or town
which the aerodrome serves
Distance Distance Distance of the aerodrome reference
point from the centre of the city or town
which the aerodrome serves.
Landing di A device to visually indicate the direction
rection indi currently designated for landing and for
cator take-off.
Location Text Location of the landing direction indica
tor
Lighting Text Lighting of the landing direction indica If any
tor
Secondary
power sup
ply
Character Text Description of the secondary power
istics supply
Switch- Value Secondary power supply switch-over
over time time
Anemom Device used for measuring the wind
eter speed
Location Text Location of the anemometer
Lighting Text Lighting of the anemometer If any
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/31Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Aerodrome Aerodrome beacon/identification beacon
beacon used to indicate the location of an aero
(ABN)/iden drome from the air
tification
beacon (IBN)
Location Text Location of the aerodrome beacon/iden If any
tification beacon
Character Text Description of the aerodrome beacon/i
istics dentification beacon
Hours of Schedule Hours of operation of the aerodrome
operation beacon/identification beacon
Wind direc
tion indica
tor
Location Text Location of the wind direction indicator
Lighting Text Lighting of the wind direction indicator
Runway vi The observation site of the RVR.
sual range
(RVR) obser
vation site
Position Point Geographical location of the RVR obser
vation sites
Frequency The designated part of a surface move
area ment area where a specific frequency is
required by ATC or ground control.
Station Text Name of the station providing the service
Frequency Value Frequency of the station providing the
service
Boundary Polygon Area boundary of the frequency area
L
104/32
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Hot spot A location on an aerodrome movement
area with a history, or potential risk, of
collision or RWY incursion, and where
heightened attention by pilots/drivers is
necessary.
Identifier Text The identifier of the hot spot
Annota Text Additional information about the hot
tion spot
Geometry Polygon Geographical area of the hot spot
Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
RWY A defined rectangular area on a land
aerodrome prepared for the landing and
take-off of aircraft
Designator Text The full textual designator of the RWY,
used to uniquely identify the RWY at an
aerodrome/heliport(e.g. 09/27,
02R/20L, RWY 1)
Nominal Distance The declared longitudinal extent of the 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
length RWY for operational (performance) cal
culations.
Nominal Distance The declared transversal extent of the 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
width RWY for operational (performance) cal
culations.
Geometry Polygon Geometries of the RWY element, RWY
displaced area and RWY intersection
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/33Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Centre line
points
Position Point Geographical location of the RWY centre Definition 1 m Critical Surveyed
line at each end of the RWY, at the stop from An
way (SWY), and at the origin of each take- nex
off flight path area, as well as at each 4 3.8.4.2
significant change in the slope of the
RWY and SWY
Elevation Elevation The elevation of the corresponding centre 0.25 m Critical Surveyed
line point. For non-precision approaches
any significant high and low intermediate
points along the RWY shall be measured
to the accuracy of one-half metre or foot,
Geoid un Height The geoid undulation at the correspond
dulation ing centre line point
RWY exit
line
Exit gui Line Geographical location of the RWY exit 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
dance line line
Colour Text Colour of the RWY exit line
Style Text Style of the RWY exit line
Direction Code list Directionality of the RWY exit line (one-
ality way or two-way)
Surface Text The surface type of the RWY
type
Strength
Pavement Text PCN
classifica
tion num
ber (PCN)
L
104/34
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Pavement Text Pavement type for the aircraft classifica
type tion number – pavement classification
number (ACN-PCN) determination
Subgrade Text Subgrade strength category of the RWY
category
Allowable Text The maximum allowable tire pressure
pressure category or the maximum allowable tire
pressure value
Evaluation Text The evaluation method used
method
Strip A defined area including the RWY and the
SWY, if provided:
(a) to reduce the risk of damage to air
craft running off a RWY; and
(b) to protect aircraft flying over the
RWY during take-off or landing op
erations
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the RWY strip
Width Distance The transversal extent of the RWY strip
Surface Text The surface type of the RWY strip
type
Shoulder An area adjacent to the edge of a pave
ment, so prepared as to provide a transi
tion area between the pavement and the
adjacent surface
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the RWY
shoulders
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e a
n
Union
L
104/35Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Surface Text The surface type of the RWY shoulder
type
Width Distance The width of the RWY shoulder 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
Blast pad Specially prepared surface placed adja
cent to the end of a RWY to eliminate the
erosive effect of the strong wind forces
produced by aeroplanes at the beginning
of their take-off roll
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the blast pad
Obstacle- Text Existence of an obstacle-free zone for a When pro free zone precision approach RWY category I vided
RWY
marking
Type Text Type of the RWY marking
Descrip Text Description of the RWY markings
tion
Geometry Polygon The geographical location of the RWY
marking
RWY cen
tre line LGT
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the RWY cen
tre line lights
Spacing Distance Spacing of the RWY centre line lights
Colour Text Colour of the RWY centre line lights
Intensity Text Intensity of the RWY centre line lights
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the RWY centre line lights
L
104/36
E
N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
RWY edge
LGT
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the RWY edge
lights
Spacing Distance Spacing of the RWY edge lights
Colour Text Colour of the RWY edge lights
Intensity Text Intensity of the RWY edge lights
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the RWY edge lights
Reference The intent of the reference code is to
code provide a simple method for interrelating
the numerous specifications concerning
the characteristics of aerodromes so as to
provide a series of aerodrome facilities
that are suitable for the aeroplanes in
tended to operate at the aerodrome.
Number Code list A number based on the aeroplane refer
ence field length
Letter Code list A letter based on the aeroplane wingspan
and outer main gear wheel span
Restriction Text Description of restrictions imposed on
the RWY
RWY direc
tion
Designator Text The full textual designator of the landing
and take-off direction – examples: 27,
35L, 01R
True bear Bearing The true bearing of the RWY 1/100 de Routine Surveyed 1/100 de 1 degree
ing gree gree
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/37Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Type Text Type of RWY: precision (Cat I, II, III)/non-
precision/non-instrument
Threshold The beginning of the portion of the RWY
usable for landing
Position Point The geographical location of the RWY 1 m Critical Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
threshold
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the RWY threshold See Note 1
Geoid un Height WGS-84 geoid undulation at the RWY See Note 2 dulation threshold position
Type Text The indication if the threshold is dis
placed or not displaced; a displaced
threshold is not located at the extremity
of the RWY
Displace Distance Distance of the displaced threshold If threshold 1 m Routine Surveyed
ment displaced
RWY end RWY end (flight path alignment point)
Position Point Location of the RWY end in the direction 1 m Critical Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
of departure
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the end position of the RWY See RWY
centre line
points
Departure The end of the area declared suitable for Beginning
end of take-off (i.e. the end of the RWY or, where of the de
RWY (DER) a clearway is provided, the end of the parture
clearway) procedure
Position Point The geographical location of the DER
L
104/38
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Elevation Elevation The elevation of the DER is the elevation
of the end of the RWY or of the clearway,
whichever is higher.
Touch The portion of a RWY beyond the
down zone threshold, where landing aeroplanes are
intended to first contact the RWY
Elevation Elevation The highest elevation of the touchdown Precision 0.25 m or
zone of a precision approach RWY approach 0.25 ft
RWY
Slope Value The slope of the RWY touchdown zone
Slope Value The slope of the RWY
Land-and- LAHSOs
hold short
operations
(LAHSOs)
Geometry Line The geographical location of the LAHSOs
Protected Text The name of the RWY or taxiway (TWY)
element being protected
Displaced The portion of a RWY between the be
area ginning of the RWY and the displaced
threshold
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the displaced
area
PCN Text The PCN of the displaced area
Surface Text The surface type of the displaced area
type
Aircraft re Text Usage restriction for a specific aircraft
striction type
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/39Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
SWY A defined rectangular area on the ground
at the end of the take-off RWY available,
prepared as a suitable area in which air
craft may be stopped in case of an aban
doned take-off
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the SWY If any 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
Width Distance The width of the SWY 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the SWY
Slope Value The slope of the SWY
Surface Text The surface type of the SWY
type
Clearway A defined rectangular area on the ground
or water under the control of the appro
priate authority, selected or prepared as a
suitable area over which an aeroplane
may make a portion of its initial climb to a
specified height
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the clearway 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
Width Distance The transversal extent of the clearway 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
Ground The vertical profile (or slope) of the If any
profile clearway
L
104/40
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
RWY end An area symmetrical about the extended
safety area RWY centre line and adjacent to the end
(RESA) of the strip, primarily intended to reduce
the risk of damage to an aeroplane un
dershooting or overrunning the RWY
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the RESA
Width Distance The transversal extent of the RESA
Longitudi Value The longitudinal slope of the RESA
nal slope
Transversal Value The transversal slope of the RESA
slope
Declared
distances
Take-off Distance The length of the RWY, declared available 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
run avail and suitable for the ground run of an
able aeroplane taking off
(TORA)
Take-off Distance The length of the take-off run available 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
distance plus the length of the clearway, if pro
available vided
(TODA)
Accelerate- Distance The length of the take-off run available 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
stop dis plus the length of the SWY, if provided
tance avail
able
(ASDA)
Landing Distance The length of the RWY, declared available 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
distance and suitable for the ground run of an
available aeroplane landing.
(LDA)
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/41Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Remarks Text Remarks including RWY entry or start
point, where alternative reduced dis
tances have been declared
RWY end
LGT
Colour Text Colour of the RWY end lights
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the RWY end lights
SWY LGT
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the SWY lights
Colour Text Colour of the SWY lights
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the SWY lights
Approach
lighting
system
Type Text Classification of the approach lighting
system, using as criteria Regulation (EU)
No 139/2014 and CS-ADR, especially CS
ADR-DSN.M.625 and CS ADR-DSN.
M.626.
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the approach
lighting system.
Intensity Text A code indicating the relative intensity of
the approach lighting system.
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the approach lighting system
L
104/42
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
RWY
threshold
lights
Colour Text Colour of the RWY threshold lights
Wing bar Text Colour of the RWY threshold wing bars
colour
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the threshold and wing bar lights
Touch
down zone
lights
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the RWY
touchdown zone lights
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the RWY touchdown zone lights
Visual-ap
proach
slope indi
cator sys
tem
Minimum Height MEHT
eye height
over the
threshold
(MEHT)
Location Point Geographical location of the visual-ap
proach slope indicator system
Angle Angle The nominal-approach slope angle(s)
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/43Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Type Text The type of visual glide slope indicator
(VGSI), visual approach slope indicator
(VASI), precision approach path indicator
(PAPI), etc.
Displace Angle Where the axis of the system is not par
ment angle allel to the RWY centre line, the angle of
and the direction of displacement, i.e. left
or right
Displace Text Where the axis of the system is not par
ment direc allel to the RWY centre line, the angle of
tion and the direction of displacement, i.e. left or right
Arresting Line The geographical location of the arrest
gear ing-gear cable across the RWY
Arresting High-energy-absorbing material located
system at the end of a RWY or SWY, designed to
be crushed under the weight of an aero
plane as the material exerts deceleration
forces on the aircraft landing gear
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the arresting
system
Setback Distance Setback of the arresting system
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the arresting
system
Width Distance The transversal extent of the arresting
system
Radio alti
meter area
L
104/44
E
N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the radio alti
meter area
Width Distance The transversal extent of the radio alti
meter area
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the radio alti
meter area
Note 1 Threshold elevation for RWYs with non- 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
precision approaches
Threshold elevation for RWYs with pre 0.25 m Critical Surveyed 0.1 m or 0.5 m or 1 ft
cision approaches 0.1 ft
Note 2 WGS-84 geoid undulation at the RWY 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
threshold for non-precision approaches
WGS-84 geoid undulation at the RWY 0.25 m Critical Surveyed 0.1 m or 0.5 m or 1 ft
threshold for precision approaches 0.1 ft
Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Final-ap A defined area over which the final phase
proach and of the approach manoeuvre before hover
take-off area or landing is completed and from which
(FATO) the take-off manoeuvre is commenced;
where the FATO is used by helicopters
operated in performance class 1, the de
fined area includes the rejected take-off
area available.
Threshold The beginning of the portion of the
point FATO, usable for landing
Position Point Geographical location of the FATO 1 m Critical Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
threshold point
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/45Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the FATO threshold See Note 1
Geoid un Height WGS-84 geoid undulation at the FATO See Note 2
dulation threshold position
DER The end of the area declared suitable for
take-off (i.e. the end of the RWY or, where
a clearway is provided, the end of the
clearway or the end of the FATO area)
Position Point Geographical location of the DER 1 m Critical Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
Elevation Elevation The higher of the elevations of the be
ginning and of the end of the RWY/FATO
Type Text Type of FATO
Designa Text The full textual designator of the landing
tion and take-off area.
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of FATO 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
Width Distance The transversal extent of FATO
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the FATO ele
ment
Slope Value The slope of FATO
Surface Text The surface type of FATO
type
True bear Bearing The true bearing of the RWY 1/100 de Routine Surveyed 1/100 de
ing gree gree
Declared
distances
L
104/46
E N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Take-off Distance The FATO length plus the helicopter And, if ap 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
distance clearway length (if provided) plicable, al
available ternative
(TODAH) reduced
declared
distances
Rejected Distance The length of FATO, declared available 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
take-off and suitable for helicopters operated in
distance performance class 1, to complete a re
available jected take-off
(RTODAH)
Landing Distance The length of FATO plus any additional 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
distance area declared available and suitable for
available helicopters to complete the landing
(LDAH) manoeuvre from a defined height
Remarks Text Remarks including RWY entry or start
point, where alternative reduced dis
tances have been declared
FATO
marking
Descrip Text Description of the FATO markings
tion
Approach
lighting
system
Type Text Classification of the approach lighting
system, using as criteria Regulation (EU)
No 139/2014 and CS-ADR, specifically
CS ADR-DSN.M.625 and CS ADR-DSN.
M.626.
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the approach
lighting system.
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/47Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Intensity Text A code indicating the relative intensity of
the approach lighting system
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the approach lighting system
Area lights
Descrip Text Description of the area lights
tion
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the area lights
Aiming
point lights
Descrip Text Description of the aiming point lights
tion
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the aiming point lights
Touchdown An area on which a helicopter may touch
and lift-off down or lift off.
area (TLOF)
Designator Text The full textual designator of TLOF
Centre
point
Position Point Geographical location of the TLOF 1 m Critical Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
threshold point
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the TLOF threshold See Note 1
Geoid un Height The WGS-84 geoid undulation TLOF See Note 2
dulation centre point position
L
104/48
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of TLOF 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
Width Distance The transversal extent of TLOF 1 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m
Geometry Polygon The geographical location of the TLOF
element
Slope Value The slope of TLOF
Surface Text The surface type of TLOF
type
Bearing Value The bearing strength of TLOF 1 ton
strength
Visual-ap Text Type of the visual-approach slope indi
proach cator system
slope indi
cator sys
tem type
Marking
Descrip Text Description of the TLOF markings
tion
Safety area A defined area on a heliport surrounding
the FATO, which is free of obstacles, other
than those required for air navigation
purposes, and intended to reduce the risk
of damage to helicopters accidentally di
verging from the FATO.
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the safety area
Width Distance The transversal extent of the safety area
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/49Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res
property
Surface Text The surface type of the safety area
type
Helicopter A defined area on the ground or water,
clearway selected and/or prepared as a suitable area
over which a helicopter operated in per
formance class 1 may accelerate and
achieve a specific height
Length Distance The longitudinal extent of the helicopter
clearway
Ground Value The vertical profile (or slope) of the heli
profile copter clearway
Note 1 The FATO threshold for heliports with or 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
without a Point-in-Space (PinS) approach
The FATO threshold for heliports in 0.25 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
tended to be operated. (non-preci
sion)
0.1 m or
0.1 ft (pre
cision)
Note 2 The WGS–84 geoid undulation at the 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
FATO threshold and the TLOF geometric
centre, for heliports with or without a
PinS approach
The WGS–84 geoid undulation at the 0.25 m Critical Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
FATO threshold and the TLOF geometric (non-preci
centre, for heliports intended to be oper sion)0.1 m
ated. or 0.1 ft
(precision)
L
104/50
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Apron A defined area on a land aerodrome, in
tended to accommodate aircraft as re
gards loading or unloading passengers,
mail or cargo, fuelling, parking or main
tenance
Designator Text The full textual name or designator used
to identify an apron at an aerodro
me/heliport
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the apron ele 1 m Routine Surveyed 1/10 sec 1 sec
ment
Type Text Classification of the primary use of the
apron
Aircraft re Text Usage restriction (prohibition) for a spe
striction cified aircraft type
Surface Text The surface type of the apron
type
Strength
PCN Text PCN of the apron
Pavement Text ACN-PCN determination
type
Subgrade Text Subgrade strength category of the apron
category
Allowable Text The maximum allowable tire pressure
pressure category or the maximum allowable tire
pressure value
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/51Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Evaluation Text The evaluation method used to determine
method the apron strength
Elevation Elevation The elevation of the apron
TWY A defined path on a land aerodrome, es
tablished for the taxiing of aircraft and
intended to provide a link between one
part of the aerodrome and another
Designator Text The full textual designator of the TWY
Width Distance The transversal extent of the TWY 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the TWY ele
ment
Bridge Text Type of the bridge (none, overpass, un
derpass)
Surface Text Surface type of the TWY
type
Strength
PCN Text PCN of the TWY
Pavement Text ACN-PCN determination
type
Subgrade Text Subgrade strength category of the TWY
category
Allowable Text Maximum allowable tire pressure cate
pressure gory or maximum allowable tire pressure
value
L
104/52
E
N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Evaluation Text The evaluation method used to determine
method the taxiway strength
Aircraft re Text Usage restriction (prohibition) for a spe
strictions cified aircraft type
Reference Code list A letter based on the aeroplane wingspan
code letter and outer main gear wheel span
Centre line
points
Position Point Geographical coordinates of the TWY 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1/100 sec
centre line points
Elevation Elevation Elevation of taxiway centre line points 1 m Essential Surveyed
Shoulder An area adjacent to the edge of a pave
ment, so prepared as to provide a transi
tion between the pavement and the adja
cent surface
Geometry Polygon The geographical location of the TWY
shoulder
Surface Text Surface type of the TWY shoulder
type
Width Distance The width of the TWY shoulder 1 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft
Guidance
lines
Geometry Line Geographical location of the guidance 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1/100 sec
lines
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/53Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Colour Text Colour of TWY guidance lines
Style Text Style of TWY guidance lines
Wingspan Value Wingspan
Maximum Value Maximum speed
speed
Direction Text Direction
Intermedi Line Intermediate holding position marking 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
ate-hold line
ing-posi
tion mark
ing line
TWY
marking
Descrip Text Description of the TWY marking
tion
TWY edge
lights
Descrip Text Description of the TWY edge lights
tion
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the TWY edge lights
TWY cen
tre line
lights
Descrip Text Description of the TWY centre line lights
tion
L
104/54
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the TWY centre line lights
Stop bars
Descrip Text Description of the stop bars If any
tion
Location Line Location of the stop bars
RWY guard
lights
Descrip Text Description of the RWY guard lights and If any
tion other RWY protection measures
Location Point Location of the stop bar Configura
tion A
Location Line Location of the stop bar Configura
tion B
RWY hold A designated position intended to protect
ing posi a RWY, an obstacle limitation surface, or
tion an instrument landing system (ILS)/mi
crowave landing system (MLS) criti
cal/sensitive area, at which taxiing aircraft
and vehicles shall stop and hold, unless
otherwise authorised by the aerodrome
control tower
Geometry Line Geographical location of the RWY hold 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
ing position
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/55Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Protected Text Designator of the RWY protected
RWY
Cat stop Code list Category (CAT) of the RWY (0, I, II, III)
RWY ahead Text Actual text as in the marking; e.g. ‘RWY
text AHEAD’ or ‘RUNWAY AHEAD’
Intermedi Geometry Line Geographical location of the intermedi
ate holding ate holding position – a designated posi
position tion intended for traffic control, at which
taxiing aircraft and vehicles shall stop and
hold until further cleared to proceed,
when so instructed by the aerodrome
control tower
Helicopter A ground TWY intended for the ground
ground TWY movement of wheeled undercarriage he
licopters.
Designator Text The full textual designator of the heli
copter ground TWY
Centre line Point Geographical location of the helicopter 0.5 m Essential Sur
points ground centre line TWY points veyed/cal
culated
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the helicopter ground TWY 1 m Essential Surveyed
Width Distance The transversal extent of the helicopter 1 m Essential Surveyed
ground TWY
Surface Text The surface type of the helicopter ground
type TWY
Intersec Line Helicopter ground TWY intersection 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec 1 sec
tion mark marking line
ing line
L
104/56
E N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Lighting
Descrip Text Description of the helicopter ground
tion TWY light
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the helicopter ground TWY lights
Marking
Descrip Text Description of helicopter ground TWY
tion marking
Helicopter A defined path on the surface, established
air TWY for the air taxiing of helicopters
Designator The full textual designator of the heli
copter air TWY
Centre line Point Geographical location of the helicopter 0.5 m Essential Sur
points air TWY centre line points veyed/cal
culated
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the helicopter air TWY 1 m Essential Surveyed
Width Distance The transversal extent of the helicopter air 1 m Essential Surveyed
TWY
Surface Text Surface type of the helicopter air TWY
type
Lighting
Descrip Text Description of the helicopter air TWY
tion lighting
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/57Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Position Point Geographical location of each individual
light of the helicopter air TWY lights
Marking
Descrip Text Description of the helicopter air TWY
tion marking
Helicopter A defined path established for the move
air transit ment of helicopters from one part of a
routes heliport to another; a taxiing route in
cludes a helicopter air or ground TWY
centred on the taxiing route.
Designator Text Designator of the helicopter air transit
route
Geometry Line Geographical location of the helicopter
air transit route
Width Distance The transversal extent of the helicopter air 1 m Essential Surveyed
transit route
INS check
point
Location Point Geographical location of the INS check Where 0.5 m Routine Surveyed 1/100 sec 1/100 sec
point available
Very-high-
frequency
(VHF) omni
directional
range (VOR)
checkpoint
L
104/58
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Location Point Geographical location of the VOR Where
checkpoint available
Frequency Value Frequency of the VOR checkpoint
Altimeter
checkpoint
Location Point Geographical location of the altimeter
checkpoints
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the altimeter checkpoints
Aircraft A designated area on an apron intended to
stand be used for parking an aircraft
Name Text Name of the aircraft stand point
Aircraft Location Point Geographical location of the aircraft 0.5 m Routine Surveyed 1/100 sec 1/100 sec
stand stand point
points
Aircraft Code list Aircraft types
types
Identifica Text Description of the aircraft stand identifi
tion sign cation sign
Visual Text Description of the visual docking/parking
dock guidance system at the aircraft stand
ing/park
ing gui
dance sys
tem
Parking- Polygon Geographical location of the parking-
stand area stand area
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/59Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Jetway Code list Jetway available at the aircraft stand
Fuel Code list Fuel available at the aircraft stand
Ground Code list Ground power available at the aircraft
power stand
Towing Code list Towing available at the aircraft stand
Terminal Text Terminal-building reference
Surface Text Surface type of the aircraft stand
type
Aircraft re Text Usage restriction (prohibition) for a spe
striction cified aircraft type
PCN Text PCN of the aircraft stand
Stand gui
dance line
Geometry Line Geographical location of the stand gui 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec
dance line
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the parking guidance line 1 m Essential Surveyed
points
Direction Text Direction of the stand guidance line
Wingspan Value Wingspan
L
104/60
E N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Colour Code list Colour of the stand guidance line
Style Code list Style of the stand guidance line
Helicopter An aircraft stand that provides for park
stand ing a helicopter, and where ground taxi
operations are completed, or where the
helicopter touches down and lifts off for
air taxiing operations.
Name Text Name of the helicopter stand
Location Point Geographical location of the helicopter 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/100 sec
stand point/INS checkpoints
De-icing area A facility where frost, ice or snow is re
moved (de-icing) from the aeroplane to
provide clean surfaces, and/or where
clean surfaces of the aeroplane receive
protection (anti-icing) against the forma
tion of frost or ice, and accumulation of
snow or slush, for a limited period of time
Identifier Text Identifier of the de-icing area
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the de-icing area 1 m Routine Surveyed 1/10 sec 1 sec
Surface Text The surface type of the de-icing area
type
Id base Text Name of the underlying TWY, parking
stand or apron element
Aircraft re Text Usage restriction (prohibition) for a spe
striction cified aircraft type
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/61Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Communi
cation facil
ity
Service Text Designation of the service provided
designa
tion
Call sign Text Call sign of the communication facility
Channel Text Channel/frequency of the communica
tion facility
Logon ad Text Logon address of the facility As appro
dress priate
Hours of Schedule Operational hours of the station serving
operation the unit
2. Airspace data
Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
ATS airspace Airspace of defined dimensions, alpha
betically designated, within which speci
fic types of flights may operate, and for
which ATS and air traffic rules of opera
tion are specified
Type Text Type of ATS airspace in accordance with
Appendix 4 to Implementing Regulation
(EU) No 923/2012 (SERA)
Designa Text The designator given to the airspace by a
tion responsible authority
L
104/62
E
N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Lateral lim Polygon The surface defining the horizontal shape See Note 1
its of the airspace
Vertical
limits
Upper limit Altitude The upper limit of the airspace
Lower limit Altitude The lower limit of the airspace 50 m Routine Calculated 50 m or 50 m or 100
100 ft ft
Class of Code list A categorisation of airspace which de
airspace termines the operating rules, flight re
quirements and services provided.
Transition Altitude The altitude at or below which the vertical
altitude position of aircraft is controlled by refer
ence to altitudes
Hours of Schedule The hours of applicability of the airspace
applicabil
ity
ATS unit Unit providing service
Name Text The name of the unit providing the ser
vice
Call sign Text The call sign of the aeronautical station
serving the unit
Language Code list Information on the language(s) used,
specifying area and conditions, as well as
when and where to be used, if applicable
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/63Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Applicabil Text Information on the area and conditions
ity when to be used
Hours of Schedule Operational hours of the station serving
service the unit
Frequency
Value Value The frequency of the ATS airspace
Purpose Text Indications for specific purposes of the
frequency
Note 1 FIR, UIR 2 km Routine Declared 1 min As plotted
TMA, CTA 100 m Essential Calculated 1 sec As plotted
Controlled traffic region (CTR) 100 m Essential Calculated 1 sec As plotted
Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Special-ac
tivity air
space
Type Code list Type of the special-activity airspace (see
Note 1)
Identifica Text The identification given to uniquely
tion identify the airspace
L
104/64
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Name Text The name given to the airspace by an
authority nominated by the Member
State
Lateral lim Polygon The surface defining the horizontal shape See Note 2 for P, R, and D areas only
its of the airspace
Vertical
limits
Upper limit Altitude The upper limit of the airspace
Lower limit Altitude The lower limit of the airspace
Restriction Text Type of restriction or nature of hazard
Activation Text Information on system and means of ac
tivation announcements together with
information pertinent to civil flights and
applicable to air defence identification
zone (ADIZ) procedures
Time of ac Schedule Time interval when the special activity
tivity takes place
Risk of in Text Risk of interception in the event of pe
terception netration
Note 1 type Prohibited area Note 2 100 m Essential Calculated 1 sec As plotted
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/65Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Restricted area 2 km Routine Declared 1 min As plotted
Danger area
Military exercise area
Military training area
ADIZ
Other
Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res. property
Other regu
lated air
space
Type Text Type of airspace (reduced vertical se
paration minima (RVSM), emergency lo
cator transmitter (ELT), etc.)
Identifica Text The identification given to uniquely
tion identify the airspace
Name Text The name given to the airspace by an
authority nominated by the Member
State
Lateral lim Polygon The surface defining the horizontal shape
its of the airspace
Vertical
limits
L
104/66
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r n a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Sub-
Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
Upper limit Altitude The upper limit of the airspace
Lower limit Altitude The lower limit of the airspace
Restriction Text Type of restriction, if any
Activation Text Information on system and means of ac
tivation announcements together with
information pertinent to civil flights and
applicable to ADIZ procedures
Time of ac Schedule Time interval when the special activity
tivity takes place
Sub- Subject Property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
property
ATS control
sector
Identifica Text The identification given to the sector
tion
Lateral lim Polygon The surface defining the horizontal shape
its of the ATC sector
Vertical
limits
Upper limit Altitude The upper limit of the sector
Lower limit Altitude The lower limit of the sector
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/673. ATS and other routes data
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
ATS route A specified route designed for channel
ling the flow of traffic as necessary for the
provision of ATS
Designator Text Designators for ATS routes in accordance
with Annex XI (Part-FPD) to this Regula
tion
Designator Text The prefix of the route designator as
prefix specified in Note 1
Other route A specified route designed for channel
ling the flow of traffic as necessary with
out provision of ATS
Designator Text Designator of the route
Type Text Type of route (e.g. VFR uncontrolled na
vigation routes)
Flight rules Code list Information on the flight rules that apply
to the route (IFR/VFR)
Route seg
ment
Navigation Text Designation of the navigation specifica
specification tion(s) applicable to a specified segment
or segments; there are two kinds of navi
gation specifications:
(a) required navigation performance
(RNP) specifications: navigation spe
cifications based on area navigation
(RNAV) that includes the require
ment for performance monitoring
and alerting, designated by the prefix
RNP, e.g. RNP 4, RNP APCH, etc.; and
L
104/68
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
(b) RNAV specifications: navigation spe
cifications based on RNAV that does
not include the requirement for per
formance monitoring and alerting,
designated by the prefix RNAV, e.g.
RNAV 5, RNAV 1, etc.
From point Reference to the first point of a route
segment
Name Text The coded designators or code names of a
significant point
Reporting Code list Indication of the ATS/MET reporting re
quirement as ‘compulsory’ or ‘on request’
To point Reference to the second point of a route
segment
Name Text The coded designators or code names of a
significant point
Reporting Code list Indication of the ATS/MET reporting re
quirement as ‘compulsory’ or ‘on request’
Track Bearing Track, VOR radial or magnetic bearing of 1/10 de Routine Calcula 1 degree 1 degree
a route segment gree (term (terminal ted (terminal (terminal
inal arrival arrival (terminal arrival arrival de
departure) depar arrival depar parture)
ture) depar ture)
ture)
3.4.2020
E N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
L
104/69Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Change over Point The point at which an aircraft navigating In case of a
point on an ATS route segment defined by re VOR radial
ference to the VOR ranges is expected to
transfer its primary navigation reference
from the facility behind it to the next fa
cility ahead of it
Length Distance The geodesic distance between ‘from See Note 2
point’ and ‘to point’
Upper limit Altitude The upper limit of the route segment
Lower limit Altitude The lower limit of the route segment
Minimum en- Altitude It is the altitude of an en-route segment Lower ATS 50 m Routine Calcula 50 m or 50 m or
route altitude that provides adequate reception of rele routes ted 100 ft 100 ft
(MEA) vant navigation facilities and ATS com
munications, complies with the airspace
structure, and provides the required ob
stacle clearance
Minimum ob Altitude It is the minimum altitude of a defined 50 m Routine Calcula 50 m or 50 m or
stacle clearance segment that provides the required ob ted 100 ft 100 ft
altitude stacle clearance
(MOCA)
Minimum Altitude Minimum flight altitude Helicopter 50 m Routine Calcula 50 m or 50 m or
flight altitude route ted 100 ft 100 ft
Lateral limits Distance Lateral limits of the route
L
104/70
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Area minimum Altitude It is the minimum altitude to be used
altitude (AMA) under instrument meteorological condi
tions (IMC), which provides a minimum
obstacle clearance within a specified area,
normally formed by parallels and meri
dians
Minimum vec Altitude MVA
toring altitude
(MVA)
Restrictions Text Indication on any area speed and leve
l/altitude restrictions, where established
Direction of Indication of the direction of the cruising
cruising levels level (even, odd, none (NIL))
Forward Code list Indication of the direction of the cruising
level (even, odd, NIL) from the first point
to the second point of the route segment
Backward Code list Indication of the direction of the cruising
level (even, odd, NIL) from the second
point to the first point of the route seg
ment
Availability Text Information on the route availability
Class of air Text Classification of airspace which deter
space mines the operating rules, flight require
ments and services provided
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/71Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Performance- Area navigation based on PBN require PBN only
based naviga ments for aircraft operating along an ATS
tion (PBN) re route, on an instrument approach pro
quirements cedure, or in a designated airspace
Navigation Text The navigation accuracy requirement for
performance each PBN (RNAV or RNP) route segment
requirements
Sensor require Text Indication of the sensor requirements
ments including any navigation specification
limitations
Controlling
unit
Name Text Name of the unit providing the service
Channel Text Operating channel/frequency of the
controlling unit
Logon address Text A specified code used for data link logon If applic
to the controlling ATS unit able
Note 1 U = upper Note 2 1/10 km Routine Calcula 1/10 km 1 km or 1
ted or 1/10 nm
nm
L
104/72
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
H = helicopter 1/100 km Essential Calcula 1/100 1 km or 1
ted km or nm
1/100 nm
S = supersonic
T = tacan
Other
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Waypoint
Identification Text Names, coded designators or code names
given to the significant point.
Position Point Geographical location of the waypoint 100 m Essential Sur 1 sec 1 sec
veyed/ca
lculated
Formation
Navigation aid Text The station identification of the
(navaid) VOR/DME reference
Bearing Bearing The bearing to the VOR/DME reference if See Note 1 below
the waypoint is not collocated with it
Distance Distance The distance from the VOR/DME refer See Note 2 below
ence if the waypoint is not collocated with
it
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/73Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Note 1 1/10 de Routine Calcula 1/10 de 1/10 de
gree ted gree gree
1/100 de Essential Calcula 1/100 1/10 de
gree ted degree gree
Calcula
ted
Note 2 1/10 km Routine Calcula 1/10 km 2/10 km
ted or 1/10 (1/10 nm)
nm
1/100 km Essential Calcula 1/100 2/10 km
ted km or (1/10 nm)
1/100 nm
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
En-route A predetermined manoeuvre that keeps
holding the aircraft within the specified airspace
while awaiting further clearance
Identification Text Identification of the holding procedure
Fix Text Identification of the holding-procedure 100 m Essential Sur 1 sec 1 sec
fix veyed/ca
lculated
Waypoint Point Geographical location of the holding
waypoint
Inbound track Bearing The inbound track of the holding proce
dure
Turn direction Text Direction of the procedure turn
L
104/74
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Speed Value Maximum indicated airspeed
Level
Minimum Altitude Minimum holding level of the holding
holding level procedure
Maximum Altitude Maximum holding level of the holding
holding level procedure
Outbound Value Time/distance value of the holding pro
time/distance cedure
Controlling
unit
Name Text Indication of the controlling unit
Frequency Value The operating frequency/channel of the
controlling unit
Special holding Text Textual description of the special In case an
entry proce VOR/DME entry procedure entry radial
dure to a sec
ondary fix
at the end of
the out
bound leg
has been
established
for a
VOR/DME
holding
pattern
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/754. Instrument flight procedure data
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Procedure
Identification
Final-approach Code list The name describing the type of radio APCH
segment (FAS) navigation aid providing the final ap
guidance proach lateral guidance e.g. ILS, VOR,
RNAV, etc.
RWY Text The RWY designator of the landing and
take-off direction, e.g. 27, 35L, 01R
Circling Code list Indication if a procedure is/is not a cir APCH
cling approach
Multiple code Text A single-letter suffix, starting with the APCH
letter ‘z’, following the radio navigation
aid type, shall be used if two or more
procedures to the same RWY cannot be
distinguished by the radio navigation aid
type only, e.g.VOR y RWY 20 or VOR z
RWY 20.
NS limiter Text Sensor-specific information in case of a PBN only
use limitation
Name Text Name of the instrument flight procedure
Plain- language
designation
L
104/76
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Basic indicator Text The basic indicator shall be the name or SID, STAR
code names of the significant point where
the standard departure route terminates.
Validity indica Text The validity indicator shall be a number SID, STAR
tor from 1 to 9.
Route indicator Text The route indicator shall be one letter of SID, STAR
the alphabet. The letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ shall
not be used.
Visual indica Text Indication if the route has been estab VFR only
tion lished for aircraft operating in accordance
with VFR
Coded desig
nation
Significant Text The coded designator or code names of SID, STAR
Point the significant point
Validity indica Text The validity indicator of the procedure SID, STAR
tor
Route indicator Text The route indicator of the procedure SID, STAR
Procedure type Code list Indication of the type of procedure (de
parture, arrival, approach, other)
PBN or con Code list Indication if the procedure is PBN or IFR only
ventional conventional
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/77Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Precision type Text The instrument procedure type; instru APCH
ment approach procedures are classified
as follows:
(a) non-precision approach (NPA) pro
cedure: an instrument approach pro
cedure that utilises lateral but not ver
tical guidance.
(b) approach procedure with vertical
guidance (APV): an instrument pro
cedure that utilises lateral and vertical
guidance but does not meet the re
quirements established for preci
sion-approach and -landing opera
tions.
(c) precision approach (PA) procedure:
an instrument approach procedure
using precision lateral and vertical
guidance with minima as determined
by the category of operation.
Aircraft cate Code list Indication of which aircraft categories the
gory procedure is intended for
Magnetic var Value The magnetic variation considered for the
iation procedure design
Obstacle clear OCA/H APCH
ance altitu
de/height
(OCA/H)
Aircraft cate Code list Aircraft category APCH
gory
L
104/78
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Approach type Code list Approach type (e.g. straight-in, Cat I, Cat APCH
II, LLZ, circling, etc.), or specific naviga
tion aid (e.g. step-down fixes), or a specific
navigation specification
Altitude Altitude The lowest altitude used in establishing APCH Essential
compliance with appropriate obstacle
clearance criteria
Height Height The lowest height above the elevation of APCH Essential
the relevant RWY threshold or the aero
drome elevation, as applicable, used in
establishing compliance with appropriate
obstacle clearance criteria
Decision altitu DA/H APCH
de/height
(DA/H)
Aircraft cate Code list Aircraft category APCH
gory
Approach type Code list Approach type (e.g. straight-in, circling, APCH
etc.), or specific navigation aid (e.g. step-
down fixes), or a specific navigation spe
cification
Altitude Altitude A specified altitude in a 3D instrument APCH
approach operation at which a missed
approach shall be initiated if the required
visual reference to continue the approach
is not established
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
L
104/79Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Height Height A specified height in a 3D instrument APCH
approach operation at which a missed
approach shall be initiated if the required
visual reference to continue the approach
is not established
Minimum des MDA/H APCH
cent altitu
de/height
(MDA/H)
Aircraft cate Code list Aircraft category APCH
gory
Approach type Code list Approach type (e.g. straight-in, circling, APCH
etc.), or specific navigation aid (e.g. step-
down fixes), or a specific navigation spe
cification
Altitude Altitude A specified altitude in a 2D instrument APCH
approach operation or circling approach
operation below which descent shall not
be initiated without the required visual
reference
Height Height A specified height in a 2D instrument APCH
approach operation or circling approach
operation below which descent shall not
be initiated without the required visual
reference
L
104/80
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Minimum sec The lowest altitude that may be used and IFR only
tor altitude will provide a minimum clearance of 300
(MSA) m (1 000 ft) above all objects located in an
area contained within a sector of a circle
of 46 km (25 nm) radius centred on a
radio aid to navigation
Sector start an Angle Start angle of a sector
gle
Sector end an Angle End angle of a sector
gle
Based on fix Text Centre of the MSA
Altitude Altitude The minimum altitude for each sector
Restrictions Text MSA: the lowest altitude that may be used
and will provide a minimum clearance of
300 m (1 000 ft) above all objects located
in an area contained within a sector of a
circle of 46 km (25 nm) radius centred on
a radio aid to navigation.
Radius Value The radius of each sector
Terminal arri The lowest altitude that will provide a APCH or
val altitude minimum clearance of 300 m (1 000 ft) PBN only
(TAA) above all objects located in an arc of a
circle defined by a 46 km (25 nm) radius
centred on the initial-approach fix (IAF)
or, where there is no IAF, on the inter
mediate-approach fix (IF), delimited by
straight lines joining the extremity of the
arc to the IF; the combined TAAs asso
ciated with an approach procedure shall
account for an area of 360 degrees around
the IF.
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/81Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Reference Text TAA reference point (IAF or IF)
point
IAF Text TAA IAF reference point
IF Text TAA IF reference point
Distance to IAF Distance The distance of the TAA area boundary
from the IAF
Altitude Altitude The terminal arrival altitude value
Sector start an Angle Start angle of a sector (bearing to the TAA
gle reference point)
Sector end an Angle End angle of a sector (bearing to the TAA
gle reference point)
Step-down arc Distance Radius of the inner area at a lower alti
tude.
Navigation Text A set of aircraft and flight crew require PBN only
specification ments needed to support PBN operations
name within a defined airspace; there are two
kinds of navigation specifications:
(a) RNP specifications: navigation speci
fications based on area navigation
that includes the requirement for per
formance monitoring and alerting,
designated by the prefix RNP, e.g.
RNP 4, RNP APCH.
(b) RNAV specifications: navigation spe
cifications based on area navigation
that does not include the requirement
for performance monitoring and
alerting, designated by the prefix
RNAV, e.g. RNAV 5, RNAV 1.
L
104/82
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Operating Text Aerodrome operating minima: the us APCH, DEP
minima ability limits of an aerodrome for:
(a) take-off, expressed in terms of RVR
and/or visibility and, if necessary,
cloud conditions;
(b) landing in precision approach and
landing operations, expressed in
terms of visibility and/or RVR and
DA/H, as appropriate to the category
of the operation;
(c) landing in approach and landing op
erations with vertical guidance, ex
pressed in terms of visibility and/or
RVR and DA/H; and (d) landing in non-precision approach
and landing operations, expressed
in terms of visibility and/or RVR,
minimum descent altitude/height
(MDA/H) and, if necessary, cloud
conditions
Temperature
Minimum tem Value Minimum temperature reference APCH or
perature PBN only
Maximum Value Maximum temperature reference APCH or
temperature PBN only
Remote alti Text Cautionary note indicating the altimetry APCH
meter source source
Proc Ref datum Text Aerodrome or landing threshold APCH
3.4.2020
E N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/83Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
PBN require Specific requirements related to a PBN PBN
ments procedure
Code list Identification of the navigation specifi
cation (RNAV 5, RNP 0.3, etc.)
Navigation Text Any navigation sensor limitations (global
specification navigation satellite system (GNSS) re
quired)
Functional re Text Any required functionalities described as
quirements options in the navigation specification,
that is, not included in the core navigation
specification (radio frequency (RF) re
quired)
Procedure SID, STAR,
segment APCH
Start Text Identification of the start point of the
segment
End Text Identification of the end point, or a de
scription of the end, of the segment
End fix func Code list Indication if the end fix is a fly-by point (a PBN
tionality waypoint that requires a turn to allow
tangential interception of the next seg
ment of a route or procedure) or flyover
point (a waypoint at which a turn is in
itiated in order to join the next segment of
a route or procedure)
L
104/84
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
End fix role Code list Indication of the role of the end fix
missed-approach point (MAPt), IF, IAF,
final-approach fix (FAF), missed ap
proach holding fix (MAHF), etc.
Procedure alti Altitu A specified altitude/height flown opera Certain Essential
tude/height de/height tionally above the minimum altitu segments
de/height and established to accommo of SID,
date a stabilised descent at a prescribed- STAR,
descent gradient/angle in the interme APCH only
diate/final approach segment
Minimum ob Altitude The minimum altitude of a defined seg SID, STAR,
struction clear ment, which provides the required ob APCH
ance altitude stacle clearance
(MOCA)
Distance Distance Geodesic distance to the nearest tenth of a 1/100 km Essential Calcula 1/100 1 km or 1
kilometre or of a nautical mile between ted km or nm
each successive designated significant 1/100 nm
point
True bearing Bearing True track to the nearest tenth of a degree SID, STAR, 1/10 de Routine Calcula 1/10 de
between each successive significant point APCH gree ted gree
Magnetic bear Bearing Magnetic track to the nearest tenth of a SID, STAR, 1/10 de Routine Calcula 1 degree 1 degree
ing degree between each successive signifi APCH gree ted
cant point
Gradient Value APCH, DEP
Speed Value Speed limit at a significant point, ex
pressed in units of 10 kt, as applicable
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/85Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Controlling APCH, DEP
obstacle
Type Text Indication if the obstacle is lit/unlit, type
of obstacle (church/wind turbine, etc.)
Position Point Coordinates of the controlling obstacle See Section
6 ‘Obstacle
data’.
Elevation: Elevation Elevation of the top of the controlling See Section
obstacle 6 ‘Obstacle
data’
Final-ap That segment of an instrument approach SBAS
proach seg procedure in which alignment and des APCH,
ment cent for landing are accomplished GBAS
APCH
Operation type Text A number indicating the type of the final
approach segment (e.g. ‘0’ is coded for a
straight-in approach procedure including
offset procedures.)
Approach per Text A number identifying the type of an ap
formance des proach (‘0’ is used to identify a localizer
ignator performance with vertical guidance (LPV)
approach procedure and a ‘1’ indicates a
Category I approach procedure)
SBAS provider Text Identifier of a service provider of a parti SBAS only
cular satellite-based approach system
L
104/86
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Reference path Text A numerical identifier, unique on a fre GBAS only
data selector quency in the broadcast region and used
(RPDS) to select the FAS data block
Reference path Text A four-character identifier used to con
identifier (RPI) firm the selection of the correct approach
procedure
Landing LTP/FTP
threshold point
(LTP) or ficti
tious threshold
point (FTP)
Position Point Latitude and longitude of the LTP/FTP 0.3 m (1 ft) Critical 0.0005"
(0.01’)
Ellipsoidal Elevation The height of the LTP/FTP above the 0.25 m Critical 0.1 m
height WGS-84 ellipsoid
Orthometric Elevation The height of the LTP/FTP as related to the
height geoid and presented as an MSL elevation
Flight path FPAP
alignment
point (FPAP)
Position Point Latitude and longitude of the FPAP 0.3 m (1 ft) Critical 0.0005"
(0.01’)
Orthometric Elevation The height of the FPAP as related to the
height geoid and presented as an MSL elevation
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a n
Union
L
104/87Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Approach Height The designated crossing height of the 0.5 m Critical Calcula 0.05 m
threshold flight path angle above the LTP (or FTP) ted
crossing height
(TCH)
Glide path an Value The angle of the approach path (glide 0.01°m N/a 0.01°m
gle (GPA) path) with respect to the horizontal plane,
defined in accordance with WGS-84 at
the LTP/FTP
Course width at Value The semi-width of the lateral course N/a Critical 0.25 m
threshold width at the LTP/FTP, defining the lateral
offset at which the receiver achieves full-
scale deflection.
Delta length Distance The distance from the stop end of the N/a N/a 8 m
offset RWY to the FPAP; it defines the location
where lateral sensitivity changes to
missed-approach sensitivity.
Horizontal Value HAL SBAS only
alert limit
(HAL)
Vertical alert Value VAL SBAS only
limit (VAL)
FAS data block Text A binary string describing the FAS data
block generated with an appropriate
software tool; the FAS data block is a set of
parameters to identify a single precision
approach or an APV and define its asso
ciated approach.
L
104/88
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
CRC remainder Text An 8-character hexadecimal representa
tion of the calculated remainder bits, used
to determine the integrity of the FAS data
block during transmission and storage.
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Procedure
fix
Identification Text Names, coded designators or code names
given to the significant point
ATC reporting Text Indication of the ATS/MET reporting re
requirements quirement as ‘compulsory’, ‘on request’ or
‘NIL’
VFR reporting Text Bridge or church name VFR
point
Position Point Geographical location of the fix See Note 1
Type Text Indication of the type of the fix, such as
navaid, Int, waypoint
Formations
Navaid Text The station identification of the
VOR/DME reference
Bearing Bearing The bearing to the VOR/DME reference if See Note 2
the waypoint is not collocated with it
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
L
104/89Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Distance Distance The distance from the VOR/DME refer 1/100 km Essential Calcula 1/100 2/10 km
ence if the waypoint is not collocated with ted km or (1/10 nm)
it 1/100
nm
Note 1 100 m Essential Sur 1 sec 1 sec
veyed/ca
lculated
3 m Essential Sur 1/10 sec 1 sec
veyed/ca
lculated
Note 2 1/10 de Routine Calcula 1/10 de 1/10 de
gree ted gree gree
1/10 de Essential Calcula 1/10 de 1/10 de
gree ted gree gree
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Procedure A predetermined manoeuvre that keeps
holding the aircraft within the specified airspace
while awaiting further clearance
Identification Text Identification of the holding procedure
Fix Point Geographical location that serves as a Same as the
reference for a holding procedure procedure
fix
Inbound Course Inbound true course 1/10 de
course gree
Outbound Course Outbound true course 1/10 de
course gree
L
104/90
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Leg distance Distance Outbound distance of the leg 1/10 km
or 1/10
nm
Leg time Value Outbound time of the leg
Limiting radial Angle Limiting radial from the VOR/DME on
which the holding is based
Turn direction Value Direction of the procedure turn
Minimum alti Altitude Minimum holding level to the nearest 50 m Routine Calcula 50 m or
tude higher (50 m or 100 ft)/flight level ted 100
ft/flight
level
Maximum alti Altitude Maximum holding level to the nearest 50 m or
tude higher (50 m or 100 ft)/flight level 100
ft/flight
level
Speed Value Maximum indicated air speed 10 kt
Magnetic var
iation
Angle Angle The magnetic variation of the radio na
vigation aid of the procedure
Date Date The date on which the magnetic variation
had the corresponding value
Navigation Text Name of the navigation specification – set RNAV/RN
specifications of aircraft and aircrew requirements P
name needed to support a navigation applica
tion within a defined airspace concept
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/91Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Helicopter
procedure
specifics
Helicopter Text Identification of the helicopter procedure
procedure title
(RNAV 263)
Heliport cross Height Heliport crossing height Essential 1 m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
ing height
(HCH)
Initial depar Point Initial departure fix DEP
ture fix (IDF)
Missed-ap Point MAPt APCH
proach point
(MAPt)
Direct visual For PinS APP: the portion of flight that
segment connects directly the PinS to the landing
location; for PinS DEP: the portion of
flight that connects directly the landing
location to the IDF
Track Line
Distance Distance
Bearing Angle
Crossing Height
height
L
104/92
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Manoeuvring PinS VS protected for the following man APCHDEP
visual segment oeuvres:
(VS) (a) for PinS APCH: visual manoeuvre
from the MAPt around the heliport
or landing location to land from a
direction other than directly from
the MAPt; and
(b) for PinS DEP: take-off in a direction
other than directly to the IDF, fol
lowed by a visual manoeuvre to join
the instrument segment at the IDF
Centre line Angle Centre line of the take-off climb surface DEP
Manoeuvring Polygon Area where the pilot is expected to man APCH DEP
area oeuvre visually
No manoeuvr Polygon Area where manoeuvring is prohibited APCH DEP
ing area
Ingress tracks Line PinS VS protected for the following man APCH DEP
oeuvres:
(a) for PinS APCH: visual manoeuvre
from the MAPt around the heliport
or landing location to land from a
direction other than directly from
the MAPt; and
(b) for PinS DEP: take-off in a direction
other than directly to the IDF, fol
lowed by a visual manoeuvre to join
the instrument segment at the IDF
HAS Height above the surface diagram APCH
Radius Distance
Height above Height
surface
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
L
104/93Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
‘Proceed vi Text Text indicating that the procedure has a
sually’ text ‘Proceed visually’ instruction
‘Proceed VFR’ Text Text indicating that the procedure has a
text ‘Proceed VFR’ instruction
Visual segment Value VSDA
descent angle
(VSDA)
Ingress tracks
Length Distance
Width Distance
Bearing Angle
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
AITF Notes on charts (aeronautical informa
tion in textual format)
Non-aligned Text
between in
strument and
visual slope in
dications
Missed-ap Text Missed-approach description of the pro
proach de cedure
scription
SID/STAR Text Textual description of the SID or STAR
route descrip procedure
tion
Missed-ap Value The value of the missed-approach climb
proach climb gradient of the approach procedure
gradient
L
104/94
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
CAT H note Text
CAT D large Text
Authorisation Text Indication that RNP AR
required (AR)
Units of mea Text
surement
GNSS in lieu of
Communica Text Communication failure description tion failure
Surveillance/r
adar required
SID close-in Text Indication wherever close-in obstacles
obstacle note exist which were not considered in the
determination of the published-proce
dure design gradient
Offset align
ment
PDG greater
than 3 %
5. Radio navigation aids/systems data
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Radio navi
gation aid
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
L
104/95Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Type Text Type of the radio navigation aid
Identification Text The code assigned to uniquely identify the
navaid
Name Text The textual name assigned to the navaid
Area of opera Text Indication whether navigation aid serves
tion en-route (E), aerodrome (A) or dual (AE)
purposes
Aerodrome Text The ICAO location indicator or name of
served the aerodromes served
RWY served Text Designator of the RWY served
Operating en Text Name of the operating entity of the fa
tity cility
Type of sup Code list Indication of the type of supported op
ported opera eration for ILS/MLS, basic GNSS, satellite-
tions based augmentation system (SBAS), and
ground-based augmentation system
(GBAS)
Collocation Text Information that a navaid is collocated
with another navaid
Hours of op Schedule The hours of operation of the radio na
eration vigation aid
Magnetic var The angular difference between the true
iation north and the magnetic north
Angle Angle The magnetic variation at the radio navi ILS/NDB See Note 1 below
gation aid
Date Date The date on which the magnetic variation
had the corresponding value
L
104/96
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E u
r o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Station decli Angle An alignment variation of the navaid be VOR/ILS/
nation tween the zero degree radial and the true MLS
north, determined at the time the station
is calibrated
Zero bearing Text Direction of the ‘zero bearing’ provided VOR
direction by the station, e.g. magnetic north, true
north, etc.
Frequency Value Frequency or tuning frequency of the
radio navigation aid
Channel Text The channel number of the radio navi DME or
gation aid GBAS
Position Point Geographical location of the radio navi See Note 2 below
gation aid
Elevation Elevation The elevation of the transmitting antenna DME or See Note 3 below
of the DME or the elevation of the GBAS GBAS
reference point
Ellipsoidal Height The ellipsoidal height of the GBAS refer GBAS
height ence point
Localiser align
ment
Bearing Bearing The localiser course ILS locali 1/100 de Essential Surveyed 1/100 1 degree
ser gree degree (if
true)
Type Text The type of localiser alignment, true or ILS locali
magnetic ser
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/97Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Zero azimuthal Bearing MLS zero azimuthal alignment MLS 1/100 de Essential Surveyed 1/100 1 degree
alignment gree degree (if
true)
Angle Angle The angle of the glide path of an ILS or the ILS
normal glide path angle of an MLS in GP/MLS
stallation
RDH Value The value of the ILS reference datum ILS GP 0.5 m Critical Calcula
height (ILS RDH) ted
Localiser an Distance ILS localiser —RWY/FATO end distance ILS locali 3 m Routine Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
tenna to RWY ser ted
end distance
ILS glideslope Distance ILS glideslope antenna – threshold dis ILS GP 3 m Routine Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
antenna to tance along the centre line ted
TRSH distance
ILS marker to Distance ILS marker – threshold distance ILS 3 m Essential Calcula 1 m or 1 ft 2/10 km
TRSH distance ted (1/10 nm)
ILS DME an Distance ILS DME antenna – threshold distance ILS 3 m Essential Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
tenna to TRSH along the centre line ted
distance
MLS azimuthal Distance MLS azimuthal antenna – RWY/FATO MLS 3 m Routine Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
antenna to end distance ted
RWY end dis
tance
MLS elevation Distance MLS elevation antenna – threshold dis MLS 3 m Routine Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
antenna to tance along the centre line ted
TRHS distance
L
104/98
E
N
O
f f i c i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
MLS DME an Distance MLS DME/P antenna – threshold distance MLS 3 m Essential Calcula 1 m or 1 ft As plotted
tenna to TRHS along the centre line ted
distance
Signal polari Code list GBAS signal polarisation (GBAS/H or GBAS
sation GBAS/E)
Designated op Text DOC or standard service volume (SSV) as
erational cov range or service volume radius from the
erage (DOC) navaid/GBAS reference point, height and
sectors, if required
Note 1 ILS Locali 1 degree Essential Surveyed 1 degree
ser
NDB 1 degree Routine Surveyed 1 degree
Surveyed
Note 2 Aero 3 m Essential Surveyed 1/10 sec As plotted
drome na
vaid
GBAS re 1 m Surveyed
ference
point
En-route 100 m Essential Surveyed 1 sec
Surveyed
Note 3 DME 30 m (100 Essential Surveyed 30 m 30 m (100
ft) (100 ft) ft)
DME/P 3 m Essential Surveyed 3 m (10
ft)
GBAS re 0.25 m Essential 1 m or 1 ft
ference
point
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/99Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
GNSS A worldwide position and time determi
nation system that includes one or more
satellite constellations, aircraft receivers
and system integrity monitoring, aug
mented as necessary to support the re
quired navigation performance for the
intended operation
Name Text The name of the GNSS element (GPS,
GBAS, GLONASS, EGNOS, MSAS,
WAAS, etc.)
Frequency Value Frequency of the GNSS As appro
priate
Service area Polygon Geographical location of the GNSS ser
vice area
Coverage area Polygon Geographical location of the GNSS cov
erage area
Operating Text Name of the operating authority of the
authority facility
Aeronautical Ground lights and other light beacons
ground designating geographical positions that
lights are selected by the Member State as being
significant
Type Text Type of beacon
Designator Text The code assigned to uniquely identify the
beacon
Name Text The name of the city or town or other
identification of the beacon
Intensity Value Intensity of the light of the beacon 1000 cd
L
104/100
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Characteristics Text Information about the characteristics of
the beacon
Hours of op Schedule The hours of operation of the beacon
erations
Position Point Geographical location of the beacon
Marine lights
Position Point Geographical location of the beacon
Visibility range Distance The visibility range of the beacon
Characteristics Text Information about the characteristics of
the beacon
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Special navi Stations associated with special naviga
gation sys tion systems (DECCA, LORAN, etc.)
tem
Type Text Type of service available (master signal,
slave signal, colour)
Designator Text The code assigned to uniquely identify the
special navigation system
Name Text The textual name assigned to the special
navigation system
Frequency Value Frequency (channel number, basic pulse
rate, recurrence rate, as applicable) of the
special navigation system
Hours of op Schedule The hours of operation of the special na
erations vigation system
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/101Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Position Point Geographical location of the special na 100 m Essential Sur
vigation system veyed/ca
lculated
Operating en Text Name of the operating entity of the fa
tity cility
Facility cover Text Description of the special navigation
age system facility coverage
6. Obstacle data
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Obstacle All fixed (whether temporary or perma
nent) and mobile obstacles or parts
thereof
Obstacle iden Text Unique identifier of the obstacle
tifier
Operator/own Text Name and contact information of the
er obstacle operator or owner
Geometry type Code list An indication whether the obstacle is a
point, line or polygon
Horizontal po Point or Horizontal position of the obstacle See Note 1 below
sition line or
polygon
Horizontal ex Distance Horizontal extent of the obstacle
tent
L
104/102
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the highest point of the ob See Note 2 below
stacle
Height Height Height of the obstacle above ground
Type Text Type of obstacle
Date and time Date Date and time the obstacle was created
stamp
Operations Text Feature operations of the mobile obsta
cles
Effectivity Text Effectivity of temporary types of obstacles
Lighting
Type Text Type of lighting
Colour Text Colour of the obstacle lighting
Marking Text Type of obstacle marking
Material Text Predominant surface material of the ob
stacle
Note 1 Obstacles in Area 1 50 m Routine Surveyed 1 sec As plotted
Obstacles in Area 2 (including 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, take-off 5 m Essential Surveyed 1/10 sec 1/10 sec
flight path area, and obstacle limitation surfaces)
Obstacles in Area 3 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 1/10 sec 1/10 sec
Obstacles in Area 4 2.5 m Essential Surveyed
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/103Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Note 2 Obstacles in Area 1 30 m Routine Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 3 m (10 ft)
Obstacles in Area 2 (including 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, take-off 3 m Essential Surveyed 1 m or 1 ft 1 m or 1 ft
flight path area, and obstacle limitation surfaces)
Obstacles in Area 3 0.5 m Essential Surveyed 0.1 m or 1 m or 1 ft
0.1 ft or
0.01 m
Obstacles in Area 4 1 m Essential Surveyed 0.1 m
7. Geographic data
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Buildings Buildings (of operational significance)
and other salient/prominent (aerodrome)
features
Name Text Name of the building
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the building
Built-up Areas covered by cities, towns and villages
areas
Name Text Name of the built-up area
Geometry Point/poly Geographical location of the built-up area
gon
Railroads All railroads having landmark value
L
104/104
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Name Text Name of the railroad
Geometry Line Geographical location of the railroads
Highways All highways and roads having landmark
and roads value
Name Text Name of highways and roads
Geometry Line Geographical location of highways and
roads
Landmarks Natural and cultural landmarks, such as
bridges, prominent transmission lines,
permanent cable car installations, wind
turbines, mine structures, forts, ruins, le
vees, pipelines, rocks, bluffs, cliffs, sand
dunes, isolated lighthouses and light
ships, when considered to be of impor
tance for visual air navigation
Characteristics Text Description of the landmark
Geometry Line Geographical location of the railroads
Political International political boundaries
boundaries
Geometry Line Geographical location of the interna
tional political boundaries
Hydrogra All water features comprising shorelines,
phy lakes, rivers and streams (including those
non-perennial in nature), salt lakes, gla
ciers and ice caps
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p e
a
n
Union
L
104/105Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Name Text Name of the water feature
Geometry Line/poly Geographical location of the water fea
gon ture
Wooded Wooded areas
areas
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the wooded area
Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Service Part of the aerodrome surface used by
roads service vehicles
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the service
roads
Feature base Text Identification of the feature type affected
Identifier base Text Name of the underlying TWY, parking
stand area or apron
Construc Part of the aerodrome area under con
tion area struction
Geometry Polygon Geographical location of the construc
tion area
Area unsui Areas unsuitable for aircraft movement
table for air
craft move
ment
Geometry Polygon Depicted movement area permanently
unsuitable for aircraft and clearly identi
fied as such
Survey con A monumented survey control point
trol point
L
104/106
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e a
n
Union
3.4.2020Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Identifier num Text Special unique identifier permanently
ber assigned to a feature instance by the data
provider
Location Point Geographical location of the survey
control point
Elevation Elevation Elevation of the survey control point
Aerodrome A vertex in a graph defining the ASRN
surface rout
ing network
(ASRN) node
Identifier net Text Logical name comprised of a delimited
work list of names for one or more features
associated with the ASRN feature
Identifier Text Name of the feature instance
threshold
Identifier num Text Special unique identifier permanently
ber assigned to a feature instance by a data
provider
Term ref Text Terminal building associated with the
feature instance
Node type Text Type of node
Cat stop Text Low-visibility operation category of the
holding position
Position Point Geographical location of the ASRN node
ASRN edge A connection between the nodes in a
graph, which defines the ASRN
3.4.2020
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
L
104/107Subject Property Sub-property Type Description Note Accuracy Integrity Orig. Type Pub. Res. Chart Res.
Identifier net Text Logical name comprised of a delimited
work list of names for one or more features
associated with the ASRN feature
Direction Text One-way or two-way directionality of the
corresponding feature instance
Node1 ref Text The identifier number of the ASRN node
corresponding to the start point of the
edge geometry
Node2 ref Text The identifier number of the ASRN node
corresponding to the end point of the
edge geometry
Edge type Text Type of edge
Edge derv Text Derivation method of the edge geometry
Geometry Line Geographical location of the ASRN edge
L
104/108
E
N
O
f f i c
i a
l
J o
u
r
n
a
l
o
f
t h
e
E
u
r
o
p
e
a
n
Union
3.4.20203.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/109
Data types referred to in column 4 ‘Type’
Type Description Data items
Point A pair of coordinates (latitude and longitude) refer Latitude
enced to the mathematical ellipsoid, which define the Longitude
position of the point on the surface of the Earth Horizontal reference system
Units of measurement
Horizontal accuracy achieved
Line Sequence of points defining a linear object Sequence of points
Polygon Sequence of points forming the boundary of the Closed sequence of points
polygon; the first and last point are identical
Height The vertical distance of a level, point or an object, Numerical value
considered as a point, measured from a specific datum Vertical reference system
Units of measurement
Vertical accuracy achieved
Altitude The vertical distance of a level, point or an object, Numerical value
considered as a point, measured from the MSL Vertical reference system
Units of measurement
Vertical accuracy achieved
Elevation The vertical distance of a point or a level on, or affixed Numerical value
to, the surface of the Earth, measured from the MSL Vertical reference system
Units of measurement
Vertical accuracy achieved
Distance An angular value Numerical value
Units of measurement
Accuracy achieved
Angle/bearing An angular value Numerical value
Units of measurement
Accuracy achieved
Value Any measured, declared or derived value not listed Numerical value
above Units of measurement
Accuracy achieved
Date A calendar date referencing a particular day or month Text
Schedule A repetitive time period, composed of one or more Text
intervals or special dates (e.g. holidays) occurring cy
clically
Code list A set of predefined text strings or values Text
Text Free text String of characters without constraints’
;L 104/110 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(4) Annex IV is amended as follows:
(a) Subpart A is amended as follows:
(i) in Section 1, the following points ATS.OR.110 to ATS.OR.150 are added:
‘ATS.OR.110 Coordination between aerodrome operators and air traffic services providers
An air traffic services provider shall establish arrangements with the operator of the aerodrome at which it
provides air traffic services to ensure adequate coordination of activities and services provided as well as
exchange of relevant data and information.
ATS.OR.115 Coordination between military units and air traffic services providers
Without prejudice to Article 6 of Regulation (EC) No 2150/2005, an air traffic services provider shall ensure
that its air traffic services units, either routinely or on request, in accordance with locally agreed procedures,
provide appropriate military units with pertinent flight plan and other data concerning flights of civil aircraft
in order to facilitate their identification.
ATS.OR.120 Coordination between meteorological services providers and air traffic services
providers
(a) To ensure that aircraft receive the most up-to-date meteorological information for aircraft operations, an
air traffic services provider shall make arrangements with the associated meteorological services provider
for air traffic services personnel:
(1) in addition to using indicating instruments, to report, if observed by air traffic services personnel or
communicated by aircraft, such other meteorological elements as may be agreed upon;
(2) to report as soon as possible meteorological phenomena of operational significance, if observed by air
traffic services personnel or communicated by aircraft, which have not been included in the
aerodrome meteorological report;
(3) to report as soon as possible pertinent information concerning pre-eruption volcanic activity, volcanic
eruptions and information concerning volcanic ash cloud. In addition, area control centres and flight
information centres shall report the information to the associated meteorological watch office and
volcanic ash advisory centres (VAACs).
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that close coordination is maintained between area control
centres, flight information centres and associated meteorological watch offices such that information on
volcanic ash included in NOTAM and SIGMET messages is consistent.
ATS.OR.125 Coordination between aeronautical information services and air traffic services
providers
(a) An air traffic services provider shall provide to the relevant aeronautical information services provider the
aeronautical information to be published as necessary to permit the utilisation of such air traffic services.
(b) To ensure that the aeronautical information services providers obtain information to enable them to
provide up-to-date preflight information and to meet the need for in-flight information, an air traffic
services provider and aeronautical information services provider shall make arrangements to report to the
responsible aeronautical information services provider, with a minimum of delay:
(1) information on aerodrome conditions;
(2) the operational status of associated facilities, services and navigation aids within their area of
responsibility;
(3) the occurrence of volcanic activity observed by air traffic services personnel or reported by aircraft;
(4) any other information considered to be of operational significance.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/111
(c) Before introducing changes to systems for air navigation under its responsibility, an air traffic services
provider shall:
(1) ensure close coordination with the aeronautical information services provider(s) concerned;
(2) take due account of the time needed by the aeronautical information services provider for the
preparation, production and issuance of relevant material for promulgation;
(3) provide the information in a timely manner to the aeronautical information services provider
concerned.
(d) An air traffic services provider shall observe the predetermined, internationally agreed aeronautical
information regulation and control (AIRAC) effective dates in addition to 14 days postage time when
submitting to aeronautical information services providers the raw information or data, or both, subject to
the AIRAC cycle.
ATS.OR.130 Time in air traffic services
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air traffic services units are equipped with clocks indicating
the time in hours, minutes and seconds, clearly visible from each operating position in the unit concerned.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air traffic services unit clocks and other time-recording
devices are checked as necessary to ensure correct time to within plus or minus 30 seconds of UTC.
Wherever data link communications are utilised by an air traffic services unit, clocks and other time-
recording devices shall be checked as necessary to ensure correct time to within 1 second of UTC.
(c) The correct time shall be obtained from a standard time station or, if not possible, from another unit which
has obtained the correct time from such station.
ATS.OR.135 Contingency arrangements
An air traffic services provider shall develop contingency plans as required in point ATM/ANS.OR.A.070 of
Annex III in close coordination with the air traffic services providers responsible for the provision of services
in adjacent portions of airspace and, as appropriate, with airspace users concerned.
ATS.OR.140 Failure and irregularity of systems and equipment
An air traffic services provider shall establish appropriate arrangements for air traffic services units to
immediately report any failure or irregularity of communication, navigation and surveillance systems or any
other safety-significant systems or equipment which could adversely affect the safety or efficiency of flight
operations or the provision of air traffic services, or both.
ATS.OR.145 Operation of air traffic control service
An air traffic services provider shall ensure that information on aircraft movements, together with a record of
ATC clearances issued to such aircraft, are so displayed as to permit ready analysis in order to maintain an
efficient flow of air traffic with adequate separation between aircraft.
ATS.OR.150 Transfer of responsibility for control and transfer of communications
Air traffic services provider shall establish applicable coordination procedures for transfer of responsibility for
control of flights, including transfer of communications and transfer of control points, in letters of agreement
and operation manuals, as appropriate.’;L 104/112 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(ii) the following Sections 4 and 5 are added:
‘SECTION 4
REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
ATS.OR.400 Aeronautical mobile service (air-ground communications) – general
(a) An air traffic services provider shall use voice or data link, or both, in air-ground communications for air
traffic services purposes.
(b) When direct pilot-controller two-way voice or data link communications are used for the provision of air
traffic control service, recording facilities shall be provided by the air traffic services provider on all such
air-ground communication channels.
(c) When direct air-ground two-way voice or data link communications are used for the provision of flight
information service, including AFIS, recording facilities on all such air-ground communication channels
shall be provided by the air traffic services provider, unless otherwise prescribed by the competent
authority.
ATS.OR.405 Use and availability of the VHF emergency channel
(a) As laid down in Article 3d, the VHF emergency channel (121,500 MHz) shall be used for genuine
emergency purposes, including any of the following:
(1) to provide a clear channel between aircraft in distress or emergency and a ground station when the
normal channels are being utilised for other aircraft;
(2) to provide a VHF communication channel between aircraft and aerodromes, not normally used by
international air services, in case of an emergency condition arising;
(3) to provide a common VHF communication channel between aircraft, either civil or military, and
between such aircraft and surface services, involved in common search and rescue operations, prior
to changing when necessary to the appropriate frequency;
(4) to provide air-ground communication with aircraft when airborne equipment failure prevents the use
of the regular channels;
(5) to provide a channel for the operation of emergency locator transmitters (ELTs), and for
communication between survival craft and aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations;
(6) to provide a common VHF channel for communication between civil aircraft and intercepting aircraft
or intercept control units and between civil or intercepting aircraft and air traffic services units in the
event of interception of the civil aircraft.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall provide the frequency 121.500 MHz at:
(1) all area control centres and flight information centres;
(2) aerodrome control towers and approach control units serving international aerodromes and
international alternate aerodromes;
(3) any additional location designated by the competent authority, where the provision of that frequency
is considered necessary to ensure immediate reception of distress calls or to serve the purposes
specified in point (a).3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/113
ATS.OR.410 Aeronautical mobile service (air-ground communications) – flight information service
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure, to the practicable extent and as approved by the competent
authority, that air-ground communication facilities enable two-way communications to take place
between a flight information centre and appropriately equipped aircraft flying anywhere within the flight
information region.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air-ground communication facilities enable direct, rapid,
continuous and static-free two-way communications to take place between an AFIS unit and
appropriately equipped aircraft operating within the airspace referred to in point ATS.TR.110(a)(3).
ATS.OR.415 Aeronautical mobile service (air-ground communications) – area control service
An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air-ground communication facilities enable two-way
communications to take place between a unit providing area control service and appropriately equipped
aircraft flying anywhere within the control area or areas.
ATS.OR.420 Aeronautical mobile service (air-ground communications) – approach control service
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air-ground communication facilities enable direct, rapid,
continuous and static-free two-way communications to take place between the unit providing approach
control service and appropriately equipped aircraft under its control.
(b) Where the unit providing approach control service functions as a separate unit, air-ground
communications shall be conducted over communication channels provided for its exclusive use.
ATS.OR.425 Aeronautical mobile service (air-ground communications) – aerodrome control service
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air-ground communication facilities enable direct, rapid,
continuous and static-free two-way communications to take place between an aerodrome control tower
and appropriately equipped aircraft operating at any distance within 45 km (25 NM) of the aerodrome
concerned.
(b) Where conditions warrant, an air traffic services provider shall provide separate communication channels
for the control of traffic operating on the manoeuvring area.
ATS.OR.430 Aeronautical fixed service (ground-ground communications) – general
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that direct-speech or data link, or both, communications are
used in ground-ground communications for air traffic services purposes.
(b) When communication for ATC coordination purposes is supported by automation, an air traffic services
provider shall ensure that the failure of such automated coordination is presented clearly to the air traffic
controller or controllers responsible for coordinating flights at a transferring unit.
ATS.OR.435 Aeronautical fixed service (ground-ground communications) – communication within a
flight information region
(a) Communications between air traffic services units
(1) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that a flight information centre has facilities for
communications with the following units providing a service within its area of responsibility:
(i) the area control centre;L 104/114 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(ii) approach control units;
(iii) aerodrome control towers;
(iv) AFIS units.
(2) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that an area control centre, in addition to being connected
with the flight information centre as prescribed in point (1), has facilities for communications with the
following units providing a service within its area of responsibility:
(i) approach control units;
(ii) aerodrome control towers;
(iii) AFIS units;
(iv) air traffic services reporting offices, when separately established.
(3) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that an approach control unit, in addition to being
connected with the flight information centre and the area control centre as prescribed in points (1)
and (2), has facilities for communications with:
(i) the associated aerodrome control tower or towers;
(ii) with relevant AFIS unit or units;
(iii) the associated air traffic services reporting office or offices, when separately established.
(4) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that an aerodrome control tower or an AFIS unit, in
addition to being connected with the flight information centre, the area control centre and the
approach control unit as prescribed in points (1), (2) and (3), has facilities for communications with
the associated air traffic services reporting office, when separately established.
(b) Communications between air traffic services units and other units
(1) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that a flight information centre and an area control centre
have facilities for communications with the following units providing a service within their respective
area of responsibility:
(i) appropriate military units;
(ii) the meteorological services provider or providers serving the centre;
(iii) the aeronautical telecommunication station serving the centre;
(iv) appropriate aircraft operators’ offices;
(v) the rescue coordination centre or, in the absence of such centre, any other appropriate emergency
service;
(vi) the international NOTAM office serving the centre.
(2) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that an approach control unit, an aerodrome control tower
and an AFIS unit have facilities for communications with the following units providing a service within
their respective area of responsibility:
(i) appropriate military units;
(ii) rescue and emergency services (including ambulance, firefighting etc.);
(iii) the meteorological services provider serving the unit concerned;
(iv) the aeronautical telecommunication station serving the unit concerned;
(v) the unit providing apron management service, when separately established.
(3) The communication facilities required under points (b)(1)(i) and (b)(2)(i) shall include provisions for
rapid and reliable communications between the air traffic services unit concerned and the military
unit or units responsible for control of interception operations within the area of responsibility of the
air traffic services unit, in order to fulfil obligations set out in Section 11 of the Annex to
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/115
(c) Description of communication facilities
(1) The communication facilities required under point (a), point (b)(1)(i) and points (b)(2)(i), (b)(2)(ii) and
(b)(2)(iii) shall include provisions for:
(i) communications by direct speech alone, or in combination with data link communications,
whereby for the purpose of transfer of control using radar or ADS-B, the communications are
established instantaneously, and for other purposes, the communications are normally
established within 15 seconds;
(ii) printed communications, when a written record is required; the message transit time for such
communications is no longer than 5 minutes.
(2) In all cases not covered by point (c)(1), the communication facilities shall include provisions for:
(i) communications by direct speech alone, or in combination with data link communications,
whereby the communications are normally established within 15 seconds;
(ii) printed communications, when a written record is required; the message transit time for such
communications are no longer than 5 minutes.
(3) In all cases where automatic transfer of data to or from air traffic services computers, or both ways, is
required, suitable facilities for automatic recording shall be provided.
(4) The communication facilities required under points (b)(2)(i);(ii);(iii) shall include provisions for
communications by direct speech arranged for conference communications whereby the
communications are normally established within 15 seconds.
(5) All facilities for direct-speech or data link communications between air traffic services units and
between air traffic services units and other units described under points (b)(1) and (b)(2) shall be
provided with automatic recording.
ATS.OR.440 Aeronautical fixed service (ground-ground communications) – communication between
flight information regions
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that flight information centres and area control centres have
facilities for communications with all adjacent flight information centres and area control centres. Those
communication facilities shall in all cases include provisions for messages in a form suitable for retention
as a permanent record, and delivery in accordance with transit times specified by ICAO regional air
navigation agreements.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that facilities for communications between area control centres
serving contiguous control areas, in addition, include provisions for direct-speech and, where applicable,
data link communications, with automatic recording, whereby for the purpose of transfer of control using
ATS surveillance data, the communications are established instantaneously, and for other purposes, the
communications are normally established within 15 seconds.
(c) When so required by agreement between the States concerned in order to eliminate or reduce the need for
interceptions in the event of deviations from assigned track, an air traffic services provider shall ensure that
facilities for communications between adjacent flight information centres or area control centres other
than those mentioned in point (b):
(1) include provisions for direct speech alone, or in combination with data link communications;
(2) permit communications to be established normally within 15 seconds;
(3) are provided with automatic recording.L 104/116 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(d) An air traffic services provider concerned shall ensure that adjacent air traffic services units are connected
in all cases where special circumstances exist.
(e) Wherever local conditions are such that it is necessary to clear aircraft into a controlled airspace prior to
departure, the air traffic services provider or providers concerned shall ensure that the air traffic services
units delivering the clearance to the aircraft are connected with the air traffic control unit serving the
adjacent controlled airspace.
(f) The communication facilities supporting connections to be established in accordance with points (d) and
(e) shall include provisions for communications by direct speech alone, or in combination with data link
communications, with automatic recording, whereby for the purpose of transfer of control using ATS
surveillance, the communications are established instantaneously, and for other purposes, the
communications are normally established within 15 seconds.
(g) An air traffic services provider shall provide suitable facilities for automatic recording in all cases where
automatic exchange of data between air traffic services computers is required.
ATS.OR.445 Communications for the control or management of vehicles other than aircraft on
manoeuvring areas at aerodromes
(a) Except where communication by a system of visual signals is deemed to be adequate, an air traffic services
provider shall ensure two-way radiotelephony communication facilities for either of the following services:
(1) aerodrome control service for the control of vehicles on the manoeuvring area;
(2) AFIS for the management of vehicles on the manoeuvring area where such service is provided in
accordance with point ATS.TR.305(f).
(b) The need for separate communication channels for the control or for the management of the vehicles on
the manoeuvring area shall be determined subject to a safety assessment.
(c) Automatic recording facilities on all channels referred to in point (b) shall be provided.
ATS.OR.450 Automatic recording of surveillance data
An air traffic services provider shall ensure that surveillance data from primary and secondary radar equipment
or other systems (e.g. ADS-B, ADS-C), used as an aid to air traffic services, are automatically recorded for use in
accident and incident investigations, search and rescue, air traffic services and surveillance systems evaluation
and training.
ATS.OR.455 Retention of recorded information and data
(a) An air traffic services provider shall retain for a period of at least 30 days the following:
(1) recordings of communications channels, as specified in points ATS.OR.400(b) and (c);
(2) recordings of data and communications, as specified in points ATS.OR.435(c)(3) and (5);
(3) automatic recordings, as specified in point ATS.OR.440;
(4) recordings of communications, as specified in point ATS.OR.445;
(5) recordings of data, as specified in point ATS.OR.450;
(6) paper flight progress strips, electronic flight progress and coordination data.
(b) When the recordings and logs listed in point (a) are pertinent to accident and incident investigations, they
shall be retained for longer periods until it is evident that they will no longer be required.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/117
ATS.OR.460 Background communication and aural environment recording
(a) Unless otherwise prescribed by the competent authority, air traffic services units shall be equipped with
devices that record background communication and the aural environment at air traffic controller’s, or
the flight information service officer’s, or the AFIS officer’s work stations, as applicable, capable of
retaining the information recorded during at least the last 24 hours of operation.
(b) Such recordings shall only be used for the investigation of accidents and incidents which are subject to
mandatory reporting.
SECTION 5
REQUIREMENTS FOR INFORMATION
ATS.OR.500 Meteorological information – General
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that up-to-date information on existing and forecast
meteorological conditions is made available to the relevant air traffic services units as necessary for the
performance of their respective functions.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that available detailed information on the location, vertical
extent, direction and rate of movement of meteorological phenomena in the vicinity of the aerodrome,
and particularly in the climb-out and approach areas, which could be hazardous to aircraft operations, is
supplied to the relevant air traffic services units.
(c) The information in points (a) and (b) shall be supplied in such a form as to require a minimum of
interpretation on the part of air traffic services personnel and with a frequency which satisfies the
requirements of the air traffic services units concerned.
ATS.OR.505 Meteorological information for flight information centres and area control centres
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that flight information centres and area control centres are
supplied with the meteorological information stipulated in point MET.OR.245(f) of Annex V, particular
emphasis being given on the occurrence or expected occurrence of deterioration in a weather element as
soon as this can be determined. Those reports and forecasts shall cover the flight information region or
control area and such other areas, if so prescribed by the competent authority.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that flight information centres and area control centres are
provided, at suitable intervals, with current pressure data for setting altimeters, for locations specified by
the flight information centre or area control centre concerned.
ATS.OR.510 Meteorological information for units providing approach control service
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service are supplied with
meteorological information for the airspace and the aerodromes with which they are concerned, as
stipulated in point MET.OR.242(b) of Annex V.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that, where multiple anemometers are used, the displays to
which they are related are clearly marked to identify the runway and section of the runway monitored by
each anemometer.
(c) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service are provided with
current pressure data for setting altimeters, for locations specified by the unit providing approach control
service.L 104/118 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(d) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service for final
approach, landing and take-off are equipped with surface wind display or displays. The display or displays
shall be related to the same location or locations of observation and be fed from the same sensor or
sensors as the corresponding display or displays in the aerodrome control tower or AFIS unit, or both,
and in the aeronautical meteorological station, where such a station exists.
(e) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service for final
approach, landing and take-off at aerodromes where runway visual range values are assessed by
instrumental means, are equipped with display or displays permitting read-out of the current runway
visual range values. The display or displays shall be related to the same location or locations of
observation and be fed from the same sensor or sensors as the corresponding display or displays in the
aerodrome control tower or AFIS unit, or both, and in the aeronautical meteorological station, where
such a station exists.
(f) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service for final
approach, landing and take-off at aerodromes where the height of cloud base is assessed by instrumental
means, are equipped with display or displays permitting read-out of the current values of the height of
cloud base. The displays shall be related to the same location or locations of observations and be fed from
the same sensor or sensors as the corresponding display or displays in the aerodrome control tower or
AFIS unit, or both, and in the aeronautical meteorological station, where such a station exists.
(g) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that units providing approach control service for final
approach, landing and take-off are supplied with available information on wind shear which could
adversely affect aircraft on the approach or take-off paths or during circling approach.
ATS.OR.515 Meteorological information for aerodrome control towers and AFIS units
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and, unless otherwise
prescribed by the competent authority, AFIS units are supplied with meteorological information for the
aerodrome with which they are concerned as stipulated in point MET.OR.242(a) of Annex V.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and AFIS units are provided
with current pressure data for setting altimeters for the aerodrome concerned.
(c) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and AFIS units are equipped
with surface wind display or displays. The display or displays shall be related to the same location or
locations of observation and be fed from the same sensor or sensors as the corresponding display or
displays in the aeronautical meteorological station, where such a station exists. Where multiple sensors
are used, the displays to which they are related shall be clearly marked to identify the runway and section
of the runway monitored by each sensor.
(d) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and AFIS units at aerodromes
where runway visual range values are measured by instrumental means, are equipped with display or
displays permitting read-out of the current runway visual range values. The display or displays shall be
related to the same location or locations of observation and be fed from the same sensor or sensors as the
corresponding display or displays in the aeronautical meteorological station, where such a station exists.
(e) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and AFIS units at aerodromes
where the height of cloud base is assessed by instrumental means, are equipped with display or displays
permitting read-out of the current values of the height of cloud base. The displays shall be related to the
same location or locations of observations and be fed from the same sensor or sensors as the
corresponding display or displays in the aerodrome control tower and AFIS units and in the aeronautical
meteorological station, where such a station exists.
(f) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control tower and AFIS units are supplied with
available information on wind shear which could adversely affect aircraft on the approach or take-off paths
or during circling approach, and aircraft on the runway during the landing roll or take-off run.
(g) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers and AFIS units and/or other
appropriate units are supplied with aerodrome warnings, in accordance with point MET.OR.215(b) of
Annex V.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/119
ATS.OR.520 Information on aerodrome conditions and the operational status of associated facilities
An air traffic services provider shall ensure that aerodrome control towers, AFIS units and units providing
approach control service are kept currently informed of the operationally significant conditions of the
movement area, including the existence of temporary hazards, and the operational status of any associated
facilities at the aerodrome or aerodromes with which they are concerned, as reported by the aerodrome
operator.
ATS.OR.525 Information on the operational status of navigation services
(a) An air traffic services provider shall ensure that air traffic services units are kept currently and timely
informed of the operational status of radio navigation services and visual aids essential for take-off,
departure, approach and landing procedures within their area of responsibility, and of those radio
navigation services and visual aids essential for surface movement.
(b) An air traffic services provider shall establish appropriate arrangements in accordance with point
ATM/ANS.OR.B.005(f) of Annex III to ensure that information in point (a) of this point with regard to the
GNSS services is provided.’;
ATS.OR.530 Forwarding of braking action information
If an air traffic services provider receives by a voice communication a special air-report concerning braking
action which does not correspond to what was reported, it shall inform without delay the appropriate
aerodrome operator.’;
(b) Subpart B is amended as follows:
(i) Section 1 is amended as follows:
— point ATS.TR.100 is replaced by the following:
“ATS.TR.100 Objectives of the air traffic services (ATS)
The objectives of the air traffic services shall be to:
(a) prevent collisions between aircraft;
(b) prevent collisions between aircraft on the manoeuvring area and obstructions on that area;
(c) expedite and maintain an orderly flow of air traffic;
(d) provide advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights;
(e) notify appropriate organisations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid, and assist such
organisations as required.”;
— the following points ATS.TR.105 to ATS.TR.160 are added:
“ATS.TR.105 Divisions of the air traffic services
The air traffic services shall comprise the services identified as follows:
(a) the air traffic control service, to accomplish the objectives as in points (a), (b) and (c) of point ATS.
TR.100, this service being divided in three parts as follows:
(1) area control service: the provision of air traffic control service for controlled flights, except for
those parts of such flights described in points (2) and (3) of this point, in order to accomplish the
objectives established in points (a) and (c) of point ATS.TR.100;
(2) approach control service: the provision of air traffic control service for those parts of controlled
flights associated with arrival or departure, in order to accomplish the objectives established in
points (a) and (c) of point ATS.TR.100; andL 104/120 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(3) aerodrome control service: the provision of air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic, except
for those parts of flights described in point (2) of this point, in order to accomplish the objectives
established in points (a), (b) and (c) of point ATS.TR.100.
(b) the flight information service or air traffic advisory service, or both, to accomplish the objective
established in point (d) of point ATS.TR.100;
(c) the alerting service, to accomplish the objective established in point (e) of point ATS.TR.100.
ATS.TR.110 Establishment of the units providing air traffic services
(a) The air traffic services shall be provided by units established as follows:
(1) flight information centres shall be established to provide flight information service and alerting
service within flight information regions unless the responsibility of providing such services
within a flight information region is assigned to an air traffic control unit having adequate
facilities for the discharge of such responsibility;
(2) air traffic control units shall be established to provide air traffic control service, flight information
service and alerting service within control areas, control zones and at controlled aerodromes;
(3) AFIS units shall be established to provide flight information service and alerting service at AFIS
aerodromes and within the airspace associated with such aerodromes.
(b) Air traffic services reporting office or offices or other arrangements shall be established for the purpose
of receiving reports concerning air traffic services and flight plans submitted before departure.
ATS.TR.115 Identification of air traffic services units
(a) Air traffic services units shall be unambiguously named as follows:
(1) an area control centre or flight information centre shall normally be identified by the name of a
nearby town or city or geographic feature or area;
(2) an aerodrome control tower or approach control unit shall normally be identified by the name of
the aerodrome at which it is providing services or by the name of a nearby town or city or
geographic feature or area;
(3) an AFIS unit shall normally be identified by the name of the aerodrome at which it is providing
services or by the name of a nearby town or city or geographic feature or area.
(b) The name of the air traffic services units and services shall be complemented by one of the following
suffixes, as appropriate:
(1) area control centre – CONTROL;
(2) approach control – APPROACH;
(3) approach control radar arrivals – ARRIVAL;
(4) approach control radar departures – DEPARTURE;
(5) air traffic control unit (in general) when providing ATS surveillance services – RADAR;
(6) aerodrome control – TOWER;
(7) surface movement control – GROUND;
(8) clearance delivery – DELIVERY;
(9) flight information centre – INFORMATION;
(10) AFIS unit – INFORMATION.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/121
ATS.TR.120 Language for communication between air traffic services units
Except when communications between air traffic services units are conducted in a mutually agreed
language, the English language shall be used for such communications.
ATS.TR.125 Expression of vertical position of aircraft
(a) For flights in areas where a transition altitude is established, the vertical position of the aircraft shall,
except as provided for in point (b), be expressed in terms of altitudes at or below the transition altitude
and in terms of flight levels at or above the transition level. While passing through the transition layer,
the vertical position shall be expressed in terms of flight levels when climbing and in terms of altitudes
when descending.
(b) When an aircraft which has been given clearance to land, or when at AFIS aerodromes an aircraft
which has been informed that the runway is available for landing, is completing its approach using
atmospheric pressure at aerodrome elevation (QFE), the vertical position of the aircraft shall be
expressed in terms of height above aerodrome elevation during that portion of its flight for which
QFE may be used, except that it shall be expressed in terms of height above runway threshold elevation:
(1) for instrument runways if the threshold is 2 m (7 ft) or more below the aerodrome elevation;
(2) for precision approach runways.
ATS.TR.130 Determination of the transition level
(a) The appropriate air traffic services unit shall establish the transition level to be used in areas where a
transition altitude is established, for the appropriate period of time on the basis of QNH (altimeter
subscale setting to obtain elevation when on the ground) reports and forecast mean sea level pressure,
if required.
(b) The transition level shall be located above the transition altitude such that at least a nominal 300 m
(1 000 ft) vertical separation minimum is ensured between aircraft flying concurrently at the
transition altitude and at the transition level.
ATS.TR.135 Minimum cruising level for IFR flights
(a) Air traffic control units shall not assign cruising levels below the minimum flight altitudes established
by the Member States, except when specifically authorised by the competent authority.
(b) Air traffic control units shall:
(1) determine the lowest usable flight level or levels for the whole or parts of the control area for
which they are responsible;
(2) assign flight levels at or above such level or levels;
(3) pass the lowest usable flight level or levels on to pilots on request.
ATS.TR.140 Provision of altimeter setting information
(a) The appropriate air traffic services units shall at all times have available for transmission to aircraft in
flight, on request, the information required to determine the lowest flight level which will ensure
adequate terrain clearance on routes or on segment of routes for which this information is required.
(b) Flight information centres and area control centres shall have available for transmission to aircraft, on
request, an appropriate number of QNH reports or forecast pressures for the flight information regions
and control areas for which they are responsible, and for those adjacent.
(c) The flight crew shall be provided with the transition level in due time prior to reaching it during
descent.L 104/122 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(d) Except when it is known that the aircraft has already received the information in a directed
transmission, an QNH altimeter setting shall be included in:
(1) the descent clearance, when first cleared to an altitude below the transition level;
(2) approach clearances or clearances to enter the traffic circuit;
(3) taxi clearances for departing aircraft.
(e) An QFE altimeter setting as described in point ATS.TR.125(b) shall be provided to aircraft on request
or on a regular basis in accordance with local arrangements.
(f) The appropriate air traffic services units shall round down the altimeter settings provided to aircraft to
the nearest lower whole hectopascal.
ATS.TR.145 Suspension of visual flight rules operations on and in the vicinity of an
aerodrome
(a) Any or all VFR operations on and in the vicinity of an aerodrome may be suspended whenever safety
requires such action by any of the following units, persons or authorities:
(1) the approach control unit or the appropriate area control centre;
(2) the aerodrome control tower;
(3) the competent authority.
(b) When any or all VFR operations on and in the vicinity of an aerodrome are suspended, the aerodrome
control tower shall observe the following procedures:
(1) hold all VFR departures;
(2) recall all local flights operating under VFR or obtain approval for special VFR operations;
(3) notify the approach control unit or area control centre as appropriate of the action taken;
(4) notify all operators, or their designated representatives, of the reason for taking such action, if
necessary or requested.
ATS.TR.150 Aeronautical ground lights
An air traffic services provider shall establish procedures for the operation of aeronautical ground lights,
whether or not they are on or in the vicinity of an aerodrome.
ATS.TR.155 ATS surveillance services
(a) An air traffic services provider may use ATS surveillance systems in the provision of air traffic services.
In such case, the air traffic services provider shall specify the functions for which ATS surveillance
information is used.
(b) When providing ATS surveillance services, an air traffic services provider shall:
(1) ensure that the ATS surveillance system or systems in use provide for a continuously updated
presentation of surveillance information, including position indications;
(2) when air traffic control service is provided:
(i) determine the number of aircraft simultaneously provided with ATS surveillance services
which can be safely handled under the prevailing circumstances;
(ii) provide air traffic controllers at all times with full and up-to-date information regarding:
A. established minimum flight altitudes within the area of responsibility;
B. the lowest usable flight level or levels determined in accordance with points ATS.TR.130
and ATS.TR.135;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/123
C. established minimum altitudes applicable to procedures based on tactical vectoring and
direct routing, including the necessary temperature correction or method to correct the
effect of low temperatures on minimum altitudes.
(c) An air traffic services provider shall, in accordance with the functions for which ATS surveillance
information is used in the provision of air traffic services, establish procedures for:
(1) establishing identification of aircraft;
(2) providing position information to aircraft;
(3) vectoring aircraft;
(4) providing navigation assistance to aircraft;
(5) providing information regarding adverse weather, if applicable;
(6) transferring of control of aircraft;
(7) failure of ATS surveillance system or systems;
(8) SSR transponder failure, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13 of the Annex to
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012;
(9) ATS surveillance-based safety-related alerts and warnings, when implemented;
(10) interruption or termination of ATS surveillance service.
(d) Before providing an ATS surveillance service to an aircraft, identification shall be established and the
pilot informed. Thereafter, identification shall be maintained until the termination of the ATS
surveillance service. If identification is subsequently lost, the pilot shall be informed accordingly and,
when applicable, appropriate instructions shall be issued.
(e) When an identified controlled flight is observed to be on a conflicting path with an unknown aircraft,
deemed to constitute a collision hazard, the pilot of the controlled flight shall, whenever practicable:
(1) be informed of the unknown aircraft, and, if the pilot so requests or if the situation so warrants in
the opinion of the controller, avoiding action shall be suggested; and
(2) be notified when the conflict no longer exists.
(f) Unless otherwise prescribed by the competent authority, verification of the pressure-altitude-derived
level information displayed shall be effected at least once by each suitably equipped air traffic services
unit on initial contact with the aircraft concerned or, if this is not feasible, as soon as possible
thereafter.
(g) Only verified pressure-altitude-derived level information shall be used to determine that aircraft
performed either of the following actions:
(1) maintain a level;
(2) vacate a level;
(3) pass a level in climb or descent;
(4) reach a level.
ATS.TR.160 Provision of air traffic services for flight testing
Additional or alternative conditions and procedures to those contained in this Subpart B, to be applied by
air traffic services units for the provision of air traffic services for flight testing, may be specified by the
competent authority.”;L 104/124 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(ii) the following Sections 2, 3 and 4 are added:
‘SECTION 2
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE
ATS.TR.200 Application
Air traffic control service shall be provided:
(a) to all IFR flights in airspace Classes A, B, C, D and E;
(b) to all VFR flights in airspace Classes B, C and D;
(c) to all special VFR flights;
(d) to all aerodrome traffic at controlled aerodromes.
ATS.TR.205 Provision of air traffic control service
The parts of air traffic control service described in point ATS.TR.105(a) shall be provided by the various units
as follows:
(a) area control service by either of the following units:
(1) an area control centre;
(2) the unit providing approach control service in a control zone or in a control area of limited extent
which is designated primarily for the provision of approach control service and where no area control
centre is established;
(b) approach control service by either of the following units:
(1) an approach control unit when it is necessary or desirable to establish a separate unit;
(2) an aerodrome control tower or area control centre when it is necessary or desirable to combine under
the responsibility of one unit the functions of the approach control service with those of the
aerodrome control service or the area control service;
(c) aerodrome control service: by an aerodrome control tower.
ATS.TR.210 Operation of air traffic control service
(a) In order to provide air traffic control service, an air traffic control unit shall:
(1) be provided with information on the intended movement of each aircraft, or variations therefrom, and
with current information on the actual progress of each aircraft;
(2) determine from the information received, the relative positions of known aircraft to each other;
(3) issue clearances, instructions or information, or all of them, for the purpose of preventing collision
between aircraft under its control and of expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of traffic;
(4) coordinate clearances as necessary with other units:
(i) whenever an aircraft might otherwise conflict with traffic operated under the control of such
other units;
(ii) before transferring control of an aircraft to such other units.
(b) Clearances issued by air traffic control units shall provide separation:
(1) between all flights in airspace Classes A and B;
(2) between IFR flights in airspace Classes C, D and E;
(3) between IFR flights and VFR flights in airspace Class C;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/125
(4) between IFR flights and special VFR flights;
(5) between special VFR flights unless otherwise prescribed by the competent authority.
Where requested by the pilot of an aircraft and agreed by the pilot of the other aircraft and if so prescribed
by the competent authority for the cases listed under point (2) of the first paragraph in airspace Classes D
and E, a flight may be cleared subject to maintaining own separation in respect of a specific portion of the
flight below 3 050 m (10 000 ft) during climb or descent, during day in visual meteorological conditions.
(c) Except for cases of operations on parallel or near-parallel runways referred to in point ATS.TR.255, or
when a reduction in separation minima in the vicinity of aerodromes can be applied, separation by an air
traffic control unit shall be obtained by at least one of the following:
(1) vertical separation, obtained by assigning different levels selected from the table of cruising levels in
Appendix 3 to the Annex to Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012, except that the correlation
of levels to track as prescribed therein shall not apply whenever otherwise indicated in appropriate
aeronautical information publications or ATC clearances. The vertical separation minimum shall be a
nominal 300 m (1 000 ft) up to and including FL 410 and a nominal 600 m (2 000 ft) above that
level. Geometric height information shall not be used to establish vertical separation;
(2) horizontal separation, obtained by providing either of the following:
(i) longitudinal separation, by maintaining an interval between aircraft operating along the same,
converging or reciprocal tracks, expressed in time or distance;
(ii) lateral separation, by maintaining aircraft on different routes or in different geographical areas.
(d) When the air traffic controller becomes aware that the type of separation or minimum used to separate
two aircraft cannot be maintained, the air traffic controller shall establish another type of separation or
another minimum prior to the time when the current separation minimum would be infringed.
ATS.TR.215 Selection and notification of separation minima for the application of point ATS.TR.210(c)
(a) The selection of separation minima for application within a given portion of airspace shall be made by the
air traffic services provider responsible for the provision of air traffic services and approved by the
competent authority concerned.
(b) For traffic that will pass from one into the other of neighbouring airspaces and for routes that are closer to
the common boundary of the neighbouring airspaces than the separation minima applicable in the
circumstances, the selection of separation minima shall be made in consultation with the air traffic
services providers responsible for the provision of air traffic services in neighbouring airspace.
(c) Details of the selected separation minima and of their areas of application shall be notified:
(1) to the air traffic services units concerned;
(2) to pilots and aircraft operators through aeronautical information publications, where separation is
based on the use by aircraft of specified navigation aids or specified navigation techniques.
ATS.TR.220 Application of wake turbulence separation
(a) Air traffic control units shall apply wake turbulence separation minima to aircraft in the approach and
departure phases of flight in either of the following circumstances:
(1) an aircraft is operating directly behind another aircraft at the same altitude or less than 300 m (1 000
ft) below it;L 104/126 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(2) both aircraft are using the same runway, or parallel runways separated by less than 760 m (2 500 ft);
(3) an aircraft is crossing behind another aircraft, at the same altitude or less than 300 m (1 000 ft) below
it.
(b) Paragraph (a) shall not apply to arriving VFR flights and to arriving IFR flights executing visual approach
when the aircraft has reported the preceding aircraft in sight and has been instructed to follow and
maintain own separation from that aircraft. In those cases, the air traffic control unit shall issue caution
for wake turbulence.
ATS.TR.225 Responsibility for control
(a) A controlled flight shall be under the control of only one air traffic control unit at any given time.
(b) Responsibility for the control of all aircraft operating within a given block of airspace shall be vested in a
single air traffic control unit. However, control of an aircraft or groups of aircraft may be delegated to
other air traffic control units provided that coordination between all air traffic control units concerned is
assured.
ATS.TR.230 Transfer of responsibility for control
(a) Place or time of transfer
The responsibility for the control of an aircraft shall be transferred from one air traffic control unit to
another as follows:
(1) Between two units providing area control service
The responsibility for the control of an aircraft shall be transferred from a unit providing area control
service in a control area to the unit providing area control service in an adjacent control area at the
time of crossing the common control area boundary as estimated by the area control centre having
control of the aircraft or at such other point or time as has been agreed between the two units.
(2) Between a unit providing area control service and a unit providing approach control service or
between two units providing approach control service
The responsibility for the control of an aircraft shall be transferred from one unit to another, and vice
versa, at a point or time agreed between the two units.
(3) Between a unit providing approach control service and an aerodrome control tower
(i) Arriving aircraft – The responsibility for the control of an arriving aircraft shall be transferred, as
specified in letters of agreement and operation manuals, as appropriate, from the unit providing
approach control service to the aerodrome control tower when the aircraft is in either of the
following states:
(A) is in the vicinity of the aerodrome, and:
(a) it is considered that approach and landing will be completed in visual reference to the
ground, or
(b) it has reached uninterrupted VMC;
(B) is at a prescribed point or level;
(C) has landed.
(ii) Departing aircraft – The responsibility for control of a departing aircraft shall be transferred, as
specified in letters of agreement and operation manuals, as appropriate, from the aerodrome
control tower to the unit providing approach control service:
(A) when VMC prevail in the vicinity of the aerodrome:
(a) prior to the time the aircraft leaves the vicinity of the aerodrome, or3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/127
(b) prior to the aircraft entering instrument meteorological conditions (IMC), or
(c) at a prescribed point or level;
(B) when IMC prevail at the aerodrome:
(a) immediately after the aircraft is airborne, or
(b) at a prescribed point or level.
(4) Between control sectors or positions within the same air traffic control unit
The responsibility for control of an aircraft shall be transferred from one control sector or position to
another control sector or position within the same air traffic control unit at a point, level or time, as
specified in air traffic services unit instructions.
(b) Coordination of transfer
(1) Responsibility for control of an aircraft shall not be transferred from one air traffic control unit to
another without the consent of the accepting control unit, which shall be obtained in accordance
with points (2), (3), (4) and (5).
(2) The transferring control unit shall communicate to the accepting control unit the appropriate parts of
the current flight plan and any control information pertinent to the transfer requested.
(3) Where transfer of control is to be effected using ATS surveillance systems, the control information
pertinent to the transfer shall include information regarding the position and, if required, the track
and speed of the aircraft, as observed by ATS surveillance systems immediately prior to the transfer.
(4) Where transfer of control is to be effected using ADS-C data, the control information pertinent to the
transfer shall include the four-dimensional position and other information as necessary.
(5) The accepting control unit shall:
(i) indicate its ability to accept control of the aircraft on the terms specified by the transferring
control unit, unless by prior agreement between the two units concerned the absence of any such
indication is understood to signify acceptance of the terms specified, or indicate any necessary
changes thereto;
(ii) specify any other information or clearance for a subsequent portion of the flight, which it requires
the aircraft to have at the time of transfer.
(6) Unless otherwise specified by an agreement between the two control units concerned, the accepting
control unit shall not notify the transferring control unit when it has established two-way voice or
data link communications, or both, with and assumed control of the aircraft concerned.
(7) Standardised phraseology shall be used in the coordination between air traffic services units or sectors,
or both. Only when standardised phraseology cannot serve an intended transmission, plain language
shall be used.
ATS.TR.235 ATC clearances
(a) ATC clearances shall be based solely on the requirements for providing air traffic control service.
(1) Clearances shall be issued solely for expediting and separating air traffic and be based on known traffic
conditions which affect safety in aircraft operation. Such traffic conditions include not only aircraft in
the air and on the manoeuvring area over which control is being exercised, but also any vehicular
traffic or other obstructions not permanently installed on the manoeuvring area in use.L 104/128 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(2) Air traffic control units shall issue such ATC clearances as necessary to prevent collisions and to
expedite and maintain an orderly flow of air traffic.
(3) ATC clearances shall be issued early enough to ensure that they are transmitted to the aircraft in
sufficient time for it to comply with them.
(4) When the pilot-in-command of an aircraft informs an air traffic control unit that an ATC clearance is
not satisfactory, the air traffic control unit shall issue an amended clearance, if practicable.
(5) When vectoring or assigning a direct routing not included in the flight plan, which takes an IFR flight
off published ATS route or instrument procedure, an air traffic controller providing ATS surveillance
service shall issue clearances such that the prescribed obstacle clearance exists at all times until the
aircraft reaches the point where the pilot re-joins the flight plan route, or joins a published ATS route
or instrument procedure.
(b) Contents of clearances
An ATC clearance shall indicate:
(1) aircraft identification as shown in the flight plan;
(2) clearance limit;
(3) route of flight:
(i) the route of flight shall be detailed in each clearance when deemed necessary;
(ii) the phrase ‘cleared flight planned route’ shall not be used when granting a re-clearance;
(4) level or levels of flight for the entire route or part thereof and changes of levels if required;
(5) any necessary instructions or information on other matters, such as ATFM departure slot if applicable,
approach or departure manoeuvres, communications and the time of expiry of the clearance.
(c) In order to facilitate the delivery of the elements in point (b), an air traffic services provider shall assess the
necessity for establishing standard departure and arrival routes and associated procedures to facilitate the:
(1) safe, orderly and expeditious flow of air traffic;
(2) description of the route and procedure in ATC clearances.
(d) Clearances for transonic flight
(1) The ATC clearance relating to the transonic acceleration phase of a supersonic flight shall extend at
least to the end of that phase.
(2) The ATC clearance relating to the deceleration and descent of an aircraft from supersonic cruise to
subsonic flight shall seek to provide for uninterrupted descent, at least during the transonic phase.
(e) Changes in clearance regarding route or level
(1) When issuing a clearance covering a requested change in route or level, the exact nature of the change
shall be included in the clearance.
(2) When traffic conditions will not permit clearance of a requested change, the word ‘UNABLE’ shall be
used. When warranted by circumstances, an alternative route or level shall be offered.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/129
(f) Conditional clearances
Conditional phrases, such as ‘behind landing aircraft’ or ‘after departing aircraft’, shall not be used for
movements affecting the active runway or runways except when the aircraft or vehicles concerned are
seen by the appropriate air traffic controller and pilot. The aircraft or vehicle causing the condition in the
clearance issued shall be the first aircraft or vehicle to pass in front of the other aircraft concerned. In all
cases, a conditional clearance shall be given in the following order and consist of:
(1) the call sign;
(2) the condition;
(3) the clearance;
(4) a brief reiteration of the condition.
(g) Read-back of clearances, instructions and safety-related information
(1) The air traffic controller shall listen to the read-back concerning safety-related parts of ATC clearances
and instructions as specified in points SERA.8015(e)(1) and (2) of the Annex to Implementing
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012, to ascertain that the clearance or instruction, or both, have been
correctly acknowledged by the flight crew and shall take immediate action to correct any
discrepancies revealed by the read-back.
(2) Voice read-back of CPDLC messages shall not be required unless otherwise specified by the air traffic
services provider.
(h) Coordination of clearances
An ATC clearance shall be coordinated between air traffic control units to cover the entire route of an
aircraft or a specified portion thereof as follows.
(1) An aircraft shall be cleared for the entire route to the aerodrome of first intended landing in either of
the following situations:
(i) when it has been possible, prior to departure, to coordinate the clearance between all the units
under whose control the aircraft will come;
(ii) when there is reasonable assurance that prior coordination will be effected between those units
under whose control the aircraft will subsequently come.
(2) When coordination as in point (1) has not been achieved or is not anticipated, the aircraft shall be
cleared only to that point where coordination is reasonably assured; prior to reaching such point, or
at such point, the aircraft shall receive further clearance, holding instructions being issued as
appropriate.
(3) When prescribed by the air traffic services unit, aircraft shall contact a downstream air traffic control
unit, for the purpose of receiving a downstream clearance prior to the transfer of control point.
(i) Aircraft shall maintain the necessary two-way communication with the current air traffic control
unit whilst obtaining a downstream clearance.
(ii) A clearance issued as a downstream clearance shall be clearly identifiable as such to the pilot.
(iii) Unless coordinated, downstream clearances shall not affect the aircraft’s original flight profile in
any airspace, other than that of the air traffic control unit responsible for the delivery of the
downstream clearance.
(4) When an aircraft intends to depart from an aerodrome within a control area to enter another control
area within a period of 30 minutes, or such other specific period of time as has been agreed between
the area control centres concerned, coordination with the subsequent area control centre shall be
effected prior to issuance of the departure clearance.L 104/130 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(5) When an aircraft intends to leave a control area for flight outside controlled airspace, and will
subsequently re-enter the same or another control area, a clearance from the point of departure to the
aerodrome of first intended landing may be issued. Such clearance or revisions thereto shall apply only
to those portions of the flight conducted within controlled airspace.
ATS.TR.240 Control of persons and vehicles at controlled aerodromes
(a) The movement of persons or vehicles, including towed aircraft, on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome
shall be controlled by the aerodrome control tower as necessary to avoid hazard to them or to aircraft
landing, taxiing or taking off.
(b) In conditions where low-visibility procedures are in operation:
(1) persons and vehicles operating on the manoeuvring area of an aerodrome shall be restricted to the
essential minimum, and particular regard shall be given to the requirements to protect the critical and
sensitive area or areas of radio navigation aids;
(2) subject to the provisions in point (c), the method or methods to separate vehicles and taxiing aircraft
shall be as specified by the air traffic services provider and approved by the competent authority
taking into account the aids available;
(3) when mixed ILS and MLS Category II or Category III precision instrument operations are taking place
to the same runway continuously, the more restrictive ILS or MLS critical and sensitive areas shall be
protected.
(c) Emergency vehicles proceeding to the assistance of an aircraft in distress shall be afforded priority over all
other surface movement traffic.
(d) Subject to the provisions in point (c), vehicles on the manoeuvring area shall be required to comply with
the following rules:
(1) vehicles and vehicles towing aircraft shall give way to aircraft which are landing, taking off or taxiing;
(2) vehicles shall give way to other vehicles towing aircraft;
(3) vehicles shall give way to other vehicles in accordance with air traffic services unit instructions;
(4) notwithstanding the provisions of points (1), (2) and (3), vehicles and vehicles towing aircraft shall
comply with instructions issued by the aerodrome control tower.
ATS.TR.245 Use of surface movement surveillance equipment at aerodromes
Where deemed necessary, in the absence of visual observation of all or part of the manoeuvring area or to
supplement visual observation, advanced surface movement guidance and control systems (A-SMGCS) or
other suitable surveillance equipment, shall be utilised by the air traffic services unit in order to:
(a) monitor the movements of aircraft and vehicles on the manoeuvring area;
(b) provide directional information to pilots and vehicle drivers as necessary;
(c) provide advice and assistance for the safe and efficient movement of aircraft and vehicles on the
manoeuvring area.
ATS.TR.250 Essential traffic and essential local traffic information
(a) Essential traffic information shall be given to controlled flights concerned whenever they constitute
essential traffic to each other.
(b) Essential local traffic information known to the air traffic controller shall be given without delay to
departing and arriving aircraft concerned.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/131
ATS.TR.255 Operations on parallel or near-parallel runways
When independent or dependent operations on instrument approach to or departure from parallel or near-
parallel runways are conducted, procedures shall be established by the air traffic services provider and
approved by the competent authority.
ATS.TR.260 Selection of the runway-in-use
The aerodrome control tower shall select the runway-in-use for take-off and landing of aircraft taking into
consideration the surface wind speed and direction as well as other local relevant factors, such as:
(a) runway configuration;
(b) meteorological conditions;
(c) instrument approach procedures;
(d) approach and landing aids available;
(e) aerodrome traffic circuits and air traffic conditions;
(f) length of the runway or runways;
(g) other factors indicated in local instructions.
ATS.TR.265 Control of aerodrome surface traffic in low-visibility conditions
(a) When there is a requirement for traffic to operate on the manoeuvring area in conditions of visibility
which prevent the aerodrome control tower from applying visual separation between aircraft, and
between aircraft and vehicles, the following shall apply:
(1) at the intersection of taxiways, an aircraft or vehicle on a taxiway shall not be permitted to hold closer
to the other taxiway than the holding position limit defined by intermediate holding positions, stop
bar or taxiway intersection marking, in accordance with the applicable aerodrome design
specifications;
(2) the longitudinal separation method on taxiways shall be as specified for each particular aerodrome by
the air traffic services provider and approved by the competent authority, taking into account the
characteristics of the aids available for surveillance and control of ground traffic, the complexity of
the aerodrome layout and the characteristics of the aircraft using the aerodrome.
(b) Procedures applicable to the start and continuation of low-visibility operations shall be established in
accordance with point ATS.OR.110 and shall be approved by the competent authority.
ATS.TR.270 Authorisation of special VFR
(a) Special VFR flights may be authorised to operate within a control zone, subject to an ATC clearance.
Except when permitted by the competent authority for helicopters in special cases such as but not limited
to police, medical, search and rescue operations and firefighting flights, the following additional
conditions shall be applied:
(1) such special VFR flights may be conducted during day only, unless otherwise permitted by the
competent authority;
(2) by the pilot:
(i) clear of cloud and with the surface in sight;
(ii) the flight visibility is not less than 1 500 m or, for helicopters, not less than 800 m;
(iii) fly at a speed of 140 kt IAS or less to give adequate opportunity to observe other traffic and any
obstacles in time to avoid a collision;
(3) An air traffic control unit shall not issue a special VFR clearance to aircraft to take off or land at an
aerodrome within a control zone, or enter the aerodrome traffic zone or aerodrome traffic circuit
when the reported meteorological conditions at that aerodrome are below the following minima:L 104/132 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(i) the ground visibility is less than 1 500 m or, for helicopters, less than 800 m;
(ii) the ceiling is less than 180 m (600 ft).
(b) An air traffic control unit shall handle requests for such an authorisation individually.
SECTION 3
FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE
ATS.TR.300 Application
(a) Flight information service shall be provided by the appropriate air traffic services units to all aircraft which
are likely to be affected by the information and which are in either of the following situations:
(1) provided with air traffic control service;
(2) otherwise known to the relevant air traffic services units.
(b) Where air traffic services units provide both flight information service and air traffic control service, the
provision of air traffic control service shall have precedence over the provision of flight information
service whenever the provision of air traffic control service so requires.
(c) A flight information service provider shall establish arrangements for:
(1) recording and transmission of information on the progress of flights;
(2) coordination and transfer of responsibility for the provision of flight information service.
ATS.TR.305 Scope of flight information service
(a) Flight information service shall include the provision of pertinent:
(1) SIGMET and AIRMET information;
(2) information concerning pre-eruption volcanic activity, volcanic eruptions and volcanic ash clouds;
(3) information concerning the release into the atmosphere of radioactive materials or toxic chemicals;
(4) information on changes in the availability of radio navigation services;
(5) information on changes in the condition of aerodromes and associated facilities, including information
on the state of the aerodrome movement areas when they are affected by snow, ice or significant depth
of water;
(6) information on unmanned free balloons;
(7) information on abnormal aircraft configuration and condition;
(8) any other information likely to affect safety.
(b) Flight information service provided to flights shall include, in addition to that outlined in point (a), the
provision of information concerning:
(1) weather conditions reported or forecast at departure, destination and alternate aerodromes;
(2) collision hazards, to aircraft operating in airspace Classes C, D, E, F and G;
(3) for flight over water areas, in so far as practicable and when requested by a pilot, any available
information such as radio call sign, position, true track, speed, etc. of surface vessels in the area;
(4) messages, including clearances, received from other air traffic services units to relay to aircraft.
(c) AFIS provided to flights shall include, in addition to relevant items outlined in points (a) and (b), the
provision of information concerning:
(1) collision hazards with aircraft, vehicles and persons operating on the manoeuvring area;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/133
(2) the runway-in-use.
(d) Air traffic services units shall transmit, as soon as practicable, special and non-routine air-reports to:
(1) other aircraft concerned;
(2) the associated meteorological watch office in accordance with Appendix 5 to Implementing
Regulation (EU) No 923/2012;
(3) other air traffic services units concerned.
Transmissions to aircraft shall be repeated at a frequency and continued for a period of time which shall be
determined by the air traffic services unit concerned.
(e) Flight information service provided to VFR flights shall include, in addition to that outlined in point (a), the
provision of available information concerning traffic and weather conditions along the route of flight that
are likely to make operation under the visual flight rules impracticable.
(f) When so prescribed by the competent authority, the AFIS unit shall manage the movement of vehicles and
persons on the manoeuvring area in accordance with the set or subset of provisions in point ATS.TR.240.
ATS.TR.310 Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS) broadcasts
(a) Voice-automatic terminal information service (Voice-ATIS) broadcasts shall be provided at aerodromes
where there is a requirement to reduce the communication load on the air traffic services VHF air-ground
communication channels. When provided, they shall comprise either of the following:
(1) one broadcast serving arriving aircraft;
(2) one broadcast serving departing aircraft;
(3) one broadcast serving both arriving and departing aircraft;
(4) two broadcasts serving arriving and departing aircraft respectively at those aerodromes where the
length of a broadcast serving both arriving and departing aircraft would be excessively long.
(b) A discrete VHF frequency shall, whenever practicable, be used for Voice-ATIS broadcasts. If a discrete
frequency is not available, the transmission may be made on the voice channel or channels of the most
appropriate terminal navigation aid or aids, preferably a VOR, provided the range and readability are
adequate and the identification of the navigation aid is sequenced with the broadcast so that the latter is
not obliterated.
(c) Voice-ATIS broadcasts shall not be transmitted on the voice channel of an ILS.
(d) Whenever Voice-ATIS is provided, the broadcast shall be continuous and repetitive.
(e) The information contained in the current broadcast shall immediately be made known to the air traffic
services unit or units concerned with the provision to aircraft of information relating to approach,
landing and take-off, whenever the message has not been prepared by that unit or those units.
(f) Voice-ATIS broadcasts provided at designated aerodromes for use by international air services shall be
available in the English language as a minimum.
ATS.TR.315 Data link-automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS)
(a) Where a D-ATIS supplements the existing availability of Voice-ATIS, the information shall be identical in
both content and format to the applicable Voice-ATIS broadcast. Where real-time meteorological
information is included but the data remains within the parameters of the significant change criteria
established in points MET.TR.200(e) and (f) of Annex V, the content, for the purpose of maintaining the
same designator, shall be considered identical.L 104/134 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(b) Where a D-ATIS supplements the existing availability of Voice-ATIS and the ATIS requires updating, Voice-
ATIS and D-ATIS shall be updated simultaneously.
ATS.TR.320 Automatic terminal information service (voice and/or data link)
(a) Whenever Voice-ATIS or D-ATIS, or both, are provided:
(1) the information communicated shall relate to a single aerodrome;
(2) the information communicated shall be updated immediately when a significant change occurs;
(3) the preparation and dissemination of the ATIS message shall be the responsibility of the air traffic
services provider;
(4) individual ATIS messages shall be identified by a designator in the form of a letter of the spelling
alphabet in accordance with point SERA.14020 of the Annex to Implementing Regulation (EU)
No 923/2012. Designators assigned to consecutive ATIS messages shall be in alphabetical order;
(5) aircraft shall acknowledge receipt of the information upon establishing communication with the air
traffic services unit providing approach control service or the aerodrome control tower or AFIS unit,
as appropriate;
(6) the appropriate air traffic services unit shall, when replying to the message in point (5) or, in the case
of arriving aircraft, at such other time as may be prescribed by the competent authority, provide the
aircraft with the current altimeter setting;
(7) the meteorological information shall be extracted from the local routine report or local special report.
(b) When rapidly changing meteorological conditions make it inadvisable to include the meteorological
information as in point (a)(7) in the ATIS, the ATIS messages shall indicate that the relevant
meteorological information will be given on initial contact with the appropriate air traffic services unit.
(c) Information contained in a current ATIS, the receipt of which has been acknowledged by the aircraft
concerned, need not be included in a directed transmission to the aircraft, with the exception of the
altimeter setting, which shall be provided in accordance with point (a).
(d) If an aircraft acknowledges receipt of an ATIS that is no longer current, the air traffic services unit shall
without delay take either of the following actions:
(1) communicate to the aircraft any element of information which has to be updated;
(2) instruct the aircraft to obtain the current ATIS information.
ATS.TR.325 VOLMET broadcasts and D-VOLMET broadcasts
When so prescribed by the competent authority, HF or VHF VOLMET broadcasts, or D-VOLMET service, or all
of those, shall be provided, using standard radiotelephony phraseologies.
SECTION 4
ALERTING SERVICE
ATS.TR.400 Application
(a) Alerting service shall be provided by the air traffic services units:
(1) for all aircraft provided with air traffic control service;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/135
(2) in so far as practicable, to all other aircraft having filed a flight plan or otherwise known to the air
traffic services;
(3) to any aircraft known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference.
(b) Flight information centres or area control centres shall serve as the central point for collecting all
information relevant to a state of emergency of an aircraft operating within the flight information region
or control area concerned and for forwarding such information to the appropriate rescue coordination
centre.
(c) In the event of a state of emergency arising to an aircraft while it is under the control of an aerodrome
control tower or approach control unit or in contact with an AFIS unit, such unit shall notify immediately
the flight information centre or area control centre responsible which shall in turn notify the rescue
coordination centre, except that notification of the area control centre, flight information centre, or
rescue coordination centre shall not be required if the nature of the emergency is such that the
notification would be superfluous.
(d) Nevertheless, the aerodrome control tower or approach control unit responsible or the relevant AFIS unit
shall first alert and take other necessary steps to set in motion all appropriate local rescue and emergency
organisations which can give the immediate assistance required, in accordance with local instructions,
whenever either of the following situations occurs:
(1) an aircraft accident has occurred on or in the vicinity of the aerodrome;
(2) information is received that the safety of an aircraft which is or will come under the jurisdiction of the
aerodrome control tower or of the AFIS unit may have or has been impaired;
(3) requested by the flight crew;
(4) when otherwise deemed necessary or desirable or the urgency of the situation so requires.
ATS.TR.405 Notification to rescue coordination centres
(a) Without prejudice to any other circumstances that may render such notification advisable, air traffic
services units shall, except as prescribed in point ATS.TR.420(a), notify rescue coordination centres
immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in a state of emergency in accordance with the following:
(1) Uncertainty phase when either of the following situations applies:
(i) no communication has been received from an aircraft within a period of 30 minutes after the time
a communication should have been received, or from the time an unsuccessful attempt to
establish communication with such aircraft was first made, whichever is the earlier;
(ii) an aircraft fails to arrive within 30 minutes of the estimated time of arrival last notified to or
estimated by air traffic services units, whichever is the later.
Uncertainty phase does not apply when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and its
occupants.
(2) Alert phase when either of the following situations applies:
(i) following the uncertainty phase, subsequent attempts to establish communication with the
aircraft or inquiries to other relevant sources have failed to reveal any news of the aircraft;
(ii) an aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land within 5 minutes of the estimated time of
landing and communication has not been re-established with the aircraft;
(iii) at AFIS aerodromes, under circumstances as prescribed by the competent authority;L 104/136 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(iv) information has been received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has
been impaired, but not to the extent that a forced landing is likely;
(v) an aircraft is known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference.
Points (i) to (iv) do not apply when evidence exists that would allay apprehension as to the safety of the
aircraft and its occupants.
(3) Distress phase when either of the following situations applies:
(i) following the alert phase, further unsuccessful attempts to establish communication with the
aircraft and more widespread unsuccessful inquiries point to the probability that the aircraft is in
distress;
(ii) the fuel on board is considered to be exhausted, or to be insufficient to enable the aircraft to reach
safety;
(iii) information is received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been
impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely;
(iv) information is received or it is reasonably certain that the aircraft is about to make or has made a
forced landing,
Distress phase does not apply when there is reasonable certainty that the aircraft and its occupants are not
threatened by grave and imminent danger and do not require immediate assistance.
(b) The notification shall contain such of the following information as is available in the order listed:
(1) INCERFA, ALERFA or DETRESFA, as appropriate to the phase of the emergency;
(2) agency and person calling;
(3) nature of the emergency;
(4) significant information from the flight plan;
(5) unit which made last contact, time and means used;
(6) last position report and how it was determined;
(7) colour and distinctive marks of aircraft;
(8) dangerous goods carried as cargo;
(9) any action taken by the reporting office;
(10) other pertinent remarks.
(c) Such part of the information specified in point (b), which is not available at the time the notification is
made to a rescue coordination centre, shall be sought by an air traffic services unit prior to the declaration
of a distress phase where time permits and where there is reasonable certainty that this phase will
eventuate.
(d) Further to the notification specified in point (a), air traffic services units shall, without delay, furnish the
rescue coordination centre with either of the following:
(1) any useful additional information, especially on the development of the state of emergency through
subsequent phases;
(2) information that the emergency situation no longer exists.
ATS.TR.410 Use of communication facilities
Air traffic services units shall, as necessary, use all available communication facilities to endeavour to establish
and maintain communication with an aircraft in a state of emergency, and to request news of the aircraft.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/137
ATS.TR.415 Plotting aircraft in a state of emergency
When a state of emergency is considered to exist, the air traffic services unit or units aware of the emergency
shall plot the flight of the aircraft involved on a chart or other appropriate tool in order to determine the
probable future position of the aircraft and its maximum range of action from its last known position.
ATS.TR.420 Information to the operator
(a) When an area control centre or a flight information centre decides that an aircraft is in the uncertainty or
the alert phase, it shall, when practicable, advise the aircraft operator prior to notifying the rescue
coordination centre.
(b) Whenever practicable, an area control centre or flight information centre shall, without delay,
communicate all information notified to the rescue coordination centre to the aircraft operator.
ATS.TR.425 Information to aircraft operating in the vicinity of an aircraft in a state of emergency
(a) When it has been established by an air traffic services unit that an aircraft is in a state of emergency, other
aircraft known to be in the vicinity of the aircraft involved shall, except as provided in point (b), be
informed of the nature of the emergency as soon as practicable.
(b) When an air traffic services unit knows or believes that an aircraft is being subjected to unlawful
interference, no reference shall be made in air traffic services air-ground communications to the nature of
the emergency unless it has first been referred to in communications from the aircraft involved and it is
certain that such reference will not aggravate the situation.’;
(5) Annex V is amended as follows:
(a) point MET.OR.120 is replaced by the following:
‘MET.OR.120 Notification of discrepancies to the world area forecast centres (WAFCs)
The meteorological services provider using WAFS SIGWX in binary universal form for the representation of
meteorological data (BUFR) code form shall notify the WAFC concerned immediately if significant discrepancies
are detected or reported in respect of WAFS SIGWX forecasts concerning:
(a) icing, turbulence, cumulonimbus clouds that are obscured, frequent, embedded, or occurring at a squall line,
and sandstorms or dust storms;
(b) volcanic eruptions or a release of radioactive materials into the atmosphere of significance to aircraft
operations.’;
(b) in the first paragraph of point MET.OR.205, the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘An aeronautical meteorological station shall report:’;
(c) in the first paragraph of point MET.OR.210, the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘An aeronautical meteorological station shall observe and/or measure:’;
(d) point MET.OR.240(a) is amended as follows:
(i) point (2) is replaced by the following:
‘(2) METAR or SPECI, including TREND, TAF or amended TAF for the aerodromes of departure and intended
landing, and for take-off, en-route and destination alternate aerodromes;’;
(ii) point (6) is replaced by the following:
‘(6) area forecasts for low-level flights in chart form prepared in support of the issuance of an AIRMET, and
an AIRMET for low-level flights relevant to the whole route;’;L 104/138 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(e) MET.OR.242 is amended as follows:
(i) point (a) is replaced by the following:
‘(a) An aerodrome meteorological office shall provide, as necessary, its associate aerodrome control tower
and AFIS unit with:
(1) local routine report, local special report, METAR, TAF and TREND and amendments thereto;
(2) SIGMET, AIRMET, wind shear warnings and alerts and aerodrome warnings;
(3) any additional meteorological information agreed upon locally, such as forecasts of surface wind for
the determination of possible runway changes;
(4) information received on volcanic ash cloud, for which a SIGMET has not already been issued, as
agreed between the aerodrome meteorological office and the aerodrome control tower or the AFIS
unit concerned;
(5) information received on pre-eruption volcanic activity and/or a volcanic eruption as agreed between
the aerodrome meteorological office and the aerodrome control tower or the AFIS unit concerned.’;
(ii) in point (b), points (1) and (2) are replaced by the following:
‘(1) local routine report, local special report, METAR, TAF and TREND and amendments thereto;
(2) SIGMET, AIRMET, wind shear warnings and alerts, appropriate special air-reports and aerodrome
warnings;’;
(f) point MET.OR.245 is amended as follows:
(i) point (b) is replaced by the following:
‘(b) coordinate with the organisation responsible for the provision of NOTAM and/or ASHTAM to ensure
that meteorological information on volcanic ash included in SIGMET and NOTAM and/or ASHTAM is
consistent;’;
(ii) point (f) is amended as follows:
— points (1) and (2) are replaced by the following:
‘(1) METAR, including current pressure data for aerodromes and other locations, TAF, TREND and
amendments thereto;
(2) forecasts of upper winds, upper-air temperatures and significant en-route weather phenomena and
amendments thereto, SIGMET, AIRMET and appropriate special air-reports;’;
— points (6), (7) and (8) are replaced by the following:
‘(6) tropical cyclone advisory issued by a TCAC in its area of responsibility;
(7) volcanic ash advisory issued by a VAAC in its area of responsibility;
(8) information received on pre-eruption volcanic activity and/or a volcanic eruption as agreed between
the meteorological watch office and the ACC/FIC;’;
(iii) the following point (g) is added:
‘(g) when available, provide the relevant air traffic services units, in accordance with local agreement, with
information regarding the release into the atmosphere of toxic chemicals which could affect the airspace
used by flights within their area of responsibility.’;
(g) point MET.OR.250 is replaced by the following:
‘MET.OR.250 SIGMET
A meteorological watch office shall:
(a) provide and disseminate SIGMET;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/139
(b) ensure that the SIGMET is cancelled when the phenomena are no longer occurring or are no longer expected
to occur in the area covered by the SIGMET;
(c) ensure that the period of validity of a SIGMET is not more than 4 hours, and in the special case of SIGMET for
volcanic ash cloud and tropical cyclones, it shall be extended up to 6 hours;
(d) ensure that SIGMET are issued not more than 4 hours before the commencement of the period of validity. In
the special case of SIGMET for volcanic ash cloud and tropical cyclones, SIGMET shall be issued as soon as
practicable, but not more than 12 hours before the commencement of the period of validity, and updated at
least every 6 hours.’;
(h) point MET.OR.255 is replaced by the following:
‘MET.OR.255 AIRMET
A meteorological watch office shall:
(a) provide and disseminate AIRMET when the competent authority has determined that the density of traffic
operating below flight level 100, or up to flight level 150 in mountainous areas, or higher, where necessary,
warrants the issue and dissemination of area forecasts for such operations;
(b) cancel the AIRMET when the phenomena are no longer occurring or are no longer expected to occur in the
area;
(c) ensure that the period of validity of an AIRMET is not more than 4 hours.’;
(i) point MET.OR.260(c) is replaced by the following:
‘(c) ensure that area forecasts for low-level flights prepared in support of the issuance of an AIRMET are issued
every 6 hours for a period of validity of 6 hours and transmitted to the meteorological watch offices
concerned not later than 1 hour prior to the beginning of their validity period.’;
(j) point MET.OR.265(a)(4) is replaced by the following:
‘(4) WAFCs, international OPMET databanks, international NOTAM offices and centres designated by regional air
navigation agreement for the operation of the aeronautical fixed service internet-based services;’;
(k) point MET.OR.270 is amended as follows:
(i) the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘A TCAC shall provide:’;
(ii) point (a)(3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) WAFCs, international OPMET databanks and centres responsible for the operation of the aeronautical
fixed service internet-based services;’;
(l) point MET.TR.200 is amended as follows:
(i) in point (a), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘Local routine report, local special report and METAR shall contain the following elements in the order
indicated:’;
(ii) in point (b), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report and local special report:’;
(m) MET.TR.205 is amended as follows:
(i) point (a) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the surface wind direction and speed shall
be reported in steps of 10 degrees true and 1 kt (0,5 m/s) respectively.’;
— in point (3), the introductory sentence is replaced by the following:L 104/140 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
‘In local routine report, local special report and METAR:’;
— in point (3), point (iii)(A) is replaced by the following:
‘(A) 5 kt (2,5 m/s) or more in local routine report and local special report when noise abatement
procedures are applied;’;
(ii) point (b) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the visibility shall be reported in steps of 50
m when the visibility is less than 800 m; in steps of 100 m when it is 800 m or more, but less than 5
km; in kilometre steps when the visibility is 5 km or more, but less than 10 km; and it shall be given
as 10 km when the visibility is 10 km or more, except when the conditions for the use of CAVOK
apply.’;
— point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) In local routine report and local special report, visibility along the runway or runways shall be
reported together with the units of measurement used to indicate visibility.’;
(iii) point (c) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the RVR shall be reported in steps of 25 m
when it is less than 400 m; in steps of 50 m when it is between 400 and 800 m; and in steps of 100
m when it is more than 800 m.’;
— point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) In local routine report, local special report and METAR:
(i) when the RVR is above the maximum value that can be determined by the system in use, it shall
be reported using the abbreviation ‘ABV’ in local routine report and local special report, and the
abbreviation ‘P’ in METAR followed by the maximum value that can be determined by the
system;
(ii) when the RVR is below the minimum value that can be determined by the system in use, it shall
be reported using the abbreviation ‘BLW’ in local routine report and local special report, and the
abbreviation ‘M’ in METAR, followed by the minimum value that can be determined by the
system.’;
— in point (4), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report and local special report:’;
(iv) point (d) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report and local special report, observed present weather phenomena shall be
reported in terms of type and characteristics and qualified with respect to intensity, as appropriate.’;
— in point (3), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the following characteristics of present weather
phenomena, as necessary, shall be reported using their respective abbreviations and relevant criteria, as
appropriate:’;
— in point (4), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report, local special report and METAR:’;
(v) point (e) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the height of cloud base shall be reported in
steps of 100 ft (30 m) up to 10 000 ft (3 000 m) and in steps of 1 000 ft (300 m) above 10 000 ft
(3 000 m).’;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/141
— in point (3), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report and local special report:’;
(vi) point (f) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the air temperature and the dew-point
temperature shall be reported in steps of whole degrees Celsius.’;
— point (3) is replaced by the following:
‘(3) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, a temperature below 0 °C shall be
identified.’;
(vii) point (g) is amended as follows:
— point (1) is replaced by the following:
‘(1) In local routine report, local special report and METAR, the QNH and QFE shall be computed in
tenths of hectopascals and reported therein in steps of whole hectopascals, using four digits.’;
— in point (3), the introductory phrase is replaced by the following:
‘In local routine report and local special report:’;
(n) point MET.TR.210 is amended as follows:
(i) point (a)(3)(i) is replaced by the following:
‘(i) 2 minutes for local routine report and local special report and for wind displays in ATS units;’;
(ii) point (c)(4)(ii)(A) is replaced by the following:
‘(A) 1 minute for local routine report and local special report and for RVR displays in ATS units;’;
(o) point MET.TR.215 is amended as follows:
(i) point (e)(5) is replaced by the following:
‘(5) SIGMET, and, when issued, AIRMET and appropriate special air-reports relevant to the whole route;’;
(ii) point (g) is replaced by the following:
‘(g) When forecasts of upper-wind and upper-air temperature listed under point MET.OR.275(a)(1) are
supplied in chart form, they shall be fixed-time prognostic charts for flight levels as specified in point
MET.TR.275(b)(3). When forecasts of SIGWX phenomena listed under point MET.OR.275(a)(2) are
supplied in chart form, they shall be fixed-time prognostic charts for an atmospheric layer limited by
flight levels as specified in points MET.TR.275(c) and MET.TR.275(d).’;
(p) point MET.TR.220 is amended as follows:
(i) point (c) is replaced by the following:
‘(c) The period of validity of a routine TAF shall be either 9 or 24 or 30 hours, unless otherwise prescribed by
the competent authority taking into account the traffic requirements for aerodromes with hours of
operation of less than 9 hours. TAF shall be filed for transmission not earlier than 1 hour before the
commencement of their period of validity.’;
(ii) point (d) is replaced by the following:
‘(d) TAF, if disseminated in digital form, shall be:
(1) formatted in accordance with a globally interoperable information exchange model and shall use
geography markup language (GML);L 104/142 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(2) accompanied by the appropriate metadata.’;
(iii) in point (g), points (1) and (2) are replaced by the following:
‘(1) a 30 % or 40 % probability of alternative meteorological conditions exists during a specific forecast time
period; or
(2) a 30 % or 40 % probability of temporary fluctuations in meteorological conditions exists during a
specific forecast time period.’;
(q) points MET.TR.250 and MET.TR.255 are replaced by the following:
‘MET.TR.250 SIGMET
(a) The content and order of elements in a SIGMET shall be in accordance with the template shown in Appendix
5A.
(b) SIGMET shall consist of three types:
(1) SIGMET for en-route weather phenomena other than volcanic ash or tropical cyclones;
(2) SIGMET for volcanic ash;
(3) SIGMET for tropical cyclones.
(c) The sequence number of SIGMET shall consist of three characters comprising one letter and two numbers.
(d) Only one of the phenomena listed in Appendix 5A shall be included in a SIGMET, using the appropriate
abbreviations and the following threshold value of surface wind speed of 34 kt (17 m/s) or more for tropical
cyclone.
(e) SIGMET concerning thunderstorms or a tropical cyclone shall not include references to associated turbulence
and icing.
(f) SIGMET, if disseminated in digital form, shall be:
(1) formatted in accordance with a globally interoperable information exchange model and shall use
geography markup language (GML);
(2) accompanied by the appropriate metadata.
MET.TR.255 AIRMET
(a) The content and order of elements in an AIRMET shall be in accordance with the template shown in Appendix
5A.
(b) The sequence number referred to in the template in Appendix 5 shall correspond to the number of AIRMET
issued for the flight information region since 00.01 UTC on the day concerned.
(c) Only one of the phenomena in Appendix 5A shall be included in an AIRMET, using the appropriate
abbreviations and the following threshold values, when the phenomenon is below flight level 100, or below
flight level 150 in mountainous areas, or higher, where necessary:
(1) widespread surface wind speed above 30 kt (15 m/s) with relevant direction and units;
(2) widespread areas affected by reduction of visibility to less than 5 000 m, including the weather
phenomenon causing the reduction of visibility;
(3) widespread areas of broken or overcast cloud with height of base less than 1 000 ft (300 m) above ground
level.
(d) AIRMET concerning thunderstorms or cumulonimbus clouds shall not include references to associated
turbulence and icing.
(e) AIRMET, if disseminated in digital form, shall be:
(1) formatted in accordance with a globally interoperable information exchange model and shall use
geography markup language (GML);
(2) accompanied by the appropriate metadata.’ ;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/143
(r) point MET.TR.260(c) is replaced by the following:
‘(c) When the competent authority has determined that the density of traffic operating below flight level 100
warrants the issuance of an AIRMET, the area forecasts shall be issued to cover the layer between the ground
and flight level 100, or up to flight level 150 in mountainous areas, or higher, where necessary, and shall
contain information on en-route weather phenomena hazardous to low-level flights, in support of the
issuance of the AIRMET and the additional information required for low-level flights.’;
(s) point MET.TR.265 is replaced by the following:
‘MET.TR.265 Volcanic ash advisory centre responsibilities
(a) The advisory information on volcanic ash shall be issued in abbreviated plain language and in accordance with
the template shown in Appendix 6. When no abbreviations are available, English plain language text, to be
kept to a minimum, shall be used.
(b) Volcanic ash advisory, if disseminated in digital form, shall be:
(1) formatted in accordance with a globally interoperable information exchange model and shall use
geography markup language (GML);
(2) accompanied by the appropriate metadata.
(c) Volcanic ash advisory information, when prepared in graphical format, shall be issued using the portable
network graphics (PNG) format.’;
(t) in point MET.TR.270, the following points (c) and (d) are added:
‘(c) Tropical cyclone advisory, if disseminated in digital form, shall be:
(1) formatted in accordance with a globally interoperable information exchange model and shall use
geography markup language (GML);
(2) accompanied by the appropriate metadata.
(d) Tropical cyclone advisory information, when prepared in graphical format, shall be issued using the portable
network graphics (PNG) format.’;
(u) point MET.TR.275(b)(3) is amended as follows:
(i) points (i), (ii) and (iii) are replaced by the following:
‘(i) wind data for flight levels 50 (850 hPa), 80 (750 hPa), 100 (700 hPa), 140 (600 hPa), 180 (500 hPa), 210
(450 hPa), 240 (400 hPa), 270 (350 hPa), 300 (300 hPa), 320 (275 hPa), 340 (250 hPa), 360 (225 hPa),
390 (200 hPa), 410 (175 hPa), 450 (150 hPa), 480 (125 hPa) and 530 (100 hPa);
(ii) temperature data for flight levels 50 (850 hPa), 80 (750 hPa), 100 (700 hPa), 140 (600 hPa), 180 (500
hPa), 210 (450 hPa), 240 (400 hPa), 270 (350 hPa), 300 (300 hPa), 320 (275 hPa), 340 (250 hPa), 360
(225 hPa), 390 (200 hPa), 410 (175 hPa), 450 (150 hPa) 480 (125 hPa) and 530 (100 hPa);
(iii) humidity data for flight levels 50 (850 hPa), 80 (750 hPa), 100 (700 hPa), 140 (600 hPa) and 180 (500
hPa);’;
(ii) point (viii) is replaced by the following:
‘(viii) geopotential altitude data for flight levels 50 (850 hPa), 80 (750 hPa), 100 (700 hPa), 140 (600 hPa),
180 (500 hPa), 210 (450 hPa), 240 (400 hPa), 270 (350 hPa), 300 (300 hPa), 320 (275 hPa), 340 (250
hPa), 360 (225 hPa), 390 (200 hPa), 410 (175 hPa), 450 (150 hPa) 480 (125 hPa) and 530 (100 hPa).’;
(v) Appendix 1 is replaced by the following:L 104/144 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
‘Appendix 1
Template for METAR
Key
M = inclusion mandatory;
C = inclusion conditional, dependent on meteorological conditions or method of observation;
O = inclusion optional.
Note 1: The ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in METAR are provided in a separate table following this
template.
Note 2: The explanations for the abbreviations can be found in ICAO Document 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services –
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)’.
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Identification of the Type of report (M) METAR, METAR COR METAR
type of report (M) METAR COR
Location indicator ICAO location indi- nnnn YUDO
(M) cator (M)
Time of the observa- Day and actual nnnnnnZ 221630Z
tion (M) time of the obser-
vation in UTC (M)
Identification of an Automated or AUTO or NIL AUTO
automated or missing missing report NIL
report (C) identifier (C)
END OF METAR IF
THE REPORT IS
MISSING.
Surface wind (M) Wind direction (M) nnn VRB 24004MPS
VRB01MPS
Wind speed (M) [P]nn[n] (24008KT)
(VRB02KT)
19006MPS
(19012KT)
00000MPS
(00000KT)
140P49MPS
(140P99KT)
Significant speed G[P]nn[n] 12003G09MPS
variations (C) (12006G18KT)
24008G14MPS
Units of measure- MPS (or KT) (24016G28KT)
ment (M)
Significant direc- nnnVnnn — 02005MPS
tional variations 350V070
(C) (02010KT 350V070)3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/145
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Visibility (M) Prevailing or mini- nnnn C 0350
mum visibility (M) A CAVOK
V 7000
O 9999
K 0800
Minimum visibility nnnn[N] or nnnn[NE] or nnnn[E] or nnnn[SE] or 2000 1200NW
and direction of the nnnn[S] or nnnn[SW] or nnnn[W] or nnnn[NW] 6000 2800E
minimum visibility 6000 2800
(C)
Runway visual range Name of the ele- R R32/0400
(C) (1) ment (M) R12R/1700
R16L/0650
R16C/0500
R16R/0450
Runway (M) nn[L]/or nn[C]/or nn[R]/
R17L/0450
Runway visual [P or M]nnnn R14L/P2000
range (M) R10/M0050
Runway visual U, D or N R12/1100U
range past ten- R26/0550N
dency (C) R20/0800D
R12/0700
Present weather (C) Intensity or proxi- – or + — VC
mity of present
weather (C)
Characteristics DZ or RA or FG or FG or PO or RA
and type of present SN or SG or BR or FC or HZ
weather (M) PL or DS or SA or DS or VCFG
SS or DU or SS or +TSRA
FZDZ or HZ or TS or FG
FZRA or FU or SH or VCSH
FZUP or VA or BLSN or +DZ
FC (2) or SQ or BLSA VA
SHGR or PO or or VCTS
SHGS or TS or BLDU or VA –SN
SHRA or BCFG or MIFG
SHSN or BLDU or VCBLSA
SHUP or BLSA or +TSRASN
TSGR or BLSN or –SNRA
TSGS or DRDU or DZ FG
TSRA or DRSA or +SHSN BLSN
TSSN or DRSN or UP
TSUP or UP FZFG or FZUP
MIFG or TSUP FZUP
PRFG //
or//L 104/146 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Cloud (M) Cloud amount and FEWnnn or VVnnn or NSC FEW015
height of cloud SCTnnn or VV/// or NCD VV005
base or BKNnnn or OVC030
vertical visibility OVCnnn or VV///
(M) FEW///or NSC
SCT///or SCT010 OVC020
BKN///or BKN///
OVC///or ///015
///nnn or
//////
Cloud type (C) CB or — BKN009TCU
TCU or/// NCD
SCT008 BKN025CB
BKN025///
Air and dew-point Air and dew-point [M]nn/[M]nn 17/10
temperature (M) temperature (M) 02/M08
M01/M10
Pressure values (M) Name of the ele- Q Q0995
ment (M) Q1009
Q1022
QNH (M) nnnn
Q0987
Supplementary infor- Recent weather REFZDZ or REFZRA or REDZ or RE[SH]RA or RERASN or RE REFZRA
mation (C) (C) [SH]SN or RESG or RESHGR or RESHGS or REBLSN or RETSRA
RESS or REDS or RETSRA or RETSSN or RETSGR or
RETSGS or RETS or REFC or REVA or REPL or REUP or RE-
FZUP or RETSUP or RESHUP
Wind shear (C) WS Rnn[L] or WS Rnn[C] or WS Rnn[R] or WS ALL RWY WS R03
WS ALL RWY
WS R18C
Sea–surface tem- W[M]nn/Sn or W[M]nn/Hn[n][n] W15/S2
perature and state W12/H75
of the sea or sig-
nificant wave
height (C)3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/147
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Trend forecast (O) Change indicator NOSIG BECMG or TEMPO NOSIG
(M) BECMG FEW020
TEMPO
25018G25MPS
Period of change FMnnnn and/or
(TEMPO
(C) TLnnnn
25036G50KT)
or
BECMG FM1030
ATnnnn
TL1130 CAVOK
BECMG TL1700
Wind (C) nnn[P]nn[n][G[P]nn[n]]MPS
0800 FG
(or nnn[P]nn[G[P]nn]KT)
BECMG AT1800
9000 NSW
Prevailing visibility nnnn C BECMG FM1900
(C) A 0500 +SNRA
V BECMG FM1100
O SN TEMPO
K FM1130 BLSN
TEMPO FM0330
TL0430 FZRA
Weather phenom- – or + — N TEMPO TL1200
enon: S 0600 BECMG
intensity (C) W AT1200 8000 NSW
NSC
Weather phenom- DZ or FG or BECMG AT1130
enon: RA or BR or OVC010
characteristics and SN or SA or TEMPO TL1530
type (C) SG or DU or +SHRA BKN012CB
PL or HZ or
DS or FU or
SS or VA or
FZDZ or SQ or
FZRA or PO or
SHGR or FC or
SHGS or TS or
SHRA or BCFG or
SHSN or BLDU or
TSGR or BLSA or
TSGS or BLSN or
TSRA or DRDU or
TSSN DRSA or
DRSN or
FZFG or
MIFG or
PRFG
Cloud amount and FEWnnn or VVnnn or N
height of cloud SCTnnn VV/// S
base or vertical or C
visibility (C) BKNnnn
or
OVCnnn
Cloud type (C) CB or TCU —
(1) To be included if visibility or runway visual range is < 1 500 m; for up to a maximum of four runways.
(2) ‘Heavy’ used to indicate ‘tornado’ or ‘waterspout’; ‘moderate’ (no qualifier) to indicate ‘funnel cloud not reaching the ground’L 104/148 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in METAR
Elements Range Resolution
Runway: (no units) 01–36 1
Wind direction: °true 000–360 10
Wind speed: MPS 00–99 1
KT 00–199 (*) 1
Visibility: M 0000–0750 50
M 0800–4 900 100
M 5 000–9 000 1 000
M 10 000– 0 (fixed value: 9 999)
Runway visual range: M 0000–0375 25
M 0400–0750 50
M 0800–2 000 100
Vertical visibility: 30’s M (100’s FT) 000–020 1
Clouds: height of cloud base: 30’s M (100’s FT) 000–099 1
100-200 10
Air temperature; °C –80 – +60 1
Dew-point temperature:
QNH: hPa 0850–1 100 1
Sea–surface temperature: °C –10 – +40 1
State of the sea: (no units) 0–9 1
Significant wave height: M 0–999 0,1
State of the runway Runway designator: (no units) 01–36; 88; 99 1
Runway deposits: (no units) 0–9 1
Extent of runway contamination: (no 1; 2; 5; 9 —
units)
Depth of deposit: (no units) 00–90; 92–99 1
Friction coefficient/braking action: (no 00–95; 99 1
units)
(*) There is no aeronautical requirement to report surface wind speeds of 100 kt (50 m/s) or more; however, provision has been
made for reporting wind speeds up to 199 kt (99 m/s) for non-aeronautical purposes, as necessary.;
’3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/149
(w) Appendices 3 and 4 are replaced by the following:
‘Appendix 3
Template for TAF
Key:
M = inclusion mandatory;
C = inclusion conditional, dependent on meteorological conditions or method of observation;
O = inclusion optional.
Note 1: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in TAF are provided in a separate table below this
template.
Note 2: the explanations for the abbreviations can be found in ICAO Doc 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services –
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)’.
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Identification of the type Type of forecast (M) TAF or TAF AMD or TAF COR TAF
of forecast (M) TAF AMD
TAF COR
Location indicator (M) ICAO location indica- nnnn YUDO
tor (M)
Time of issue of forecast Day and time of issue nnnnnnZ 160000Z
(M) of the forecast in UTC
(M)
Identification of a miss- Missing forecast iden- NIL NIL
ing forecast (C) tifier (C)
END OF TAF IF THE FORECAST IS MISSING
Days and period of va- Days and period of nnnn/nnnn 0812/0918
lidity of forecast (M) validity of the forecast
in UTC (M)
Identification of a can- Cancelled forecast CNL CNL
celled forecast (C) identifier (C)
END OF TAF IF THE FORECAST IS CANCELLED
Surface wind (M) Wind direction (M) nnn or VRB 24004MPS;
VRB01MPS
(24008KT);
(VRB02KT)
19005MPS
(19010KT)
Wind speed (M) [P]nn[n] 00000MPS
(00000KT)
140P49MPS
(140P99KT)
Significant speed var- G[P]nn[n] 12003G09MPS
iations (C) (12006G18KT)
24008G14MPS
Units of measurement MPS (or KT) (24016G28KT)
(M)L 104/150 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Visibility (M) Prevailing visibility (M) nnnn C 0350
A CAVOK
V 7000
O 9000
K 9999
Weather (C) Intensity of weather – or + —
phenomena (C) (1)
Characteristics and DZ or RA or FG or RA
type of weather phe- SN or SG or BR or HZ
nomena (C) PL or DS or SA or +TSRA
SS or DU or FG
FZDZ or HZ or –FZDZ PRFG
FZRA or FU or +TSRASN
SHGR or VA or SNRA FG
SHGS or SQ or
SHRA or PO or
SHSN or FC or
TSGR or TS or
TSGS or BCFG or
TSRA or BLDU or
TSSN BLSA or
BLSN or
DRDU or
DRSA or
DRSN or
FZFG or
MIFG or
PRFG
Cloud (M) (2) Cloud amount and FEWnnn VVnnn NSC FEW010
height of base or ver- or or VV005
tical visibility (M) SCTnnn or VV/// OVC020
BKNnnn or VV///
OVCnnn NSC
SCT005 BKN012
Cloud type (C) CB or — SCT008 BKN025CB
TCU
Temperature (O) (3) Name of the element TX TX25/1013Z
(M) TN09/1005Z
TX05/2112Z
TNM02/2103Z
Maximum tempera- [M]nn/
ture (M)
Day and time of oc- nnnnZ
currence of the maxi-
mum temperature (M)
Name of the element TN
(M)
Minimum temperature [M]nn/
(M)
Day and time of oc- nnnnZ
currence of the mini-
mum temperature (M)3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/151
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Expected significant Change or probability PROB30 [TEMPO] or PROB40 [TEMPO] or BECMG or
changes to one or more indicator (M) TEMPO or FM
of the above elements
during the period of va-
lidity (C) Period of occurrence nnnn/nnnn or nnnnnn
or change (M)
Wind (C) nnn[P]nn[n][G[P]nn[n]]MPS or TEMPO 0815/0818
VRBnnMPS 25017G25MPS
(or nnn[P]nn[G[P]nn]KT or (TEMPO 0815/0818
VRBnnKT) 25034G50KT)
TEMPO 2212/2214
17006G13MPS 1000
TSRA SCT010CB
BKN020
(TEMPO 2212/2214
17012G26KT 1000
TSRA SCT010CB
BKN020)
Prevailing visibility (C) nnnn C BECMG 3010/3011
A 00000MPS 2400
V OVC010
O (BECMG 3010/3011
K 00000KT 2400
OVC010)
PROB30 1412/1414
0800 FG
Weather phenomen- – or + — NSW BECMG 1412/1414 RA
on: intensity (C) TEMPO 2503/2504
FZRA
TEMPO 0612/0615
BLSN
PROB40 TEMPO
2923/3001 0500 FG
Weather phenomen- DZ or FG or
on: characteristics RA or BR or
and type (C) SN or SA or
SG or DU or
PL or HZ or
DS or FU or
SS or VA or
FZDZ or SQ or
FZRA or PO or
SHGR or FC or
SHGS or TS or
SHRA or BCFG or
SHSN or BLDU or
TSGR or BLSA or
TSGS or BLSN or
TSRA or DRDU or
TSSN DRSA or
DRSN or
FZFG or
MIFG or
PRFGL 104/152 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Cloud amount and FEWnnn or VVnnn or NSC FM051230 15004MPS
height of base or ver- SCTnnn or VV/// 9999 BKN020
tical visibility (C) BKNnnn or (FM051230 15008KT
OVCnnn 9999 BKN020)
BECMG 1618/1620
8000 NSW NSC
Cloud type (C) CB or — BECMG 2306/2308
TCU SCT015CB BKN020
(1) To be included whenever applicable. No qualifier for moderate intensity.
(2) Up to four cloud layers.
(3) Consisting of up to a maximum of four temperatures (two maximum temperatures and two minimum temperatures).
Ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in TAF
Elements Range Resolution
Wind direction: ° true 000–360 10
Wind speed: MPS 00–99 (*) 1
KT 0–199 (*) 1
Visibility: M 0000–0750 50
M 0800–4 900 100
M 5 000–9 000 1 000
M 10 000 – 0 (fixed value: 9 999)
Vertical visibility: 30’s M (100’s FT) 000–020 1
Cloud: height of cloud base: 30’s M (100’s FT) 000–099 1
100–200 10
Air temperature (maximum and minimum): –80 – +60 1
°C
(*) There is no aeronautical requirement to report surface wind speeds of 100 kt (50 m/s) or more; however, provision has been
made for reporting wind speeds up to 199 kt (99 m/s) for non-aeronautical purposes, as necessary.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/153
Appendix 4
Template for wind shear warnings
Key:
M = inclusion mandatory;
C = inclusion conditional, whenever applicable.
Note 1: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in wind shear warnings are shown in Appendix 8.
Note 2: the explanations for the abbreviations can be found in ICAO Doc 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services –
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)’
Element Detailed content Template(s) Example
Location indicator of the Location indicator of the nnnn YUCC
aerodrome (M) aerodrome
Identification of the type of Type of message and se- WS WRNG [n]n WS WRNG 1
message (M) quence number
Time of origin and validity Day and time of issue and, nnnnnn [VALID TL nnnnnn] or 211230 VALID TL 211330
period (M) where applicable, validity [VALID nnnnnn/nnnnnn] 221200 VALID
period in UTC 221215/221315
IF THE WIND SHEAR WARNING IS TO BE CANCELLED, SEE DETAILS AT THE END OF THE TEMPLATE
Phenomenon (M) Identification of the phe- [MOD] or [SEV] WS IN APCH or WS APCH RWY12
nomenon and its location [MOD] or [SEV] WS [APCH] RWYnnn MOD WS RWY34
or WS IN CLIMB-OUT
[MOD] or [SEV] WS IN CLIMB-OUT MBST APCH RWY26
or MBST IN CLIMB-OUT
[MOD] or [SEV] WS CLIMB-OUT RWYnnn
or
MBST IN APCH or
MBST [APCH] RWYnnn
or
MBST IN CLIMB-OUT or
MBST CLIMB-OUT RWYnnn
Observed, reported or Identification whether the REP AT nnnn nnnnnnnn or REP AT 1510 B747
forecast phenomenon (M) phenomenon is observed or OBS [AT nnnn] or OBS AT 1205
reported and expected to FCST FCST
continue, or forecast
Details of the phenomen- Description of phenomenon SFC WIND: nnn/nnMPS (or nnn/nnKT) SFC WIND: 320/5MPS
on (C) causing the issuance of the nnnM (nnnFT)-WIND: nnn/nnMPS (or 60M-WIND: 360/13MPS
wind shear warning nnn/nnKT) (SFC WIND: 320/10KT
or 200FT-WIND: 360/26KT)
nnKMH (or nnKT) LOSS nnKM (or nnNM) 60KMH LOSS 4KM
FNA RWYnn FNA RWY13
or (30KT LOSS 2NM
nnKMH (or nnKT) GAIN nnKM (or nnNM) FNA RWY13)
FNA RWYnnL 104/154 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Example
OR
Cancellation of wind Cancellation of wind shear CNL WS WRNG [n]n nnnnnn/nnnnnn CNL WS WRNG
shear warning warning referring to its 1 211230/211330;
identification
’
(x) Appendix 5 is deleted;
(y) the following Appendices 5A and 5B are inserted:
‘Appendix 5A
Template for SIGMET and AIRMET
Key:
M = inclusion mandatory;
C = inclusion conditional, whenever applicable; and
= = a double line indicates that the text following it shall be placed on the subsequent line.
Note: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in SIGMET/AIRMET are shown in Appendix 8.
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
Location indica- ICAO location nnnn YUCC
tor of FIR/CTA indicator of the YUDD
(M) ATS unit ser-
ving the FIR or
CTA to which
the SIGME-
T/AIRMET re-
fers
Identification (M) SIGMET or SIGMET nnn AIRMET [n][n]n SIGMET U05 AIRMET 2
AIRMET identi- SIGMET I12 AIRMET 19
fication and se- AIRMET B19
quence number
Validity period Day-time VALID nnnnnn/nnnnnn VALID 010000/010400
(M) groups indicat- VALID 221215/221600
ing the period of VALID 101520/101800
validity in UTC VALID 251600/252200
VALID 152000/160000
VALID 192300/200300
Location indica- Location indi- nnnn– YUDO–
tor of MWO (M) cator of MWO YUSO–
originating the
SIGMET or
AIRMET with a
separating hy-
phen3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/155
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
Name of the Location indi- nnnn nnnn nnnnnnnnnn YUCC AMS- YUCC AMS-
FIR/CTA (M) cator and name nnnnnnnnnn FIR[/n] WELL FIR WELL FIR/2
of the FIR/CTA FIR[/UIR] or YUDD SHAN- YUDD SHAN-
for which the nnnn LON FIR/UIR LON FIR
SIGMET/AIR- nnnnnnnnnn YUDD SHAN-
MET is issued CTA LON CTA
IF THE SIGMET IS TO BE CANCELLED, SEE DETAILS AT THE END OF THE TEMPLATE
Phenomenon Description of OBSC TS[GR] SFC WIND OBSC TS SFC WIND
(M) the phenomen- EMBD TS[GR] nnn/nn[n]MPS OBSC TSGR 040/40MPS
on causing the FRQ TS[GR] (or SFC WIND EMBD TS SFC WIND
issuance of SQL TS[GR] nnn/nn[n]KT) EMBD TSGR 310/20KT
SIGMET/AIR- FRQ TS SFC VIS 1500M
MET FRQ TSGR (BR)
TC nnnnnnnnnn PSN Nnn[nn] or SFC VIS nnnnM SQL TS ISOL TS
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] CB (nn) SQL TSGR ISOL TSGR
or TC NN PSN Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] ISOL TS[GR] TC GLORIA OCNL TS
Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] CB OCNL TS[GR] PSN N10 OCNL TSGR
SEV TURB MT OBSC W060 CB MT OBSC
SEV ICE BKN CLD TC NN PSN BKN CLD
SEV ICE (FZRA) nnn/[ABV] S2030 120/900M
SEV MTW nnnnM E06030 CB BKN CLD
HVY DS (or BKN CLD SEV TURB 400/3000FT
HVY SS nnn/[ABV][n] SEV ICE BKN CLD
[VA ERUPTION] nnnnFT) or SEV ICE SFC/3000M
[MT nnnnnnnnnn] BKN CLD SFC/ (FZRA) BKN CLD
[PSN Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Ennn[nn] [ABV]nnnnM SEV MTW SFC/ABV10000-
or Wnnn[nn]] (or BKN CLD HVY DS FT
VA CLD SFC/[ABV][n] HVY SS OVC CLD
RDOACT CLD nnnnFT) VA ERUPTION 270/ABV3000M
OVC CLD nnn/ MT OVC CLD
[ABV]nnnnM ASHVAL PSN 900/ABV10000-
(or OVC CLD S15 E073 FT
nnn/[ABV][n] VA CLD OVC CLD
nnnnFT) or RDOACT CLD SFC/3000M
OVC CLD SFC/ OVC CLD
[ABV]nnnnM SFC/ABV10000-
(or OVC CLD FT
SFC/[ABV][n] ISOL CB
nnnnFT) OCNL CB
ISOL CB FRQ CB
OCNL CB ISOL TCU
FRQ CB OCNL TCU
ISOL TCU FRQ TCU
OCNL TCU MOD TURB
FRQ TCU MOD ICE
MOD TURB MOD MTW
MOD ICE
MOD MTW
Observed or Indication OBS [AT nnnnZ] or OBS
forecast phe- whether the in- FCST [AT nnnnZ] OBS AT 1210Z
nomenon (M) formation is ob- FCST
served and ex- FCST AT 1815Z
pected to
continue, or
forecastL 104/156 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
Location (C) Location (refer- Nnn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or N2020 W07005
ring to latitude Nnn[nn] Ennn[nn] or N48 E010
and longitude Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or S60 W160
(in degrees and Snn[nn] Ennn[nn] S0530 E16530
minutes)) or N OF N50
N OF Nnn[nn] or S OF N5430
S OF Nnn[nn] or N OF S10
N OF Snn[nn] or S OF S4530
S OF Snn[nn] or W OF W155
[AND] E OF W45
W OF Wnnn[nn] or W OF E15540
E OF Wnnn[nn] or E OF E09015
W OF Ennn[nn] or N OF N1515 AND W OF E13530
E OF Ennn[nn] S OF N45 AND N OF N40
or N OF LINE S2520 W11510 – S2520
N OF Nnn[nn] or N OF Snn[nn] AND S OF Nnn[nn] or S W12010
OF Snn[nn] SW OF LINE N50 W005 – N60 W020
or SW OF LINE N50 W020 – N45 E010
W OF Wnnn[nn] or W OF Ennn[nn] AND AND NE OF LINE N45 W020 – N40
E OF Wnnn[nn] or E OF Ennn[nn] E010
or WI N6030 E02550 – N6055 E02500 –
N OF LINE or NE OF LINE or E OF LINE or SE OF LINE N6050 E02630 – N6030 E02550
or S OF LINE or SW OF LINE or W OF LINE or NW OF APRX 50KM WID LINE BTN N64
LINE Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn W017 – N60 W010 – N57 E010
[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or ENTIRE FIR
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]] [– Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] ENTIRE FIR/UIR
Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]] [AND N OF LINE or NE OF ENTIRE CTA
LINE or E OF LINE or SE OF LINE or S OF LINE or WI 400KM OF TC CENTRE
SW OF LINE or W OF LINE or NW OF LINE Nnn[nn] or WI 250NM OF TC CENTRE
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn]
Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
[nn] or Ennn[nn]] [– Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn]]]
or
WI Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn
[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – [Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn]
Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn]
or Ennn[nn]] (4)
or
APRX nnKM WID LINE BTN (or nnNM WID LINE BTN)
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn]
Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]][– Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn]
or Ennn[nn]]
or
ENTIRE FIR/UIR
or
ENTIRE CTA
or
WI nnnKM (or nnnNM) OF TC CENTRE3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/157
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
Level (C) Flight level or [SFC/]FLnnn or [SFC/]nnnnM (or [SFC/][n]nnnnFT) or FL180
altitude FLnnn/nnn or TOP FLnnn or [TOP] ABV FLnnn or SFC/FL070
[nnnn/]nnnnM (or [[n]nnnn/][n]nnnnFT) or [nnnnM/] SFC/3000M
FLnnn (or [[n]nnnnFT/]FLnnn) SFC/10000FT
or (1) FL050/080
TOP [ABV or BLW] FLnnn TOP FL390
ABV FL250
TOP ABV FL100
3000M
2000/3000M
8000FT
6000/12000FT
2000M/FL150
10000FT/FL250
TOP FL500
TOP ABV FL500
TOP BLW FL450
Movement or ex- Movement or MOV N [nnKMH] or MOV NNE [nnKMH] or MOV NE MOV SE
pected move- expected [nnKMH] or MOV ENE [nnKMH] or MOV E [nnKMH] or MOV NNW
ment (C) (5) movement (di- MOV ESE [nnKMH] or MOV SE [nnKMH] or MOV SSE MOV E 40KMH
rection and [nnKMH] or MOV S [nnKMH] or MOV SSW [nnKMH] or MOV E 20KT
speed) with re- MOV SW [nnKMH] or MOV WSW [nnKMH] or MOV W MOV WSW 20KT
ference to one [nnKMH] or MOV WNW [nnKMH] or MOV NW STNR
of the 16 points [nnKMH] or MOV NNW [nnKMH] (or MOV N [nnKT]
of compass, or or MOV NNE [nnKT] or MOV NE [nnKT] or MOV ENE
stationary [nnKT] or MOV E [nnKT] or MOV ESE [nnKT] or MOV
SE [nnKT] or MOV SSE [nnKT] or MOV S [nnKT] or
MOV SSW [nnKT] or MOV SW [nnKT] or MOV WSW
[nnKT] or MOV W [nnKT] or MOV WNW [nnKT] or
MOV NW [nnKT] or MOV NNW [nnKT]) or
STNR
Changes in in- Expected INTSF or WKN or NC INTSF
tensity (C) changes in in- WKN
tensity NC
Forecast time Indication of the FCST AT nnnnZ — FCST AT 2200Z —
(C) (5) forecast time of
phenomenon
Forecast position Forecast posi- Nnn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or — N30 W170 —
(C) (5) tion of volcanic Nnn[nn] Ennn[nn] or N OF N30
ash cloud or the Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or S OF S50 AND
centre of the Snn[nn] Ennn[nn] W OF
tropical cyclone or E170
or other hazar- N OF Nnn[nn] or S OF N46 AND
dous phenom- S OF Nnn[nn] or N OF N39
ena6 at the end N OF Snn[nn] or NE OF LINE
of the validity S OF Snn[nn] N35 W020 –
period of the [AND] N45 W040 SW
SIGMET W OF Wnnn[nn] or OF LINE N48
E OF Wnnn[nn] or W020 – N43
W OF Ennn[nn] or E010 AND NE
E OF Ennn[nn] OF LINE N43
W020 – N38
E010
WI N20 W090 –
N05 W090 –
N10 W100 –
N20 W100 –
N20 W090
APRX 50KM
WID LINE BTNL 104/158 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
N64 W017 –
or N57 W005 –
N OF Nnn[nn] or N55 E010 –
N OF Snn[nn] N55 E030
AND S OF Nnn[nn] or ENTIRE FIR
S OF Snn[nn] ENTIRE
or FIR/UIR
W OF Wnnn[nn] or ENTIRE CTA
W OF Ennn[nn] TC CENTRE
AND E OF Wnnn[nn] or PSN N2740
E OF Ennn[nn] W07345
or NO VA EXP
N OF LINE or
NE OF LINE or
E OF LINE or
SE OF LINE or
S OF LINE or
SW OF LINE or
W OF LINE or
NW OF LINE Nnn[nn]
or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn]]
[AND N OF LINE or
NE OF LINE or
E OF LINE or
SE OF LINE or
S OF LINE or
SW OF LINE or
W OF LINE or
NW OF LINE Nnn[nn]
or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn]]]
or
WI Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] (4)
or
APRX nnKM WID LINE BTN
(nnNM WID LINE BTN)
Nnn[nn] or3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/159
Detailed AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET
Element SIGMET template
content template Examples Examples
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] – Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] [– Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn]][– Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn]]
or
ENTIRE FIR[/UIR]
or
ENTIRE CTA
or
TC CENTRE PSN Nnn[nn] or
Snn[nn] Wnnn[nn] or
Ennn[nn] (1)
or
NO VA EXP (2)
Repetition of ele- Repetition of [AND] — AND —
ments (C) (3) elements in-
cluded in a
SIGMET for
volcanic ash
cloud or tropical
cyclone
OR
Cancellation of Cancellation of CNL SIGMET nnn nnnnnn/nnnnnn CNL AIRMET CNL SIGMET CNL AIRMET
SIGMET/AIR- SIGMET/AIR- or [n][n]n B04 101200/1- 05 151520/1518-
MET (C) MET referring to CNL SIGMET nnn nnnnnn/nnnnnn nnnnnn/nnnnn- 01600 00
its identification [VA MOV TO nnnn FIR] (2) n CNL SIGMET
I07 251030/25-
1430 VA MOV
TO YUDO FIR
(1) Only for SIGMET for tropical cyclones.
(2) Only for SIGMET for volcanic ash.
(3) To be used for two volcanic ash clouds or two centres of tropical cyclones simultaneously affecting the FIR concerned.
(4) The number of coordinates shall be kept to a minimum and shall not normally exceed seven.
(5) The elements ‘forecast time’ and ‘forecast position’ are not to be used in conjunction with the element ‘movement or expected
movement’.
Note: severe or moderate icing and severe or moderate turbulence (SEV ICE, MOD ICE, SEV TURB, MOD TURB) associated
with thunderstorms, cumulonimbus clouds or tropical cyclones shall not be included.L 104/160 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Appendix 5B
Template for special air-reports (uplink)
Key:
M = inclusion mandatory, part of every special air-report (uplink);
C = inclusion conditional, whenever applicable;
= = a double line indicates that the text following it shall be placed on the subsequent line.
Note: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in special air-reports are shown in Appendix 8.
Element Detailed content Template Examples
Identification (M) Special air-report (uplink) ARS ARS
identification
Aircraft Identification (M) Aircraft radiotelephony call nnnnnn VA812
sign
Observed phenomenon (M) Description of observed phe- TS TSGR
nomenon causing the issu- TSGR SEV TURB
ance of the special air-report SEV TURB SEV ICE
SEV ICE SEV MTW
SEV MTW HVY SS
HVY SS VA CLD
VA CLD VA
VA [MT nnnnnnnnnn] VA MT ASHVAL5
MOD TURB MOD TURB
MOD ICE MOD ICE
Observation time (M) Time of observation of ob- OBS AT nnnnZ OBS AT 1210Z
served phenomenon
Location (C) Location (referring to latitude NnnnnWnnnnn or N2020W07005
and longitude (in degrees and NnnnnEnnnnn or S4812E01036
minutes)) of observed phe- SnnnnWnnnnn or
nomenon SnnnnEnnnnn
Level (C) Flight level or altitude of ob- FLnnn or FL390
served phenomenon FLnnn/nnn or FL180/210
nnnnM (or [n]nnnnFT) 3000M
12000FT;
’
(z) Appendices 6, 7 and 8 are replaced by the following:
‘Appendix 6
Template for advisory for volcanic ash
Key:
M = inclusion mandatory;
O = inclusion optional;
= = a double line indicates that the text following it shall be placed on the subsequent line.
Note 1: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in volcanic ash advisory are shown in Appendix 8.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/161
Note 2: the explanations for the abbreviations can be found in ICAO Doc 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services —
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)’.
Note 3: inclusion of a ‘colon’ after each element heading is mandatory.
Note 4: numbers 1 to 18 are included only for clarity and they are not part of the advisory, as shown in the example.
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
1 Identification of the Type of message VA ADVISORY VA ADVISORY
type of message
(M)
2 Time of origin (M) Year, month, day, DTG: nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ DTG: 20080923/0130Z
time in UTC
3 Name of VAAC (M) Name of VAAC VAAC: nnnnnnnnnnnn VAAC: TOKYO
4 Name of volcano Name and Interna- VOLCA- nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn VOLCA- KARYMSKY 1000-13
(M) tional Association of NO: [nnnnnn] NO: UNNAMED
Volcanology and or VOLCA-
Chemistry of the UNKNOWN or NO:
Earth’s Interio (IAV- UNNAMED
CEI) number of vol-
cano
5 Location of volcano Location of volcano PSN: Nnnnn or Snnnn PSN: N5403 E15927
(M) in degrees and Wnnnnn or Ennnnn PSN: UNKNOWN
minutes or
UNKNOWN
6 State or region (M) State, or region if AREA: nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn AREA: RUSSIA
ash is not reported
over a State
7 Summit elevation Summit elevation in SUMMIT nnnnM (or nnnnnFT) SUMMIT 1536M
(M) m (or ft) ELEV: ELEV:
8 Advisory number Advisory number: ADVI- nnnn/nnnn ADVI- 2008/4
(M) year in full and SORY NR: SORY NR:
message number
(separate se-
quence for each
volcano)
9 Information source Information source INFO Free text up to 32 characters INFO MTSAT-1R KVERT
(M) using free text SOURCE: SOURCE: KEMSDL 104/162 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
10 Colour code (O) Aviation colour AVIATION RED or ORANGE or YEL- AVIATION RED
code COLOUR LOW or GREEN or UN- COLOUR
CODE: KNOWN or NOT GIVEN or CODE:
NIL
11 Eruption details (M) Eruption details (in- ERUP- Free text up to 64 characters ERUP- ERUPTION AT
cluding date/time of TION DE- or TION DE- 20080923/0000Z
eruption(s)) TAILS: UNKNOWN TAILS: FL300 REPORTED
12 Time of observation Day and time (in OBS (or nn/nnnnZ OBS VA 23/0100Z
(or estimation) of UTC) of observation EST) VA DTG:
volcanic ash clouds (or estimation) of DTG:
(M) volcanic ash clouds
13 Observed or esti- Horizontal (in de- OBS VA TOP FLnnn or SFC/FLnnn or OBS VA FL250/300
mated volcanic ash grees and minutes) CLD or FLnnn/nnn CLD: N5400 E15930 –
clouds (M) and vertical extent EST VA [nnKM WID LINE BTN N5400 E16100 –
at the time of obser- CLD: (nnNM WID LINE BTN)] N5300 E15945
vation of the ob- Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn MOV SE 20KT
served or estimated [nn] or SFC/FL200
volcanic ash clouds Ennn[nn] – N5130 E16130 –
or, if the base is un- Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn N5130 E16230 –
known, the top of [nn] or N5230 E16230 –
the observed or es- Ennn[nn][– N5230 E16130
timated volcanic Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn MOV SE 15KT
ash clouds; [nn] or TOP FL240 MOV W
Movement of the Ennn[nn] – 40KMH
observed or esti- Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn VA NOT IDENTIFI-
mated volcanic ash [nn] or ABLE FM SATEL-
clouds Ennn[nn] – LITE DATA
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn WIND FL050/070
[nn] or 180/12MPS
Ennn[nn]]
MOV N nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV NE nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV E nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV SE nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV S nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV SW nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV W nnKMH (or KT) or
MOV NW nnKMH (or KT)
or
VA NOT IDENTIFIABLE FM
SATELLITE DATA3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/163
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
WIND FLnnn/nnn
nnn/nn[n]MPS (or KT) (2) or
WIND FLnnn/nnn
VRBnnMPS (or KT) or
WIND SFC/FLnnn
nnn/nn[n]MPS (or KT) or
WIND SFC/FLnnn
VRBnnMPS (or KT)
14 Forecast height and Day and time (in FCST VA nn/nnnnZ FCST VA 23/0700Z
position of the vol- UTC) (6 hours from CLD SFC or FLnnn/[FL]nnn CLD FL250/350
canic ash clouds the ‘Time of obser- +6 HR: [nnKM WID LINE BTN +6 HR: N5130 E16030 –
(+ 6 HR) (M) vation (or estima- (nnNM WID LINE BTN)] N5130 E16230 –
tion) of volcanic Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn N5330 E16230 –
ash clouds’ given [nn] or N5330 E16030
in Item 12); Ennn[nn] – SFC/FL180
Forecast height and Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn N4830 E16330 –
position (in degrees [nn] or N4830 E16630 –
and minutes) for Ennn[nn][– N5130 E16630 –
each volcanic ash Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn N5130 E16330
cloud mass for that [nn] or NO VA EXP
fixed valid time Ennn[nn] – NOT AVBL
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn NOT PROVIDED
[nn] or
Ennn[nn]–
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
[nn] or
Ennn[nn]] (1)
or
NO VA EXP
or
NOT AVBL
or
NOT PROVIDED
15 Forecast height and Day and time (in FCST VA nn/nnnnZ FCST VA 23/1300Z
position of the vol- UTC) (12 hours CLD SFC or FLnnn/[FL]nnn CLD SFC/FL270
canic ash clouds from the ‘Time of ob- +12 HR: [nnKM WID LINE BTN +12 HR: N4830 E16130 –
(+ 12 HR) (M) servation (or esti- (nnNM WID LINE BTN)] N4830 E16600 –
mation) of volcanic Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn N5300 E16600 –
ash clouds’ given [nn] or N5300 E16130
in Item 12); Ennn[nn]– NO VA EXP
Forecast height and Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn NOT AVBL
position (in degrees [nn] or NOT PROVIDED
and minutes) for Ennn[nn]–
each volcanic ash Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
cloud mass for that [nn] or
fixed valid time Ennn[nn]–
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
[nn] or
Ennn[nn] –
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn]
Wnnn[nn] orL 104/164 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
Ennn[nn]]
or
NO VA EXP
or
NOT AVBL
or
NOT PROVIDED
16 Forecast height and Day and time (in FCST VA nn/nnnnZ FCST VA 23/1900Z
position of the vol- UTC) (18 hours CLD SFC or FLnnn/[FL]nnn CLD NO VA EXP
canic ash clouds from the ‘Time of ob- +18 HR: [nnKM WID LINE BTN +18 HR: NOT AVBL
(+ 18 HR) (M) servation (or esti- (nnNM WID LINE BTN)] NOT PROVIDED
mation) of volcanic Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
ash clouds’ given [nn] or
in Item 12); Ennn[nn] –
Forecast height and Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
position (in degrees [nn] or
and minutes) for Ennn[nn] –
each volcanic ash Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
cloud mass for that [nn] or
fixed valid time Ennn[nn] –
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
[nn] or
Ennn[nn]–
Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] Wnnn
[nn] or
Ennn[nn]]
or
NO VA EXP
or
NOT AVBL
or
NOT PROVIDED
17 Remarks (M) Remarks, as ne- RMK: Free text up to 256 charac- RMK: LATEST REP FM
cessary ters KVERT (0120Z) IN-
or DICATES ERUP-
NIL TION HAS CEASED.
TWO DISPERSING
VA CLD ARE EVI-
DENT ON SATEL-
LITE IMAGERY
NIL
18 Next advisory (M) Year, month, day NXT AD- nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ NXT AD- 20080923/0730Z
and time in UTC VISORY: or VISORY: NO LATER THAN
NO LATER THAN nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ
nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ NO FURTHER ADVI-
or SORIES
NO FURTHER ADVI- WILL BE ISSUED BY
SORIES or nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ
WILL BE ISSUED BY
nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ
(1) Up to 4 selected layers.
(2) If volcanic ash cloud is reported (e.g. AIREP) but not identifiable from the satellite data.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/165
Appendix 7
Template for advisory for tropical cyclones
Key:
= = a double line indicates that the text following it shall be placed on the subsequent line.
Note 1: the ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in tropical cyclone advisory are shown in Appendix 8.
Note 2: the explanations for the abbreviations can be found in ICAO Doc 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services –
Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC).
Note 3: all the elements are mandatory.
Note 4: inclusion of a ‘colon’ after each element heading is mandatory.
Note 5: numbers 1 to 19 are included only for clarity and they are not part of the advisory, as shown in the example.
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
1 Identification of the Type of message TC ADVISORY TC ADVI-
type of message SORY
2 Time of origin Year, month, day and DTG: nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ DTG: 20040925/
time in UTC of issue 1600Z
3 Name of TCAC Name of TCAC TCAC: nnnn or nnnnnnnnnn TCAC: YUFO
(location indicator or full TCAC: MIAMI
name)
4 Name of tropical Name of tropical cy- TC: nnnnnnnnnnnn or NN TC: GLORIA
cyclone clone or ‘NN’ for un-
named tropical cyclone
5 Advisory number Advisory number (start- NR: nn NR: 01
ing with ‘01’ for each
tropical cyclone)
6 Position of the Position of the centre of PSN: Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] PSN: N2706 W07306
centre the tropical cyclone (in Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]
degrees and minutes)L 104/166 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
7 Direction and Direction and speed of MOV: N nnKMH (or KT) or MOV: NW 20KMH
speed of move- movement given in 16 NNE nnKMH (or KT) or
ment compass points and NE nnKMH (or KT) or
km/h (or kt), respec- ENE nnKMH (or KT) or
tively, or moving slowly E nnKMH (or KT) or
(< 6 km/h (3 kt)) or sta- ESE nnKMH (or KT) or
tionary (< 2 km/h (1 kt)) SE nnKMH (or KT) or
SSE nnKMH (or KT) or
S nnKMH (or KT) or
SSW nnKMH (or KT)
or
SW nnKMH (or KT) or
WSW nnKMH (or KT)
or
W nnKMH (or KT) or
WNW nnKMH (or KT)
or
NW nnKMH (or KT) or
NNW nnKMH (or KT)
or
SLW or
STNR
8 Central pressure Central pressure (in C: nnnHPA C: 965HPA
hPa)
9 Maximum surface Maximum surface wind MAX WIND: nn[n]MPS MAX WIND: 22MPS
wind near the centre (mean (or nn[n]KT)
surface wind over 10
minutes, in m/s (or kt))
10 Forecast of centre Day and time (in UTC) (6 FCST PSN +6 nn/nnnnZ FCST PSN 25/2200Z
position hours from the DTG gi- HR: Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] +6 HR: N2748 W07350
(+ 6 HR) ven in Item 2); Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]
forecast position (in de-
grees and minutes) of
the centre of the tropical
cyclone
11 Forecast of maxi- Forecast of maximum FCST MAX nn[n]MPS FCST MAX 22MPS
mum surface wind surface wind (6 hours WIND +6 HR: (or nn[n]KT) WIND +6 HR:
(+ 6 HR) after the DTG given in
Item 2)3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/167
Element Detailed content Template(s) Examples
12 Forecast of centre Day and time (in UTC) FCST PSN +12 nn/nnnnZ FCST PSN 26/0400Z
position (12 hours from the DTG HR: Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] +12 HR: N2830 W07430
(+ 12 HR) given in Item 2); Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]
forecast position (in de-
grees and minutes) of
the centre of the tropical
cyclone
13 Forecast of maxi- Forecast of maximum FCST MAX nn[n]MPS FCST MAX 22MPS
mum surface wind surface wind (12 hours WIND (or nn[n]KT) WIND
(+ 12 HR) after the DTG given in +12 HR: +12 HR:
Item 2)
14 Forecast of centre Day and time (in UTC) FCST PSN +18 nn/nnnnZ FCST PSN 26/1000Z
position (18 hours from the DTG HR: Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] +18 HR: N2852 W07500
(+ 18 HR) given in Item 2); Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]
forecast position (in de-
grees and minutes) of
the centre of the tropical
cyclone
15 Forecast of maxi- Forecast of maximum FCST MAX nn[n]MPS FCST MAX 21MPS
mum surface wind surface wind (18 hours WIND (or nn[n]KT) WIND
(+ 18 HR) after the DTG given in +18 HR: +18 HR:
Item 2)
16 Forecast of centre Day and time (in UTC) FCST PSN +24 nn/nnnnZ FCST PSN 26/1600Z
position (24 hours a day and se- HR: Nnn[nn] or Snn[nn] +24 HR: N2912 W07530
(+ 24 HR) ven days a week from Wnnn[nn] or Ennn[nn]
the DTG given in Item 2);
forecast position (in de-
grees and minutes) of
the centre of the tropical
cyclone
17 Forecast of maxi- Forecast of maximum FCST MAX nn[n]MPS FCST MAX 20MPS
mum surface wind surface wind (24 hours a WIND (or nn[n]KT) WIND
(+ 24 HR) day and seven days a +24 HR: +24 HR:
week after the DTG gi-
ven in Item 2)
18 Remarks Remarks, as necessary RMK: Free text up to 256 RMK: NIL
characters
or
NIL
19 Expected time of Expected year, month, NXT MSG: [BFR] NXT MSG: 20040925/
issuance of next day and time (in UTC) of nnnnnnnn/nnnnZ 2000Z
advisory issuance of next advi- or
sory NO MSG EXPL 104/168 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Appendix 8
Ranges and resolutions for the numerical elements included in volcanic ash advisory, tropical cyclone
advisory, SIGMET, AIRMET, aerodrome warning and wind shear warning
Elements Range Resolution
Summit elevation: M 000–8 100 1
FT 000–27 000 1
Advisory number: for VA (index) (1) 000–2 000 1
for TC (index) (1) 00–99 1
Maximum surface wind: MPS 00–99 1
KT 00–199 1
Central pressure: hPa 850–1 050 1
Surface wind speed: MPS 15–49 1
KT 30–99 1
Surface visibility: M 0000–0750 50
M 0800–5 000 100
Cloud: height of base: M 000–300 30
FT 000–1 000 100
Cloud: height of top: M 000–2 970 30
M 3 000–20 000 300
FT 000–9 900 100
FT 10 000–60 000 1 000
Latitudes: ° (degrees) 00–90 1
(minutes) 00–60 1
Longitudes: ° (degrees) 000–180 1
(minutes) 00–60 1
Flight levels: 000–650 10
Movement: KMH 0–300 10
KT 0–150 5
(1) Non-dimensional.;
’3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/169
(6) Annex VI is replaced by the following:
‘ANNEX VI
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION SERVICES
(Part-AIS)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
SERVICES (AIS.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
AIS.OR.100 Aeronautical information management
An aeronautical information services (AIS) provider shall establish information management resources and processes
that are adequate to ensure the timely collection, processing, storing, integration, exchange and delivery of quality-
assured aeronautical data and aeronautical information within the ATM system.
AIS.OR.105 Responsibilities of aeronautical information services (AIS) providers
An AIS provider shall ensure the provision of aeronautical data and aeronautical information necessary for the safety,
regularity and efficiency of air navigation.
An AIS provider shall receive, collate or assemble, edit, format, publish, store and distribute aeronautical data and
aeronautical information concerning the entire territory of a Member State as well as those areas over the high seas in
which the Member State is responsible for the provision of air traffic services.
An AIS provider shall ensure that aeronautical data and aeronautical information are available for:
(1) personnel involved in flight operations, including flight crews, flight planning, and flight simulators;
(2) ATS providers responsible for flight information service, and
(3) the services responsible for pre-flight information.
An AIS provider shall provide 24-hour services for NOTAM origination and issuance in its area of responsibility and
for pre-flight information needed in relation to route stages originating at the aerodrome/heliport in its area of
responsibility.
An AIS provider shall make available to other AIS providers aeronautical data and aeronautical information required by
them.
An AIS provider shall ensure that procedures are in place to assess and mitigate safety risks to aviation arising from data
and information errors.
An AIS provider shall clearly indicate that aeronautical data and aeronautical information provided for and on behalf of
a Member State are provided under the authority of that Member State, irrespective of the format in which it is
provided.
SECTION 2 – DATA QUALITY MANAGEMENT
AIS.OR.200 General
An AIS provider shall ensure that:
(a) aeronautical data and aeronautical information are provided in accordance with the specifications laid down in the
aeronautical data catalogue, specified in Appendix 1 to Annex III (Part-ATM/ANS.OR);
(b) data quality is maintained; and
(c) automation is applied to enable the processing and exchange of digital aeronautical data.L 104/170 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
AIS.OR.205 Formal arrangements
An AIS provider shall ensure that formal arrangements are established with:
(a) all parties transmitting data to them; and
(b) other AIS providers, when exchanging aeronautical data and aeronautical information with them.
AIS.OR.210 Exchange of aeronautical data and aeronautical information
An AIS provider shall ensure that:
(a) the format of aeronautical data is based on an aeronautical information exchange model designed to be globally
interoperable; and
(b) aeronautical data is exchanged through electronic means.
AIS.OR.215 Tools and software
An AIS provider shall ensure that tools and software used to support or automate aeronautical data and aeronautical
information processes perform their functions without adversely impacting on the quality of aeronautical data and
aeronautical information.
AIS.OR.220 Validation and verification
An AIS provider shall ensure that verification and validation techniques are employed so that the aeronautical data
meets the associated data quality requirements (DQRs) specified in point AIS.TR.200.
AIS.OR.225 Metadata
An AIS provider shall collect and preserve metadata.
AIS.OR.230 Data error detection and authentication
An AIS provider shall ensure that:
(a) digital data error detection techniques are used during the transmission and/or storage of aeronautical data in order
to support the applicable data integrity levels specified in point AIS.TR.200(c); and
(b) the transfer of aeronautical data is subject to a suitable authentication process such that recipients are able to
confirm that the data or information has been transmitted by an authorised source.
AIS.OR.235 Error reporting, error measurement, and corrective actions
An AIS provider shall ensure that error reporting, error measurement and corrective action mechanisms are established
and maintained.
AIS.OR.240 Data limitations
An AIS provider shall identify, in the aeronautical information products, except for NOTAM, the aeronautical data and
aeronautical information that do not meet the DQRs.
AIS.OR.250 Consistency requirement
Where aeronautical data or aeronautical information is duplicated in the AIP of more than one Member State, the AIS
providers responsible for those AIPs shall establish mechanisms to ensure consistency between the duplicated
information.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/171
SECTION 3 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS
AIS.OR.300 General – Aeronautical information products
When providing aeronautical data and aeronautical information in multiple formats, an AIS provider shall ensure that
processes are implemented for data and information consistency between those formats.
Chapter 1 – Aeronautical information in a standardised presentation
AIS.OR.305 Aeronautical information publication (AIP)
An AIS provider shall issue an AIP.
AIS.OR.310 AIP amendments
An AIS provider shall:
(a) issue permanent changes to the AIP as AIP amendments; and
(b) ensure that the AIP is amended or reissued at such regular intervals as necessary to ensure that the information is
complete and up to date.
AIS.OR.315 AIP supplements
An AIS provider shall:
(a) issue, as AIP supplements, temporary changes of long duration – three months or longer – and information of
short duration which contains extensive text and/or graphics;
(b) regularly provide a checklist of the valid AIP supplements; and
(c) publish a new AIP supplement as a replacement when an error occurs in an AIP supplement or when the period of
validity of an AIP supplement is changed.
AIS.OR.320 Aeronautical information circular (AIC)
An AIS provider shall issue as an AIC any of the following:
(a) a long-term forecast of any major change in legislation, regulations, procedures or facilities;
(b) information of a purely explanatory or advisory nature which affects flight safety;
(c) information or notification of an explanatory or advisory nature, concerning technical, legislative or purely
administrative matters.
An AIS provider shall review at least once a year the validity of an AIC in force.
AIS.OR.325 Aeronautical charts
An AIS provider shall ensure that the following aeronautical charts, where made available:
(a) form part of the AIP or are provided separately to recipients of the AIP:
(1) aerodrome obstacle chart – Type A;
(2) aerodrome/heliport chart;
(3) aerodrome ground movement chart;
(4) aircraft parking/docking chart;
(5) precision approach terrain chart;
(6) ATC surveillance minimum altitude chart;
(7) area chart;L 104/172 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(8) standard arrival chart – instrument (STAR);
(9) standard departure chart – instrument (SID);
(10) instrument approach chart;
(11) visual approach chart; and
(12) en-route chart; and
(b) are provided as part of the aeronautical information products:
(1) aerodrome obstacle chart – Type B;
(2) world aeronautical chart 1:1 000 000;
(3) world aeronautical chart 1:500 000;
(4) aeronautical-navigation chart – small scale; and
(5) plotting chart.
AIS.OR.330 NOTAM
An AIS provider shall:
(a) promptly issue a NOTAM whenever the information to be distributed is of a temporary nature and of short
duration or when operationally significant permanent changes, or temporary changes of long duration, are made
at short notice, except for extensive text and/or graphics; and
(b) issue, as a NOTAM, information on the establishment, condition, or change of any aeronautical facility, service,
procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel involved with flight operations;
Compliance with point AIS.OR.200 shall not inhibit the urgent distribution of aeronautical information necessary to
ensure the safety of flight.
Chapter 2 – Digital data sets
AIS.OR.335 General – Digital data sets
If available, an AIS provider shall ensure that digital data is in the form of the following data sets:
(1) AIP data set;
(2) terrain data set;
(3) obstacle data sets;
(4) aerodrome mapping data sets; and
(5) instrument flight procedure data sets.
When made available, terrain data shall be provided in the form of terrain data sets.
A checklist of valid data sets shall be regularly provided.
AIS.OR.340 Metadata requirements
Each data set shall include a minimum set of metadata to be provided to the next user.
AIS.OR.345 AIP data set
An AIS provider shall ensure that the AIP data set, if available, contains the digital representation of aeronautical
information of lasting character, including permanent information and long-duration temporary changes.
AIS.OR.350 Terrain and obstacle data – General requirements
An AIS provider shall ensure that terrain and obstacle data, if available, are provided in accordance with point AIS.
TR.350.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/173
AIS.OR.355 Terrain data sets
An AIS provider shall ensure that terrain data, if available, is provided:
(a) for Area 1, as laid down in point AIS.TR.350; and
(b) for aerodromes to cover:
(1) Area 2a or parts thereof, as laid down in point AIS.TR.350(b)(1);
(2) Areas 2b, 2c and 2d or parts thereof, as laid down in points AIS.TR.350(b)(2), (3) and (4), for terrain:
(i) within 10 km from the aerodrome reference point (ARP); and
(ii) beyond 10 km from the ARP if the terrain penetrates the horizontal plane 120 m above the lowest runway
elevation;
(3) the take-off flight path area or parts thereof;
(4) an area, or parts thereof, bounded by the lateral extent of the aerodrome obstacle limitation surfaces;
(5) Area 3 or parts thereof, as laid down in point AIS.TR.350(c), for terrain that extends 0.5 m above the
horizontal plane, passing through the nearest point on the aerodrome movement area; and
(6) Area 4 or parts thereof, as laid down in point AIS.TR.350(d), for all runways where precision approach
Category II or III operations have been established and where detailed terrain information is required by
operators to enable them to assess the effect of terrain on decision height determination by use of radio
altimeters.
AIS.OR.360 Obstacle data sets
An AIS provider shall ensure that obstacle data, if available, is provided:
(a) for obstacles in Area 1 whose height is 100 m or higher above ground;
(b) for aerodromes, for all obstacles within Area 2 that are assessed as being a hazard to air navigation; and
(c) for aerodromes, to cover:
(1) Area 2a or parts thereof, for those obstacles that penetrate the relevant obstacle data collection surface;
(2) objects in the take-off flight path area or parts thereof, which project above a plane surface having a 1,2 %
slope and having a common origin with the take-off flight path area;
(3) penetrations of the aerodrome obstacle limitation surfaces or parts thereof;
(4) Areas 2b, 2c and 2d, for obstacles that penetrate the relevant obstacle data collection surfaces;
(5) Area 3 or parts thereof, for obstacles that penetrate the relevant obstacle data collection surface; and
(6) Area 4 or parts thereof, for all runways where precision approach Category II or III operations have been
established.
AIS.OR.365 Aerodrome mapping data sets
An AIS provider shall ensure that aerodrome mapping data sets, if available, are provided in accordance with point AIS.
TR.365.
AIS.OR.370 Instrument flight procedure data sets
An AIS provider shall ensure that instrument flight procedure data sets, if available, are provided in accordance with
point AIS.TR.370.L 104/174 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
SECTION 4 – DISTRIBUTION AND PRE-FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICES
AIS.OR.400 Distribution services
An AIS provider shall:
(a) distribute available aeronautical information products to those users who request them;
(b) make available the AIP, AIP amendments, AIP supplements, NOTAM and AIC by the most expeditious means;
(c) ensure that NOTAM are distributed through the aeronautical fixed service (AFS), whenever practicable;
(d) ensure that international exchange of NOTAM takes place only as mutually agreed between the international
NOTAM offices and multinational NOTAM processing units concerned; and
(e) arrange, as necessary, the issuance and receipt of NOTAM distributed by telecommunication to satisfy operational
requirements.
AIS.OR.405 Pre-flight information services
An AIS provider shall ensure that:
(a) for any aerodrome/heliport, aeronautical information relative to the route stages originating at the
aerodrome/heliport is made available to flight operations personnel, including flight crew and services responsible
for pre-flight information; and
(b) aeronautical information provided for pre-flight planning purposes includes information of operational
significance from the elements of the aeronautical information products.
SECTION 5 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS UPDATES
AIS.OR.500 General – Aeronautical information products updates
An AIS provider shall ensure that aeronautical data and aeronautical information are amended or reissued to keep them
up to date.
AIS.OR.505 Aeronautical information regulation and control (AIRAC)
An AIS provider shall ensure that information concerning the circumstances listed in point AIS.TR.505(a) is distributed
under the AIRAC system.
An AIS provider shall ensure that:
(1) the information notified under the AIRAC system is not changed further for at least another 28 days after the
AIRAC effective date unless the circumstance notified is of a temporary nature and would not persist for the full
period;
(2) the information provided under the AIRAC system is distributed/made available so as to reach recipients at least 28
days in advance of the AIRAC effective date; and
(3) implementation dates other than the AIRAC effective dates are not used for pre-planned operationally significant
changes requiring cartographic work and/or for updating of navigation databases.
AIS.OR.510 NOTAM
An AIS provider shall:
(a) ensure that NOTAM are provided in accordance with point AIS.TR.510; and
(b) provide a ‘trigger NOTAM’, as laid down in point AIS.TR.510(f), when an AIP amendment or an AIP supplement is
published in accordance with AIRAC procedures.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/175
AIS.OR.515 Data set updates
An AIS provider shall:
(a) amend or reissue data sets at such regular intervals as may be necessary to keep them up to date; and
(b) issue permanent changes and temporary changes of long duration – three months or longer – made available as
digital data in the form of a complete data set and/or a subset that includes only the differences from the
previously issued complete data set.
SECTION 6 – PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
AIS.OR.600 General requirements
In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.B.005(a)(6) of Annex III, the AIS provider shall ensure that personnel responsible for
the provision of aeronautical data and aeronautical information is:
(a) made aware of and applies the following:
(1) the requirements on aeronautical information products and services, as specified in Sections 2 to 5;
(2) the update cycles applicable to the issuing of AIP amendments and AIP supplements for the areas for which
they provide aeronautical data or aeronautical information;
(b) adequately trained, competent and authorised for the job they are required to do.
SUBPART B – ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
SERVICES (AIS.TR)
SECTION 2 – DATA QUALITY MANAGEMENT
AIS.TR.200 General
(a) The accuracy of aeronautical data shall be as specified in the aeronautical data catalogue (‘data catalogue’), specified
in Appendix 1 to Annex III (Part-ATM/ANS.OR).
(b) The resolution of aeronautical data shall be commensurate with the actual data accuracy.
(c) The integrity of aeronautical data shall be maintained. Based on the integrity classification specified in the data
catalogue, procedures shall be put in place so that:
(1) for routine data, corruption is avoided throughout the processing of the data;
(2) for essential data, corruption does not occur at any stage of the entire process and additional processes are
included, as needed, to address potential risks in the overall system architecture to further assure data integrity
at this level;
(3) for critical data, corruption does not occur at any stage of the entire process and additional integrity assurance
processes are included to fully mitigate the effects of faults identified by thorough analysis of the overall system
architecture as potential data integrity risks.
(d) The traceability of aeronautical data shall be ensured.
(e) The timeliness of the aeronautical data shall be ensured, including any limits on the effective period of the data.
(f) The completeness of the aeronautical data shall be ensured.
(g) The format of delivered data shall be adequate to ensure that the data is interpreted in a manner that is consistent
with its intended use.
AIS.TR.210 Exchange of aeronautical data and aeronautical information
Except for terrain data, the exchange format of aeronautical data shall:
(a) enable the exchange of data for both individual features and feature collections;L 104/176 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(b) enable the exchange of baseline information as a result of permanent changes;
(c) be structured in accordance with the subjects and properties of the aeronautical data catalogue, and be documented
through a mapping between the exchange format and the aeronautical data catalogue.
AIS.TR.220 Verification
(a) The verification shall ensure that:
(1) the aeronautical data was received without corruption;
(2) the aeronautical data process does not introduce corruption.
(b) Aeronautical data and aeronautical information entered manually shall be subject to independent verification to
identify any errors that may have been introduced.
AIS.TR.225 Metadata
The metadata to be collected shall include, as a minimum:
(a) the identification of the organisations or entities performing any action of originating, transmitting or
manipulating the aeronautical data;
(b) the action performed;
(c) the date and time the action was performed.
AIS.TR.235 Error reporting, error measurement and corrective actions
The error reporting, error measurement and corrective mechanisms shall ensure that:
(a) problems identified during origination, production, storage, handling and processing, or those reported by users
after publication, are recorded;
(b) all problems reported in relation to the aeronautical data and aeronautical information are analysed by the AIS
provider and the necessary corrective actions are performed;
(c) priority is given to resolution of all errors, inconsistencies and anomalies detected in critical and essential
aeronautical data;
(d) affected users are warned of errors by the most effective means, taking into account the integrity level of the
aeronautical data and aeronautical information;
(e) error feedback is facilitated and encouraged.
AIS.TR.240 Data limitations
The identification of data not meeting the DQRs shall be made with an annotation or by explicitly providing the quality
value.
SECTION 3 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS
AIS.TR.300 General – Aeronautical information products
(a) Aeronautical information products intended for distribution shall include English text for those parts expressed in
plain language, except those products intended to be distributed solely within a Member State.
(b) Place names shall be spelt in conformity with local usage and transliterated, when necessary, into the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) basic Latin alphabet.
(c) International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) abbreviations shall be used in the aeronautical information
products whenever they are appropriate.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/177
Chapter 1 – Aeronautical information in a standardised presentation
AIS.TR.305 Aeronautical information publication (AIP)
(a) The AIP, AIP amendments and AIP supplements shall be provided as an ‘electronic AIP’ (eAIP).The eAIP shall allow
for displaying on computer screen and printing on paper. In addition, the AIP, AIP amendments and AIP
supplements may also be provided on paper.
(b) The AIP shall include:
(1) a statement of the competent authority responsible for the air navigation facilities, services or procedures
covered by the AIP;
(2) the general conditions under which the services or facilities are available for use;
(3) a list of significant differences between the regulations and practices of the Member State and the related ICAO
Standards and Recommended Practices (SAPRs) and Procedures;
(4) the choice made by a Member State in each significant case where an alternative course of action is provided
for in the ICAO SARPs and procedures.
(c) The AIP shall contain information related to, and arranged under, the subject headings listed in Appendix 1.
(d) The issuing Member State and AIS provider shall be clearly indicated.
(e) When two or more Member States jointly provide an AIP, they shall be clearly indicated.
(f) Each AIP shall be self-contained and include a table of contents.
(g) An AIP shall be organised in three parts (GEN, ENR and AD), sections and subsections, except when the AIP, or a
volume of the AIP, is designed to facilitate operational use in- flight, in which case the precise format and
arrangement may be left to the discretion of the Member State provided that an adequate table of contents is
included.
(h) Each AIP shall be dated.
(i) The date, consisting of the day, month (by name), and year, shall be the publication date and/or the effective date
(AIRAC) of the information.
(j) When describing periods of activity, availability or operation, the applicable days and times shall be specified.
(k) Each AIP issued as a printed volume and each page of an AIP issued in a loose-leaf form shall be annotated to
clearly indicate:
(1) the identity of the AIP;
(2) the territory covered and its subdivisions, when necessary;
(3) the identification of the issuing Member State and producing organisation (authority); and
(4) page numbers/chart titles.
(l) Any amendment to the printed volume of the AIP shall be made using replacement sheets.
AIS.TR.310 AIP amendments
(a) Any operationally significant changes to the AIP, in accordance with point AIS.OR.505, shall be issued under
AIRAC and clearly identified as such.
(b) Each AIP amendment shall be allocated a serial number, which shall be consecutive.
(c) When an AIP amendment is issued, it shall include references to the serial number of the NOTAM which have been
incorporated into the amendment.
(d) The most current update cycles applicable to AIP amendments shall be made publicly available.
(e) Recourse to hand amendments/annotations shall be kept to a minimum; the normal method of amendment shall
be by reissuing or by replacement of pages.L 104/178 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(f) Each AIP amendment shall:
(1) include a checklist with the current dates and numbers of each loose-leaf page in the AIP; and
(2) provide a recapitulation of any outstanding hand amendments.
(g) New or revised information shall be identified by an annotation against it in the margin.
(h) Each AIP amendment page, including the cover sheet, shall contain a publication date and, when applicable, an
effective date.
(i) The regular intervals between the AIP amendments shall be specified in Part 1 – General (GEN) of the AIP.
AIS.TR.315 AIP supplements
(a) The AIP supplement issued in printed form shall be provided by means of distinctive pages.
(b) The most current update cycles applicable to AIP supplements shall be made publicly available.
(c) Each AIP supplement shall be allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based on the calendar year.
(d) Whenever an AIP supplement is issued as a replacement of a NOTAM, a reference to the series and number of the
NOTAM shall be included.
(e) A checklist of valid AIP supplements shall be issued at intervals of not more than one month, as part of the
checklist of NOTAM and also with distribution as for the AIP supplements.
(f) Each AIP supplement page shall have a publication date. Each AIRAC AIP supplement page shall have both a
publication and an effective date.
AIS.TR.320 Aeronautical information circular (AIC)
(a) The AIC shall be provided as an electronic document.
(b) The AIC shall be provided whenever it is desirable to promulgate:
(1) forecasts of important changes in the air navigation procedures, services and facilities;
(2) forecasts of implementation of new navigational systems;
(3) significant information derived from aircraft accident/incident investigation which has a bearing on flight
safety;
(4) information on regulations related to the safeguarding of civil aviation against acts of unlawful interference
that jeopardise the security of civil aviation;
(5) advice on medical matters of special interest to pilots;
(6) warnings to pilots concerning the avoidance of physical hazards;
(7) information on the effect of certain weather phenomena on aircraft operations;
(8) information on new hazards affecting aircraft handling techniques;
(9) information on regulations related to the carriage of restricted articles by air;
(10) references to the requirements of national and EU legislation and to the publication of changes therein;
(11) information on aircrew licensing arrangements;
(12) information on training of aviation personnel;
(13) information on the implementation of, or exemption from, requirements in national and EU legislation;
(14) advice on the use and maintenance of specific types of equipment;
(15) the actual or planned availability of new or revised editions of aeronautical charts;
(16) information on the carriage of communication equipment;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/179
(17) explanatory information related to noise abatement;
(18) selected airworthiness directives;
(19) information on changes in NOTAM series or distribution, new editions of AIP or major changes in their
content, coverage or format;
(20) advance information on the snow plan; and
(21) other information of a similar nature.
(c) The AIC shall not be used for information that qualifies for inclusion in AIP or NOTAM.
(d) The snow plan issued in accordance with point AD 1.2.2 of the AIP shall be supplemented by seasonal information
to be issued as an AIC well in advance of the beginning of each winter – not less than one month before the normal
onset of winter conditions.
(e) When the AIC is selected by the originating Member State for distribution beyond its territory, it shall have the
same distribution as the AIP.
(f) Each AIC shall be allocated a serial number which shall be consecutive and based on the calendar year.
(g) In the event that an AIC is provided in more than one series, each series shall be separately identified by a letter.
(h) A checklist of AIC currently in force shall be issued at least once a year, with distribution as for the AIC.
(i) A checklist of AIC provided beyond the territory of a Member State shall be included in the NOTAM checklist.
AIS.TR.330 NOTAM
(a) A NOTAM shall be issued when it is necessary to provide the following information:
(1) establishment of, closure of, or significant changes in the operation of aerodromes or heliports or runways;
(2) establishment of, withdrawal of, and significant changes in, the operation of aeronautical services;
(3) establishment of, withdrawal of, and significant changes in, the operational capability of radio navigation
and air-ground communication services;
(4) unavailability of backup and secondary systems, having a direct operational impact;
(5) establishment of, withdrawal of, or significant changes to, visual aids;
(6) interruption of, or return to operation of, major components of aerodrome lighting systems;
(7) establishment of, withdrawal of, or significant changes to, procedures for air navigation services;
(8) occurrence or correction of major defects or impediments in the manoeuvring area;
(9) changes to, and limitations on, the availability of fuel, oil and oxygen;
(10) major changes to search and rescue (SAR) facilities and services available;
(11) establishment of, withdrawal of, or return to, operation of hazard beacons marking obstacles to air
navigation;
(12) changes in regulations applicable in the Member State(s) concerned that require immediate action from an
operational perspective;
(13) operational directives requiring immediate action or changes thereto;
(14) presence of hazards that affect air navigation;
(15) planned laser emissions, laser displays and search lights if pilots’ night vision is likely to be impaired;
(16) erecting or removal of, or changes to, obstacles to air navigation in the take-off/climb, missed approach,
approach areas as well as on the runway strip;
(17) establishment or discontinuance of, including activation or deactivation, as applicable, or changes in, the
status of prohibited, restricted or danger areas;L 104/180 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(18) establishment or discontinuance of areas or routes, or portions thereof, where the possibility of interception
exists and where the maintenance of guard on the very high frequency (VHF) emergency frequency 121.500
MHz is required;
(19) allocation, cancellation or change of location indicators;
(20) changes in aerodrome/heliport rescue and firefighting (RFF) category;
(21) presence of, removal of, or significant changes in, hazardous conditions due to snow, slush, ice, radioactive
material, toxic chemicals, volcanic ash deposition or water on the movement area;
(22) outbreaks of epidemics necessitating changes in notified requirements for inoculations and quarantine
measures;
(23) forecasts of solar cosmic radiation, where provided;
(24) an operationally significant change in volcanic activity, the location, date and time of volcanic eruptions
and/or the horizontal and vertical extent of a volcanic ash cloud, including direction of movement, flight
levels and routes or portions of routes that could be affected;
(25) (release into the atmosphere of radioactive materials or toxic chemicals following a nuclear or chemical
incident, the location, date and time of the incident, the flight levels and routes, or portions thereof, that
could be affected, as well as the direction of movement;
(26) establishment of operations of humanitarian relief missions, together with procedures and/or limitations
that affect air navigation;
(27) implementation of short-term contingency measures in cases of disruption, or partial disruption, of ATS and
related supporting services;
(28) specific loss of integrity of satellite-based navigation systems.
(29) unavailability of a runway due to runway marking works or, if the equipment used for those works can be
removed, a time lag required for making the runway available.’
(b) A NOTAM shall not be issued to provide any of the following information:
(1) routine maintenance work on aprons and taxiways that does not affect the safe movement of aircraft;
(2) temporary obstructions in the vicinity of aerodromes/heliports that do not affect the safe operation of
aircraft;
(3) partial failure of aerodrome/heliport lighting facilities where such failure does not directly affect aircraft
operations;
(4) partial temporary failure of air-ground communications when suitable alternative frequencies are available
and are operative;
(5) lack of apron marshalling services, road traffic closures, limitations and control;
(6) the unserviceability of location, destination or other instruction signs on the aerodrome movement area;
(7) parachuting when in uncontrolled airspace under visual flight rules (VFR), nor when in controlled airspace at
promulgated sites or within danger or prohibited areas;
(8) training activities performed by ground units;
(9) unavailability of backup and secondary systems if these do not have an operational impact;
(10) limitations to airport facilities or general services, with no operational impact;
(11) national regulations not affecting general aviation;
(12) announcements or warnings about possible/potential limitations, with no operational impact;
(13) general reminders on already published information;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/181
(14) availability of equipment for ground units, without information on the operational impact on airspace and
facility users;
(15) information about laser emissions with no operational impact and about fireworks below the minimum
flying heights;
(16) closure of parts of the movement area in connection with locally coordinated, planned work of duration of
less than one hour;
(17) closure, changes, unavailability in the operation of aerodrome(s)/heliport(s) other than in the aerodrome(s)/
heliport(s) operation hours; and
(18) other non-operational information of a similar temporary nature.
(c) Except as provided for in points AIS.TR.330(f) and AIS.TR.330(g), each NOTAM shall contain the information in
the order shown in the NOTAM format of Appendix 2.
(d) NOTAM text shall be composed of the significations/uniform abbreviated phraseology assigned to the ICAO
NOTAM Code, complemented by ICAO abbreviations, indicators, identifiers, designators, call signs, frequencies,
figures and plain language.
(e) All NOTAM shall be issued in English language. If necessary for domestic users, NOTAM may additionally be
issued in national language.
(f) Information concerning snow, slush, ice, frost, standing water or water associated with snow, slush, ice or frost on
the movement area shall be disseminated by means of SNOWTAM and shall contain the information in the order
shown in the SNOWTAM format of Appendix 3a.
(g) Information concerning an operationally significant change to volcanic activity, volcanic eruption and/or volcanic
ash cloud shall, when reported by means of an ASHTAM, contain the information in the order shown in the
ASHTAM format of Appendix 4.
(h) When errors occur in a NOTAM, a NOTAM with a new number shall be issued to replace the erroneous NOTAM
or the erroneous NOTAM shall be cancelled and a new NOTAM shall be issued.
(i) When a NOTAM is issued that cancels or replaces a previous NOTAM:
(1) the series and number/year of the previous NOTAM shall be indicated;
(2) the series, location indicator and subject of both NOTAM shall be the same.
(j) Only one NOTAM shall be cancelled or replaced by a NOTAM.
(k) Each NOTAM shall deal with only one subject and one condition of the subject.
(l) Each NOTAM shall be as brief as possible and compiled so that its meaning is clear without the need to refer to
another document.
(m) A NOTAM containing permanent or temporary information of long duration shall include appropriate references
to the AIP or AIP supplement.
(n) Location indicators included in the text of a NOTAM shall be those contained in ICAO Doc 7910 ‘Location
Indicators’. A curtailed form of such indicators shall not be used. Where no ICAO location indicator is assigned to
the location, its place name shall be entered in plain language.
(o) A series identified by a letter and a four-digit number followed by a stroke and a two-digit number for the year
shall be allocated to each NOTAM. The four-digit number shall be consecutive and based on the calendar year.
(p) All NOTAM shall be divided in series based on subject, traffic or location or a combination thereof, depending on
end-user needs. NOTAM for aerodromes allowing international air traffic shall be issued in international NOTAM
series.
(q) If NOTAM are issued in both English and national language, the NOTAM series shall be organised so that the
national language series are equivalent to the English language series in terms of content and numbering.
(r) The content and geographical coverage of each NOTAM series shall be stated in detail in the AIP, in point GEN 3.L 104/182 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(s) A checklist of valid NOTAM shall be regularly provided.
(t) One checklist NOTAM shall be issued for each series.
(u) A checklist NOTAM shall also refer to the latest AIP amendments, AIP supplements, data sets and, at least, to
distributed AIC.
(v) A checklist NOTAM shall have the same distribution as the actual message series to which it refers and shall be
clearly identified as a checklist.
(w) Series allocation shall be monitored and, if required, appropriate measures shall be taken to assure that no series
reaches the maximum possible number of issued NOTAM before the end of a calendar year.
Chapter 2 – Digital data sets
AIS.TR.335 General— Digital data sets
(a) A standard for geographic information shall be used as a reference framework.
(b) A description of each available data set shall be provided in the form of a data product specification.
(c) A checklist of the available data sets, including their effective and publication dates, shall be made available to users
to ensure that current data is being used.
(d) The checklist of data sets shall be made available through the same distribution mechanism as the one used for the
data sets.
AIS.TR.340 Metadata requirements
The minimum metadata for each data set shall include:
(a) the name of the organisations or entities providing the data set;
(b) the date and time when the data set was provided;
(c) the validity of the data set; and
(d) any limitations on the use of the data set.
AIS.TR.345 AIP data set
(a) The AIP data set shall include data about the following subjects, including the properties indicated, if applicable:
Data subjects Associated properties as a minimum
ATS airspace Type, name, lateral limits, vertical limits, class of airspace
Special activity airspace Type, name, lateral limits, vertical limits, restriction, activation
Route Identifier prefix, flight rules, designator
Route segment Navigation specification, start point, end point, track, distance, upper limit,
lower limit, minimum en-route altitude (MEA), minimum obstacle clearance
altitude (MOCA), direction of cruising level, reverse direction of cruising
level, required navigation performance
Waypoint – en-route Reporting requirement, identification, location, formation
Aerodrome/heliport Location indicator, name, International Air Transport Association (IATA)
designator, served city, certification date, certification expiration date, if
applicable, control type, field elevation, reference temperature, magnetic
variation, airport reference point3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/183
Data subjects Associated properties as a minimum
Runway Designator, nominal length, nominal width, surface type, strength
Runway direction Designator, true bearing, threshold, take-off run available (TORA), take-off
distance available (TODA), accelerate-stop distance available (ASDA),
landing distance available (LDA), rejected TODA (for helicopters)
Final approach and take-off area (FATO) Designation, length, width, threshold point
Touchdown and lift-off area (TLOF) Designator, centre point, length, width, surface type
Radio navigation aid Type identification, name, aerodrome served, hours of operation, magnetic
variation, frequency/channel, position, elevation, magnetic bearing, true
bearing, zero bearing direction
(b) When a property is not defined for a particular occurrence of the subjects listed in (a), the AIP data subset shall
include an explicit indication: ‘not applicable’.
AIS.TR.350 Terrain and obstacle data – General requirements
The coverage areas for sets of terrain and obstacle data shall be specified as:
(a) Area 1: the entire territory of a Member State;
(b) Area 2: within the vicinity of an aerodrome, subdivided as follows:
(1) Area 2a: a rectangular area around a runway which comprises the runway strip plus any clearway that exists;
(2) Area 2b: an area extending from the ends of Area 2a in the direction of departure, with a length of 10 km and a
splay of 15 % to each side;
(3) Area 2c: an area extending outside Areas 2a and 2b at a distance of not more than 10 km from the boundary of
Area 2a; and
(4) Area 2d: an area outside Areas 2a, 2b and 2c up to a distance of 45 km from the aerodrome reference point, or
to an existing terminal manoeuvring area (TMA) boundary, whichever is nearer;
(c) Area 3: the area bordering an aerodrome movement area which extends horizontally from the edge of a runway to
90 m from the runway centre line and 50 m from the edge of all other parts of the aerodrome movement area; and
(d) Area 4: the area extending 900 m prior to the runway threshold and 60 m to each side of the extended runway
centre line in the direction of the approach on a precision approach runway, Category II or III.
AIS.TR.355 Terrain data sets
When terrain data sets are provided in accordance with point AIS.OR.355:
(a) terrain data sets shall contain the digital representation of the terrain surface in the form of continuous elevation
values at all intersections of a defined grid, referenced to a common datum;
(b) a terrain grid shall be angular or linear and shall be of a regular or irregular shape;
(c) terrain data sets shall include spatial (position and elevation), thematic, and temporal aspects of the surface of the
Earth, containing naturally occurring features, excluding obstacles;
(d) only one feature type, i.e. terrain, shall be provided;
(e) the following terrain feature attributes shall be recorded in the terrain data set:
(1) area of coverage;
(2) identification of the data originator er;L 104/184 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(3) data source identifier;
(4) acquisition method;
(5) post spacing;
(6) horizontal reference system;
(7) horizontal resolution;
(8) horizontal accuracy;
(9) horizontal confidence level;
(10) horizontal position;
(11) elevation;
(12) elevation reference;
(13) vertical reference system;
(14) vertical resolution;
(15) vertical accuracy;
(16) vertical confidence level;
(17) recorded surface;
(18) integrity;
(19) date and time stamp; and
(20) unit of measurement used;
(f) Within the area covered by a 10-km radius from the ARP, terrain data shall comply with the Area 2 numerical
requirements;
(g) in the area between 10 km and the TMA boundary or a 45-km radius, whichever is smaller, data on terrain that
penetrates the horizontal plane 120 m above the lowest runway elevation shall comply with the Area-2 numerical
requirements;
(h) in the area between 10 km and the TMA boundary or a 45-km radius, whichever is smaller, data on terrain that
does not penetrate the horizontal plane 120 m above the lowest runway elevation shall comply with the Area-1
numerical requirements; and
(i) in those portions of Area 2 where flight operations are prohibited due to very high terrain or other local
restrictions and/or regulations, terrain data shall comply with the Area-1 numerical requirements.
Terrain data collection surfaces – Area 1 and Area 23.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/185
AIS.TR.360 Obstacle data sets
When obstacle data sets are provided in accordance with point AIS.OR.360:
(a) obstacle data items are features that shall be represented in the data sets by points, lines or polygons;
(b) all defined obstacle feature types shall be provided and each of them shall be described according to the following
list of attributes:
(1) area of coverage;
(2) identification of the data originator;
(3) data source identifier;
(4) obstacle identifier;
(5) horizontal accuracy;
(6) horizontal confidence level;
(7) horizontal position;
(8) horizontal resolution;
(9) horizontal extent;
(10) horizontal reference system;
(11) elevation;
(12) vertical accuracy;
(13) vertical confidence level;
(14) vertical resolution;
(15) vertical reference system;
(16) obstacle type;
(17) geometry type;
(18) integrity;
(19) date and time stamp;
(20) unit of measurement used;
(21) lighting; and
(22) marking;
(c) obstacle data for Areas 2 and 3 shall be collected in accordance with the following obstacle collection surfaces:
(1) the Area 2a obstacle collection surface has a height of 3 m above the nearest runway elevation measured along
the runway centre line, and for those portions related to a clearway, if one exists, at the elevation of the nearest
runway end;
(2) the Area 2b obstacle collection surface has a 1,2 % slope extending from the ends of Area 2a at the elevation of
the runway end in the direction of departure, with a length of 10 km and a splay of 15 % to each side; obstacles
less than 3 m in height above the ground need not be collected;
(3) the Area 2c obstacle collection surface has a 1,2 % slope extending outside Areas 2a and 2b at a distance of not
more than 10 km from the boundary of Area 2a; the initial elevation of Area 2c shall be the elevation of the
point of Area 2a at which it commences; obstacles less than 15 m in height above the ground need not be
collected;
(4) the Area 2d obstacle collection surface has a height of 100 m above the ground; and
(5) the Area 3 obstacle collection surface extends 0.5 m above the horizontal plane passing through the nearest
point on the aerodrome movement area;L 104/186 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(d) in those portions of Area 2 where flight operations are prohibited due to very high terrain or other local
restrictions and/or regulations, obstacle data shall be collected and recorded in accordance with the Area 1
numerical requirements;
(e) the obstacle data product specification, supported by geographical coordinates for each aerodrome included within
the dataset, shall describe the following areas:
(1) Areas 2a, 2b, 2c and 2d;
(2) the take-off flight path area; and
(3) the obstacle limitation surfaces;
(f) obstacle data sets shall contain the digital representation of the vertical and horizontal extent of the obstacles; and
(g) obstacles shall not be included in terrain data sets.
Obstacle data collection surfaces – Area 1 and Area 2
AIS.TR.365 Aerodrome mapping data sets
(a) Aerodrome mapping data sets shall contain the digital representation of aerodrome features.
(b) ISO standards for geographic information shall be used as a reference framework.
(c) Aerodrome mapping data products shall be described following the relevant data product specification standard.
(d) The content and structure of aerodrome mapping data sets shall be defined in terms of an application schema and a
feature catalogue.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/187
AIS.TR.370 Instrument flight procedure data sets
(a) Instrument flight procedure data sets shall contain the digital representation of instrument flight procedures.
(b) The instrument flight procedure data sets shall include data about the following subjects, including all of their
properties:
(1) procedure;
(2) procedure segment;
(3) final approach segment;
(4) procedure fix;
(5) procedure holding;
(6) helicopter procedure specifics.
SECTION 4 – DISTRIBUTION AND PREFLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICES
AIS.TR.400 Distribution services
(a) A predetermined distribution system for NOTAM transmitted on the AFS shall be used whenever possible.
(b) Distribution of NOTAM series other than those distributed internationally shall be granted upon request.
(c) NOTAM shall be prepared in conformity with ICAO communication procedures laid down in ICAO Annex 10,
Volume II.
(d) Each NOTAM shall be transmitted as a single telecommunication message.
(e) The exchange of ASHTAM beyond the territory of a Member State, and NOTAM where Member States use NOTAM
for distribution of information on volcanic activity, shall include volcanic ash advisory centres and the world area
forecast centres, and take account of the requirements of long-range operations.
AIS.TR.405 Pre-flight information services
(a) Automated pre-flight information systems shall be used to make aeronautical data and aeronautical information
available to operations personnel, including flight crew members, for self-briefing, flight planning and flight
information service purposes.
(b) The human machine interface of the pre-flight information services facilities shall ensure easy access to all relevant
information/data in a guided manner.
(c) Self-briefing facilities of an automated pre-flight information system shall provide access, as necessary, to the
aeronautical information service for consultation by telephone or other suitable telecommunication means.
(d) Automated pre-flight information systems for the supply of aeronautical data and aeronautical information for
self-briefing, flight planning and flight information service shall:
(1) provide for continuous and timely updating of the system database and monitoring of the validity and quality
of the aeronautical data stored;
(2) permit access to the system by operations personnel, including flight crew members, aeronautical personnel
concerned and other aeronautical users, through suitable telecommunications means;
(3) ensure the provision of the aeronautical data and aeronautical information accessed, in paper form, as
required;L 104/188 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(4) use access and interrogation procedures based on abbreviated plain language and ICAO location indicators laid
down in ICAO Doc 7910, as appropriate, or based on a menu-driven user interface or other appropriate
mechanism;
(5) provide a timely response to a user request for information.
(e) All NOTAM shall be made available for briefing by default, and content reduction shall be at user’s discretion.
SECTION 5 – AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PRODUCTS UPDATES
AIS.TR.500 General – Aeronautical information products updates
The same AIRAC cycle update shall be applied to the AIP amendments, AIP supplements, AIP data set and the
instrument flight procedure data sets in order to ensure consistency of the data items that appear in multiple
aeronautical information products.
AIS.TR.505 AIRAC
(a) Information concerning the following circumstances shall be distributed under the AIRAC system:
(1) horizontal and vertical limits, regulations and procedures applicable to:
(i) flight information regions (FIRs);
(ii) control areas (CTAs);
(iii) control zones;
(iv) advisory areas;
(v) ATS routes;
(vi) permanent danger, prohibited and restricted areas (including type and periods of activity, when known)
and air defence identification zones (ADIZs);
(vii) permanent areas or routes, or portions thereof, where the possibility of interception exists;
(viii) RMZ and/or TMZ;
(2) positions, frequencies, call signs, identifiers, known irregularities and maintenance periods of radio
navigation aids, and communication and surveillance facilities;
(3) holding and approach procedures, arrival and departure procedures, noise abatement procedures and any
other pertinent ATS procedures;
(4) transition levels, transition altitudes and minimum sector altitudes;
(5) meteorological facilities (including broadcasts) and procedures;
(6) runways and stopways;
(7) taxiways and aprons;
(8) aerodrome ground operating procedures (including low-visibility procedures);
(9) approach and runway lighting; and
(10) aerodrome operating minima, if published by a Member State.
(b) Special arrangements shall be made whenever major changes are planned and where advance notice is desirable
and practicable.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/189
(c) When information has not been submitted by the AIRAC date, a NIL notification shall be distributed through a
NOTAM or other suitable means, not later than one cycle before the AIRAC effective date concerned.
AIS.TR.510 NOTAM
(a) NOTAM shall be published with sufficient lead time for the affected parties to take any required action, except in
the case of unserviceability, volcanic activity, release of radioactive material, toxic chemicals and other events that
cannot be foreseen.
(b) NOTAM notifying unserviceability of aids to air navigation, facilities or communication services shall provide an
estimate of the unserviceability period or of the time at which restoration of service is expected.
(c) Within three months from the issuing of a permanent NOTAM, the information contained in the NOTAM shall be
included in the aeronautical information products affected.
(d) Within three months from the issuing of a temporary NOTAM of long duration, the information contained in the
NOTAM shall be included in an AIP supplement.
(e) When a NOTAM with an estimated end of validity unexpectedly exceeds the three-month period, a replacement
NOTAM shall be issued unless the condition is expected to last for a further period of more than three months; in
that case, an AIP supplement shall be issued.
(f) A ‘trigger NOTAM’ shall briefly describe the content, the effective date and time, as well as the reference number of
the amendment, or supplement.
(g) A ‘trigger NOTAM’ shall come into force on the same effective date and time as the AIP amendment or supplement.
(h) In case of an AIP amendment, a ‘trigger NOTAM’ shall remain valid for a period of 14 days.
(i) In case of an AIP supplement that is valid for less than 14 days, the ‘trigger NOTAM’ shall remain valid for the
complete validity period of the AIP supplement.
(j) In case of an AIP supplement that is valid for 14 days or more, the ‘trigger NOTAM’ shall remain valid for at least
14 days.
AIS.TR.515 Data set updates
(a) The update interval for the AIP data set and the instrument flight procedure data sets shall be specified in the data
product specification.
(b) Data sets that have been made available in advance, according to the AIRAC cycle, shall be updated with the non-
AIRAC changes that occurred between the publication and the effective date.L 104/190 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Appendix 1
CONTENTS OF THE AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION (AIP)
PART 1 – GENERAL (GEN)
When the AIP is produced as one volume, the preface, record of AIP Amendments, record of AIP Supplements,
checklist of AIP pages and list of current hand amendments shall appear only in Part 1 – GEN, and the annotation ‘not
applicable” shall be entered against each of those subsections in Parts 2 and 3.
If an AIP is produced and made available in more than one volume with each having a separate amendment and
supplement service, a separate preface, record of AIP Amendments, record of AIP Supplements, checklist of AIP pages
and list of current hand amendments shall be included in each volume.
GEN 0.1 Preface
Brief description of the AIP, including:
1. name of the publishing organisation;
2. applicable ICAO documents;
3. publication media (i.e. printed, online or other electronic media);
4. the AIP structure and established regular amendment interval;
5. copyright policy, if applicable;
6. service to contact in case of detected AIP errors or omissions.
GEN 0.2 Record of AIP Amendments
A record of AIP Amendments and AIRAC AIP Amendments (published in accordance with the AIRAC system)
containing:
1. amendment number;
2. publication date;
3. date inserted (for the AIRAC AIP Amendments, effective date);
4. initials of officer who inserted the amendment.
GEN 0.3 Record of AIP Supplements
A record of issued AIP Supplements containing:
1. Supplement number;
2. Supplement subject;
3. AIP section(s) affected;
4. period of validity;
5. cancellation record.
GEN 0.4 Checklist of AIP pages
A checklist of AIP pages containing:
1. page number/chart title;
2. publication or effective date (day, month by name and year) of the aeronautical information.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/191
GEN 0.5 List of hand amendments to the AIP
A list of current hand amendments to the AIP containing:
1. AIP page(s) affected;
2. amendment text; and
3. AIP Amendment number by which a hand amendment was introduced.
GEN 0.6 Table of contents to Part 1
A list of sections and subsections contained in Part 1 – General (GEN).
GEN 1. NATIONAL REGULATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
GEN 1.1 Designated authorities
The addresses of designated authorities concerned with the facilitation of international air navigation (civil aviation,
meteorology, customs, immigration, health, en-route and aerodrome/heliport charges, agricultural quarantine and
aircraft accident investigation) containing, for each authority:
1. designated authority;
2. name of the authority;
3. postal address;
4. telephone number;
5. telefax number;
6. email address;
7. aeronautical fixed service (AFS) address; and
8. website address, if available.
GEN 1.2 Entry, transit and departure of aircraft
Regulations and requirements for advance notification and applications for permission concerning entry, transit and
departure of aircraft on international flights.
GEN 1.3 Entry, transit and departure of passengers and crew
Regulations (including customs, immigration and quarantine, and requirements for advance notification and
applications for permission) concerning entry, transit and departure of non-immigrant passengers and crew.
GEN 1.4 Entry, transit and departure of cargo
Regulations (including customs, and requirements for advance notification and applications for permission)
concerning entry, transit and departure of cargo.
GEN 1.5 Aircraft instruments, equipment and flight documents
Brief description of aircraft instruments, equipment and flight documents, including:
1. instruments, equipment (including aircraft communication, navigation and surveillance equipment) and flight
documents to be carried on aircraft, including any special requirement in addition to the provisions specified in
Subpart D of Annex IV (Part-CAT) to Regulation (EU) No 965/2012; and
2. emergency locator transmitter (ELT), signalling devices and life-saving equipment as presented in point CAT.IDE.
A.280 of Annex IV (Part-CAT) and point NCC.IDE.A.215 of Annex VI (Part-NCC) to Regulation (EU)
No 965/2012, where so determined by regional air navigation meetings, for flights over designated land areas.L 104/192 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
GEN 1.6 Summary of national regulations and International agreements/conventions
A list of titles and references and, where applicable, summaries of national regulations affecting air navigation, together
with a list of international agreements/conventions ratified by Member State.
GEN 1.7 Differences from ICAO Standards, Recommended Practices and Procedures
A list of significant differences between national regulations and practices of the Member State and related ICAO
provisions, including:
1. provision affected (Annex and edition number, paragraph); and
2. difference in full text.
All significant differences shall be listed under this subsection. All Annexes shall be listed in numerical order even if
there is no difference to an ICAO Annex, in which case a NIL notification shall be provided. National differences or the
degree of non-application of the regional supplementary procedures (SUPPs) shall be notified immediately following
the Annex to which the supplementary procedure relates.
GEN 2. TABLES AND CODES
GEN 2.1 Measuring system, aircraft markings, holidays
GEN 2.1.1 Units of measurement
Description of units of measurement used including table of units of measurement.
GEN 2.1.2 Temporal reference system
Description of the temporal reference system (calendar and time system) employed, together with an indication of
whether or not daylight saving hours are employed and how the temporal reference system is presented throughout
the AIP.
GEN 2.1.3 Horizontal reference system
Brief description of the horizontal (geodetic) reference system used, including:
1. name/designation of the reference system;
2. identification and parameters of the projection;
3. identification of the ellipsoid used;
4. identification of the datum used;
5. area(s) of application; and
6. an explanation, if applicable, of the asterisk used to identify those coordinates that do not meet ICAO Annex 11
and 14 accuracy requirements.
GEN 2.1.4 Vertical reference system
Brief description of the vertical reference system used, including:
1. name/designation of the reference system;
2. description of the geoid model used including the parameters required for height transformation between the model
used and EGM-96;
3. an explanation, if applicable, of the asterisk used to identify those elevations/geoid undulations that do not meet
ICAO Annex 14 accuracy requirements.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/193
GEN 2.1.5 Aircraft nationality and registration marks
Indication of aircraft nationality and registration marks adopted by the Member State.
GEN 2.1.6 Public holidays
A list of public holidays with an indication of services being affected.
GEN 2.2 Abbreviations used in AIS publications
A list of alphabetically arranged abbreviations and their respective significations used by the Member State in its AIP
and in the distribution of aeronautical data and aeronautical information with appropriate annotation for those
national abbreviations that are different from those contained in ICAO Document 8400 ‘Procedures for Air
Navigation Services – ICAO Abbreviations and Codes (PANS-ABC)’.
GEN 2.3 Chart symbols
A list of chart symbols arranged according to the chart series where symbols are applied.
GEN 2.4 Location indicators
A list of alphabetically arranged ICAO location indicators assigned to the locations of aeronautical fixed stations to be
used for encoding and decoding purposes. An annotation to locations not connected to the aeronautical fixed service
(AFS) shall be provided.
GEN 2.5 List of radio navigation aids
A list of radio navigation aids arranged alphabetically, containing:
1. identifier;
2. name of the station;
3. type of facility/aid;
4. indication whether the aid serves en-route (E), aerodrome (A) or dual (AE) purposes.
GEN 2.6 Conversion of units of measurement
Tables for conversion or, alternatively, conversion formulae between:
1. nautical miles and kilometres and vice versa;
2. feet and metres and vice versa;
3. decimal minutes of arc and seconds of arc and vice versa;
4. other conversions as appropriate.
GEN 2.7 Sunrise/sunset
Information on the time of sunrise and sunset including a brief description of criteria used for determination of the
times given and either a simple formulae or table from which times may be calculated for any location within its
territory/area of responsibility, or an alphabetical list of locations for which the times are given in a table with a
reference to the related page in the table and the sunrise/sunset tables for the selected stations/locations, including:
1. station name;
2. ICAO location indicator;
3. geographical coordinates in degrees and minutes;L 104/194 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
4. date(s) for which times are given;
5. time for the beginning of morning civil twilight;
6. time for sunrise;
7. time for sunset; and
8. time for the end of evening civil twilight.
GEN 3. SERVICES
GEN 3.1 Aeronautical information services
GEN 3.1.1 Responsible service
Description of the aeronautical information service (AIS) provided and its major components, including:
1. service/unit name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available;
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences, if any, are listed.
GEN 3.1.2 Area of responsibility
The area of responsibility for the AIS.
GEN 3.1.3 Aeronautical publications
Description of the elements of the aeronautical information products, including:
1. AIP and related amendment service;
2. AIP Supplements;
3. AIC;
4. NOTAM and pre-flight information bulletins (PIB);
5. checklists and lists of valid NOTAM;
6. how they may be obtained.
When an AIC is used to promulgate publication prices, that shall be indicated in this section of the AIP.
GEN 3.1.4 AIRAC system
Brief description of the AIRAC system provided including a table of present and near future AIRAC dates.
GEN 3.1.5 Pre-flight information service at aerodromes/heliports
A list of aerodromes/heliports at which pre-flight information is routinely available, including an indication of relevant:
1. elements of the aeronautical information products held;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/195
2. maps and charts held;
3. general area of coverage of such data.
GEN 3.1.6 Digital data sets
1. Description of the available data sets, including:
a) data set title;
b) short description;
c) data subjects included;
d) geographical scope;
e) if applicable, limitations related to its usage.
2. Contact details of how data sets may be obtained, containing:
a) name of the individual, service or organisation responsible;
b) street address and email address of the individual, service or organisation responsible;
c) telefax number of the individual, service or organisation responsible;
d) contact telephone number of the individual, service or organisation responsible;
e) hours of service (time period including time zone when contact can be made);
f) online information that can be used to contact the individual, service or organisation; and
g) supplemental information, if necessary, on how and when to contact the individual, service or organisation.
GEN 3.2 Aeronautical charts
GEN 3.2.1 Responsible service(s)
Description of service(s) responsible for the production of aeronautical charts, including:
1. service name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available; and
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences from ICAO, if any, are listed.
GEN 3.2.2 Maintenance of charts
Brief description of how aeronautical charts are revised and amended.
GEN 3.2.3 Purchase arrangements
Details of how charts may be obtained, containing:
1. service/sales agency(ies);
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;L 104/196 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available.
GEN 3.2.4 Aeronautical chart series available
A list of aeronautical chart series available followed by a general description of each series and an indication of the
intended use.
GEN 3.2.5 List of aeronautical charts available
A list of aeronautical charts available, including:
1. title of series;
2. scale of series;
3. name and/or number of each chart or each sheet in a series;
4. price per sheet;
5. date of latest revision.
GEN 3.2.6 Index to the World Aeronautical Chart (WAC) – ICAO 1:1 000 000
An index chart showing coverage and sheet layout for the WAC 1:1 000 000 produced by a Member State. If an
Aeronautical Chart – ICAO 1:500 000 is produced instead of WAC 1:1 000 000, index charts shall be used to indicate
coverage and sheet layout for the Aeronautical Chart – ICAO 1:500 000.
GEN 3.2.7 Topographical charts
Details of how topographical charts may be obtained, containing:
1. name of service/agency(ies);
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available.
GEN 3.2.8 Corrections to charts not contained in the AIP
A list of corrections to aeronautical charts not contained in the AIP, or an indication where such information can be
obtained.
GEN 3.3 Air traffic services (ATS)
GEN 3.3.1 Responsible service
Description of the air traffic service and its major components, including:
1. service name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/197
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available;
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences from ICAO, if any, are listed;
9. an indication if service is not available for 24 hours a day and seven days a week.
GEN 3.3.2 Area of responsibility
Brief description of area of responsibility for which ATS are provided.
GEN 3.3.3 Types of services
Brief description of main types of air traffic services provided.
GEN 3.3.4 Coordination between the operator and ATS
General conditions under which coordination between the operator and air traffic services is affected.
GEN 3.3.5 Minimum flight altitude
The criteria used to determine minimum flight altitudes.
GEN 3.3.6 ATS units address list
A list of ATS units and their addresses arranged alphabetically, containing:
1. unit name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available.
GEN 3.4 Communication services
GEN 3.4.1 Responsible service
Description of the service responsible for the provision of telecommunication and navigation facilities, including:
1. service name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;L 104/198 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available;
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences from ICAO, if any, are listed;
9. an indication if service is not available for 24 hours a day and seven days a week.
GEN 3.4.2 Area of responsibility
Brief description of area of responsibility for which telecommunication service is provided.
GEN 3.4.3 Types of service
Brief description of the main types of service and facilities provided, including:
1. radio navigation services;
2. voice and/or data link services;
3. broadcasting service;
4. language(s) used; and
5. an indication of where detailed information can be obtained.
GEN 3.4.4 Requirements and conditions
Brief description concerning the requirements and conditions under which the communication service is available.
GEN 3.4.5 Miscellaneous
Any additional information (e.g. selected radio broadcasting stations, telecommunications diagram).
GEN 3.5 Meteorological services
GEN 3.5.1 Responsible service
Brief description of the meteorological service responsible for the provision of meteorological information, including:
1. service name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available;
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences, if any, are listed;
9. an indication if service is not available for 24 hours a day and seven days a week.
GEN 3.5.2 Area of responsibility
Brief description of area and/or air routes for which meteorological service is provided.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/199
GEN 3.5.3 Meteorological observations and reports
Detailed description of the meteorological observations and reports provided for international air navigation,
including:
1. name of the station and the ICAO location indicator;
2. type and frequency of observation including an indication of automatic observing equipment;
3. types of meteorological reports and availability of a TREND forecast;
4. specific type of observation system and number of observation sites used to observe and report surface wind,
visibility, runway visual range, cloud base, temperature and, where applicable, wind shear (e.g. anemometer at
intersection of runways, transmissometers next to touchdown zone, etc.);
5. hours of operation;
6. indication of aeronautical climatological information available.
GEN 3.5.4 Types of services
Brief description of the main types of service provided, including details of briefing, consultation, display of
meteorological information, flight documentation available for operators and flight crew members, and of the
methods and means used for supplying the meteorological information.
GEN 3.5.5 Notification required from operators
Minimum amount of advance notice required by the meteorological service provider from operators in respect of
briefing, consultation and flight documentation and other meteorological information they require or change.
GEN 3.5.6 Aircraft reports
As necessary, requirements of the meteorological service provider for the making and transmission of aircraft reports.
GEN 3.5.7 VOLMET service
Description of VOLMET and/or D-VOLMET service, including:
1. name of transmitting station;
2. call sign or identification and abbreviation for the radio communication emission;
3. frequency or frequencies used for broadcast;
4. broadcasting period;
5. hours of service;
6. list of aerodromes/heliports for which reports and/or forecasts are included; and
7. reports, forecasts and SIGMET information included and remarks.
GEN 3.5.8 SIGMET and AIRMET service
Description of the meteorological watch provided within flight information regions or control areas for which air
traffic services are provided, including a list of the meteorological watch offices with:
1. name of the meteorological watch office, ICAO location indicator;
2. hours of service;
3. flight information region(s) or control area(s) served;
4. SIGMET validity periods;L 104/200 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
5. specific procedures applied to SIGMET information (e.g. for volcanic ash and tropical cyclones);
6. procedures applied to AIRMET information (in accordance with relevant regional air navigation agreements);
7. the ATS unit(s) provided with SIGMET and AIRMET information;
8. additional information, such as any limitation of service, etc.
GEN 3.5.9 Other automated meteorological services
Description of available automated services for the provision of meteorological information (e.g. automated pre-flight
information service accessible by telephone and/or computer modem) including:
1. service name;
2. information available;
3. areas, routes and aerodromes covered;
4. telephone and telefax number(s), email address, and, if available, website address.
GEN 3.6 Search and rescue (SAR)
GEN 3.6.1 Responsible service(s)
Brief description of service(s) responsible for the provision of search and rescue (SAR), including:
1. service/unit name;
2. postal address;
3. telephone number;
4. telefax number;
5. email address;
6. AFS address;
7. website address, if available; and
8. a statement concerning the provisions on which the service is based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences from ICAO, if any, are listed.
GEN 3.6.2 Area of responsibility
Brief description of area of responsibility within which SAR services are provided.
GEN 3.6.3 Types of service
Brief description and geographical portrayal, where appropriate, of the type of service and facilities provided including
indications where SAR aerial coverage is dependent upon significant deployment of aircraft.
GEN 3.6.4 SAR agreements
Brief description of SAR agreements in force, including provisions for facilitating entry and departure of other Member
States’ aircraft for search, rescue, salvage, repair or salvage in connection with lost or damaged aircraft, either with
airborne notification only or after flight plan notification.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/201
GEN 3.6.5 Conditions of availability
Brief description of provisions for SAR, including the general conditions under which the service and facilities are
available for international use, including an indication of whether a facility available for SAR is specialised in SAR
techniques and functions, or is specially used for other purposes but adapted for SAR purposes by training and
equipment, or is only occasionally available and has no particular training or preparation for SAR work.
GEN 3.6.6 Procedures and signals used
Brief description of the procedures and signals used by rescue aircraft and a table showing the signals to be used by
survivors.
GEN 4. CHARGES FOR AERODROMES/HELIPORTS AND AIR NAVIGATION SERVICES (ANS)
Reference may be made to where details of actual charges may be found, if not itemised in this chapter.
GEN 4.1 Aerodrome/heliport charges
Brief description of type of charges which may be applicable at aerodromes/heliports available for international use,
including:
1. landing of aircraft;
2. parking, hangarage and long-term storage of aircraft;
3. passenger service;
4. security;
5. noise-related items;
6. other (customs, health, immigration, etc.);
7. exemptions/reductions; and
8. methods of payment.
GEN 4.2 Air navigation services charges
Brief description of charges that may be applicable to ANS provided for international use, including:
1. approach control;
2. ANS route;
3. cost basis for ANS and exemptions/reductions;
4. methods of payment.
PART 2 – EN-ROUTE (ENR)
If an AIP is produced and made available in more than one volume with each having a separate amendment and
supplement service, a separate preface, record of AIP Amendments, record of AIP Supplements, checklist of AIP pages
and list of current hand amendments shall be included in each volume. In the case of an AIP being published as one
volume, the annotation ‘not applicable’ shall be entered against each of the above subsections.
ENR 0.6 Table of contents to Part 2
A list of sections and subsections contained in Part 2 – En-route.L 104/202 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
ENR 1. GENERAL RULES AND PROCEDURES
ENR 1.1 General rules
The general rules shall be published as applied within the Member State.
ENR 1.2 Visual flight rules
The visual flight rules shall be published as applied within the Member State.
ENR 1.3 Instrument flight rules
The instrument flight rules shall be published as applied within the Member State.
ENR 1.3.1 Rules applicable to all IFR flights
ENR 1.3.2 Rules applicable to IFR flights within controlled airspace
ENR 1.3.3 Rules applicable to IFR flights outside controlled airspace
ENR 1.3.4 Free route airspace (FRA) general procedures
Procedures related to the free route airspace, including explanation and definitions of applied FRA relevant points. In
case of cross-border FRA implementation, the involved FIRs/UIRs or CTAs/UTAs shall be indicated in point ENR 1.3.
ENR 1.4 ATS airspace classification and description
ENR 1.4.1 ATS airspace classification
The description of ATS airspace classes in the form of the ATS airspace classification table in Appendix 4 to
Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012, appropriately annotated to indicate those airspace classes not used by
the Member State.
ENR 1.4.2 ATS airspace description
Other ATS airspace descriptions, as applicable, including general textual descriptions.
ENR 1.5 Holding, approach and departure procedures
ENR 1.5.1 General
The requirement is for a statement concerning the criteria on which holding, approach and departure procedures are
established.
ENR 1.5.2 Arriving flights
Procedures (conventional or area navigation or both) for arriving flights which are common to flights into or within
the same type of airspace shall be presented. If different procedures apply within a terminal airspace, a note to this
effect shall be given together with a reference to where the specific procedures can be found.
ENR 1.5.3 Departing flights
Procedures (conventional or area navigation or both) for departing flights which are common to flights departing from
any aerodrome/heliport shall be presented.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/203
ENR 1.5.4 Other relevant information and procedures
Brief description of additional information, e.g. entry procedures, final approach alignment, holding procedures and
patterns.
ENR 1.6 ATS surveillance services and procedures
ENR 1.6.1 Primary radar
Description of primary radar services and procedures, including:
1. supplementary services;
2. the application of radar control service;
3. radar and air-ground communication failure procedures;
4. voice and controller-pilot data link communications (CPDLC) position reporting requirements; and
5. graphic portrayal of the area of radar coverage.
ENR 1.6.2 Secondary surveillance radar (SSR)
Description of secondary surveillance radar (SSR) operating procedures, including:
1. emergency procedures;
2. air-ground communication failure and unlawful interference procedures;
3. the system of SSR code assignment;
4. voice and CPDLC position reporting requirements; and
5. graphic portrayal of the area of SSR coverage.
ENR 1.6.3 Automatic dependent surveillance – broadcast (ADS-B)
Description of automatic dependent surveillance – broadcast (ADS-B) operating procedures, including:
1. emergency procedures;
2. air-ground communication failure and unlawful interference procedures;
3. aircraft identification requirements;
4. voice and CPDLC position reporting requirements; and
5. graphic portrayal of the area of ADS-B coverage.
ENR 1.6.4 Other relevant information and procedures
Brief description of additional information and procedures, e.g. radar failure procedures and transponder failure
procedures.
ENR 1.7 Altimeter setting procedures
A statement of altimeter setting procedures in use shall be published, containing:
1. brief introduction with a statement concerning the ICAO documents on which the procedures are based together
with differences to ICAO provisions, if any;
2. basic altimeter setting procedures;L 104/204 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
3. description of altimeter setting region(s);
4. procedures applicable to operators (including pilots); and
5. table of cruising levels.
ENR 1.8 ICAO regional supplementary procedures
Regional supplementary procedures (SUPPs) affecting the entire area of responsibility shall be presented.
ENR 1.9 Air traffic flow management (ATFM) and airspace management
Brief description of ATFM system and airspace management, including:
1. ATFM structure, service area, service provided, location of unit(s) and hours of operation;
2. types of flow messages and descriptions of the formats; and
3. procedures applicable to departing flights, containing:
a) service responsible for provision of information on applied ATFM measures;
b) flight plan requirements; and
c) slot allocations.
4. information on overall responsibility regarding airspace management within FIR(s), details of civil/military airspace
allocation and management coordination, structure of manageable airspace (allocation and changes to allocation)
and general operating procedures.
ENR 1.10 Flight planning
Any restriction, limitation or advisory information related to the flight planning stage which may assist the user in the
presentation of the intended flight operation shall be indicated, including:
1. procedures for the submission of a flight plan;
2. repetitive flight plan system; and
3. changes to the submitted flight plan.
ENR 1.11 Addressing of flight plan messages
An indication, in tabular form, of the addresses allocated to flight plans shall be included, showing:
1. category of flight (IFR, VFR or both);
2. route (into or via FIR and/or TMA); and
3. message address.
ENR 1.12 Interception of civil aircraft
A complete statement of interception procedures and visual signals to be used shall be indicated with a clear indication
of whether ICAO provisions are applied and, if not, that differences exist.
ENR 1.13 Unlawful interference
Appropriate procedures to be applied in case of unlawful interference shall be presented.
ENR 1.14 Air traffic incidents
Description of air traffic incidents reporting system, including:
1. definition of air traffic incidents;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/205
2. use of the ‘Air Traffic Incident Reporting Form’;
3. reporting procedures (including in-flight procedures); and
4. purpose of reporting and handling of the form.
ENR 2. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES AIRSPACE
ENR 2.1 FIR, UIR, TMA and CTA
Detailed description of flight information regions (FIRs), upper flight information regions (UIRs), and control areas
(CTAs) (including specific CTAs such as TMAs), including:
1. name, geographical coordinates in degrees and minutes of the FIR/UIR lateral limits and in degrees, minutes and
seconds of the CTA lateral limits, vertical limits and class of airspace;
2. identification of unit providing the service;
3. call sign of aeronautical station serving the unit and language(s) used, specifying the area and conditions, when and
where to be used, if applicable;
4. frequencies, and if applicable SATVOICE number, supplemented by indications for specific purposes; and
5. remarks.
Control zones around military air bases not otherwise described in the AIP shall be included in this subsection. Where
the requirements of Implementing Regulation (EU) No 923/2012 concerning flight plans, two-way communications
and position reporting apply to all flights in order to eliminate or reduce the need for interceptions and/or where the
possibility of interception exists and the maintenance of guard on the VHF emergency frequency 121.500 MHz is
required, a statement to this effect shall be included for the relevant area(s) or portion(s) thereof.
A description of designated areas over which the carriage of an emergency locator transmitter (ELT) is required and
where aircraft shall continuously guard the VHF emergency frequency 121.500 MHz, except for those periods when
aircraft are carrying out communications on other VHF channels or when airborne equipment limitations or cockpit
duties do not permit simultaneous guarding of two channels.
ENR 2.2 Other regulated airspace
Detailed description of radio mandatory zones (RMZs) and transponder mandatory zones (TMZs), including:
1. name, geographical coordinates in degrees and minutes of the RMZ/TMZ lateral limits;
2. vertical limits in flight levels, or feet;
3. time of activity; and
4. remarks.
Where established, a detailed description of other types of regulated airspace and airspace classification.
ENR 3. ATS ROUTES
ENR 3.1 Lower ATS routes
Detailed description of lower ATS routes, including:
1. route designator, designation of the required communication performance (RCP) specification(s), navigation
specification(s) and/or required surveillance performance (RSP) specification(s) applicable to a specified segment(s),
names, coded designators or name-codes and the geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of all
significant points defining the route including ‘compulsory’ or ‘on-request’ reporting points;L 104/206 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
2. tracks or VOR radials to the nearest degree, geodesic distance to the nearest tenth of a kilometre or tenth of a
nautical mile between each successive designated significant point and, in the case of VOR radials, changeover
points;
3. upper and lower limits or minimum en-route altitudes, to the nearest higher 50 m or 100 ft, and airspace
classification;
4. lateral limits and minimum obstacle clearance altitudes;
5. direction of cruising levels;
6. the navigation accuracy requirement for each performance-based navigation (PBN) (RNAV or RNP) route segment;
and
7. remarks, including an indication of the controlling unit, its operating channel and, if applicable, its logon address,
SATVOICE number, and any limitations to navigation, RCP and RSP specification(s).
ENR 3.2 Upper ATS routes
Detailed description of upper ATS routes, including:
1. route designator, designation of the required communication performance (RCP) specification(s), navigation
specification(s) and/or required surveillance performance (RSP) specification(s) applicable to a specified segment(s),
names, coded designators or name-codes and the geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of all
significant points defining the route including ‘compulsory’ or ‘on-request’ reporting points;
2. tracks or VOR radials to the nearest degree, geodesic distance to the nearest tenth of a kilometre or tenth of a
nautical mile between each successive designated significant point and, in the case of VOR radials, changeover
points;
3. upper and lower limits and airspace classification;
4. lateral limits;
5. direction of cruising levels;
6. the navigation accuracy requirement for each PBN (RNAV or RNP) route segment; and
7. remarks, including an indication of the controlling unit, its operating channel and, if applicable, its logon address,
SATVOICE number, and any navigation, RCP and RSP specification(s) limitations.
ENR 3.3 Area navigation routes
Detailed description of PBN (RNAV and RNP) routes, including:
1. route designator, designation of the required communication performance (RCP) specification(s), navigation
specification(s) and/or required surveillance performance (RSP) specification(s) applicable to a specified segment(s),
names, coded designators or name-codes and the geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of all
significant points defining the route including ‘compulsory’ or ‘on-request’ reporting points;
2. in respect of waypoints defining an area navigation route, additionally as applicable:
a) station identification of the reference VOR/DME;
b) bearing to the nearest degree and the distance to the nearest tenth of a kilometre or tenth of a nautical mile from
the reference VOR/DME if the waypoint is not collocated with it; and
c) elevation of the transmitting antenna of DME to the nearest 30 m (100 ft);3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/207
3. magnetic bearing to the nearest degree, geodesic distance to the nearest tenth of a kilometre or tenth of a nautical
mile between defined end points and distance between each successive designated significant point;
4. upper and lower limits and airspace classification;
5. direction of cruising levels;
6. the navigation accuracy requirement for each PBN (RNAV or RNP) route segment; and
7. remarks, including an indication of the controlling unit, its operating channel and, if applicable, its logon address,
SATVOICE number and any navigation, RCP and RSP specification(s) limitations.
ENR 3.4 Helicopter routes
Detailed description of helicopter routes, including:
1. route designator, designation of the required communication performance (RCP) specification(s), navigation
specification(s) and/or required surveillance performance (RSP) specification(s) applicable to a specified segment(s),
names, coded designators or name-codes and the geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of all
significant points defining the route including ‘compulsory’ or ‘on-request’ reporting points;
2. tracks or VOR radials to the nearest degree, geodesic distance to the nearest tenth of a kilometre or tenth of a
nautical mile between each successive designated significant point and, in the case of VOR radials, changeover
points;
3. upper and lower limits and airspace classification;
4. minimum flight altitudes to the nearest higher 50 m or 100 ft;
5. the navigation accuracy requirement for each PBN (RNAV or RNP) route segment; and
6. remarks, including an indication of the controlling unit, its operating channel, and, if applicable, its logon address,
SATVOICE number, and any navigation, RCP and RSP specification(s) limitations.
ENR 3.5 Other routes
The requirement is to describe other specifically designated routes which are compulsory within specified area(s).
Description of free route airspace (FRA), as specified airspace within which users may freely plan direct routes between
a defined entry point and a defined exit point, including information on the direct routing, the restrictions on the use of
waypoints for direct routings and the indication in the flight plan (item 15). The prerequisites for the issuance of ATC
clearances shall be described.
ENR 3.6 En-route holding
The requirement is for a detailed description of en-route holding procedures, containing:
1. holding identification (if any) and holding fix (navigation aid) or waypoint with geographical coordinates in degrees,
minutes and seconds;
2. inbound track;
3. direction of the procedure turn;L 104/208 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
4. maximum indicated airspeed;
5. minimum and maximum holding level;
6. time/distance outbound; and
7. indication of the controlling unit and its operating frequency.
ENR 4. RADIO NAVIGATION AIDS/SYSTEMS
ENR 4.1 Radio navigation aids – en-route
A list of stations providing radio navigation services established for en-route purposes and arranged alphabetically by
name of the station, including:
1. name of the station and magnetic variation to the nearest degree and for VOR, station declination to the nearest
degree, used for technical line-up of the aid;
2. identification;
3. frequency/channel for each element;
4. hours of operation;
5. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of the position of the transmitting antenna;
6. elevation of the transmitting antenna of DME to the nearest 30 m (100 ft); and
7. remarks.
If the operating authority of the facility is other than the designated authority, the name of the operating authority shall
be indicated in the remarks column. Facility coverage shall be indicated in the remarks column.
ENR 4.2 Special navigation systems
Description of stations associated with special navigation systems, including:
1. name of station or chain;
2. type of service available (master signal, slave signal, colour);
3. frequency (channel number, basic pulse rate, recurrence rate, as applicable);
4. hours of operation;
5. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of the position of the transmitting station; and
6. remarks.
If the operating authority of the facility is other than the designated authority, the name of the operating authority shall
be indicated in the remarks column. Facility coverage shall be indicated in the remarks column.
ENR 4.3 Global navigation satellite system (GNSS)
A list and description of elements of the global navigation satellite system (GNSS) providing the navigation service
established for en-route purposes and arranged alphabetically by name of the element, including:
1. the name of the GNSS element (GPS, GLONASS, EGNOS, MSAS, WAAS, etc.);
2. frequency(ies), as appropriate;
3. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of the nominal service area and coverage area; and
4. remarks.
If the operating authority of the facility is other than the designated authority, the name of the operating authority shall
be indicated in the remarks column.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/209
ENR 4.4 Name-code designators for significant points
An alphabetically arranged list of name-code designators (five-letter pronounceable ‘name-code’) established for
significant points at positions not marked by the site of radio navigation aids, including:
1. name-code designator;
2. geographical coordinates of the position in degrees, minutes and seconds;
3. reference to ATS or other routes where the point is located; and
4. remarks, including a supplementary definition of positions, where required.
ENR 4.5 Aeronautical ground lights – en-route
A list of aeronautical ground lights and other light beacons designating geographical positions that are selected by the
Member State as being significant, including:
1. name of the city or town or other identification of the beacon;
2. type of beacon and intensity of the light in thousands of candelas;
3. characteristics of the signal;
4. operational hours; and
5. remarks.
ENR 5. NAVIGATION WARNINGS
ENR 5.1 Prohibited, restricted and danger areas
Description, supplemented by graphic portrayal, where appropriate, of prohibited, restricted and danger areas together
with information regarding their establishment and activation, including:
1. identification, name and geographical coordinates of the lateral limits in degrees, minutes and seconds, if inside, and
in degrees and minutes, if outside control area/control zone boundaries;
2. upper and lower limits; and
3. remarks, including time of activity.
Type of restriction or nature of hazard and risk of interception in the event of penetration shall be indicated in the
remarks column.
ENR 5.2 Military exercise and training areas and air defence identification zone (ADIZ)
Description, supplemented by graphic portrayal, where appropriate, of established military training areas and military
exercises taking place at regular intervals, and established air defence identification zone (ADIZ), including:
1. geographical coordinates of the lateral limits in degrees, minutes and seconds, if inside, and in degrees and minutes,
if outside control area/control zone boundaries;
2. upper and lower limits, and system and means of activation announcements together with information pertinent to
civil flights and applicable ADIZ procedures; and
3. remarks, including time of activity and risk of interception in the event of penetration of ADIZ.
ENR 5.3 Other activities of a dangerous nature and other potential hazards
ENR 5.3.1 Other activities of a dangerous nature
Description, supplemented by charts where appropriate, of activities that constitute a specific or obvious danger to
aircraft operation and could affect flights, including:L 104/210 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
1. geographical coordinates in degrees and minutes of centre of area and range of influence;
2. vertical limits;
3. advisory measures;
4. authority responsible for the provision of information; and
5. remarks, including time of activity.
ENR 5.3.2 Other potential hazards
Description, supplemented by charts where appropriate, of other potential hazards that could affect flights (e.g. active
volcanoes, nuclear power stations, etc.), including:
1. geographical coordinates in degrees and minutes of location of potential hazard;
2. vertical limits;
3. advisory measures;
4. authority responsible for the provision of information; and
5. remarks.
ENR 5.4 Air navigation obstacles
The list of obstacles affecting air navigation in Area 1 (the entire Member State territory), including:
1. obstacle identification or designation;
2. type of obstacle;
3. obstacle position, represented by geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds;
4. obstacle elevation and height to the nearest metre or foot;
5. type and colour of obstacle lighting (if any); and
6. if appropriate, an indication that the list of obstacles is available in electronic form, and a reference to point GEN
3.1.6.
ENR 5.5 Aerial sporting and recreational activities
Brief description, supplemented by graphic portrayal where appropriate, of intensive aerial sporting and recreational
activities together with conditions under which they are carried out, including:
1. designation and geographical coordinates of the lateral limits in degrees, minutes and seconds, if inside, and in
degrees and minutes, if outside, control area/control zone boundaries;
2. vertical limits;
3. operator/user telephone number; and
4. remarks, including time of activity.
ENR 5.6 Bird migration and areas with sensitive fauna
Description, supplemented by charts where practicable, of movements of birds associated with migration, including
migration routes and permanent resting areas and areas with sensitive fauna.
ENR 6. EN-ROUTE CHARTS
The ICAO En-route Chart and index charts shall be included in this section.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/211
PART 3 – AERODROMES (AD)
If an AIP is produced and made available in more than one volume with each having a separate amendment and
supplement service, a separate preface, record of AIP Amendments, record of AIP Supplements, checklist of AIP pages
and list of current hand amendments shall be included in each volume. In the case of an AIP being published as one
volume, the annotation ‘not applicable’ shall be entered against each of the above subsections.
AD 0.6 Table of contents to Part 3
A list of sections and subsections contained in Part 3 – Aerodromes (AD).
AD 1. AERODROMES/HELIPORTS – INTRODUCTION
AD 1.1 Aerodrome/heliport availability and conditions of use
AD 1.1.1 General conditions
Brief description of the competent authority responsible for aerodromes and heliports, including:
1. the general conditions under which aerodromes/heliports and associated facilities are available for use; and
2. a statement concerning the provisions on which the services are based and a reference to the AIP location where
differences from ICAO, if any, are listed.
AD 1.1.2 Use of military air bases
Regulations and procedures, if any, concerning civil use of military air bases.
AD 1.1.3 Low visibility procedures (LVP)
The general conditions under which the LVP applicable to Category II/III operations at aerodromes, if any, are applied.
AD 1.1.4 Aerodrome operating minima
Details of aerodrome operating minima applied by the Member State.
AD 1.1.5 Other information
If applicable, other information of a similar nature.
AD 1.2 Rescue and firefighting services (RFFSs) and snow plan
AD 1.2.1 Rescue and firefighting services
Brief description of rules governing the establishment of RFFSs at aerodromes/heliports available for public use
together with an indication of rescue and firefighting categories established by a Member State.
AD 1.2.2 Snow plan
Brief description of general snow plan considerations for aerodromes/heliports available for public use at which snow
conditions are normally liable to occur, including:
1. organisation of the winter service;
2. surveillance of movement areas;
3. measuring methods and measurements taken;L 104/212 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
4. actions taken to maintain the usability of movement areas;
5. system and means of reporting;
6. the cases of runway closure; and
7. distribution of information about snow conditions.
AD 1.3 Index of aerodromes and heliports
A list, supplemented by graphic portrayal, of aerodromes/heliports within a Member State, including:
1. aerodrome/heliport name and ICAO location indicator;
2. type of traffic permitted to use the aerodrome/heliport (international/national, IFR/VFR, scheduled/non-scheduled,
general aviation, military and other); and
3. reference to AIP, Part 3 subsection in which aerodrome/heliport details are presented.
AD 1.4 Grouping of aerodromes/heliports
Brief description of the criteria applied by the Member State in grouping aerodromes/heliports for production/distribu
tion/provision of information purposes.
AD 1.5 Status of certification of aerodromes
A list of aerodromes in the Member State, indicating the status of certification, including:
1. aerodrome name and ICAO location indicator;
2. date and, if applicable, validity of certification; and
3. remarks, if any.
AD 2. AERODROMES
Note.— **** is to be replaced by the relevant ICAO location indicator.
**** AD 2.1 Aerodrome location indicator and name
The ICAO location indicator allocated to the aerodrome and the name of aerodrome shall be indicated. An ICAO
location indicator shall be an integral part of the referencing system applicable to all subsections in section AD 2.
**** AD 2.2 Aerodrome geographical and administrative data
Aerodrome geographical and administrative data shall be published, including:
1. aerodrome reference point (geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds) and its site;
2. direction and distance of aerodrome reference point from centre of the city or town that the aerodrome serves;
3. aerodrome elevation to the nearest metre or foot, and reference temperature;
4. where appropriate, geoid undulation at the aerodrome elevation position to the nearest metre or foot;
5. magnetic variation to the nearest degree, date of information and annual change;
6. name of aerodrome operator, address, telephone and telefax numbers, email address, AFS address and, if available,
website address;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/213
7. types of traffic permitted to use the aerodrome (IFR/VFR); and
8. remarks.
**** AD 2.3 Operational hours
Detailed description of the hours of operation of services at the aerodrome, including:
1. aerodrome operator;
2. customs and immigration;
3. health and sanitation;
4. AIS briefing office;
5. ATS reporting office (ARO);
6. MET briefing office;
7. ATS;
8. fuelling;
9. handling;
10. security;
11. de-icing; and
12. remarks.
**** AD 2.4 Handling services and facilities
Detailed description of the handling services and facilities available at the aerodrome, including:
1. cargo-handling facilities;
2. fuel and oil types;
3. fuelling facilities and capacity;
4. de-icing facilities;
5. hangar space for visiting aircraft;
6. repair facilities for visiting aircraft;
7. remarks.
**** AD 2.5 Passenger facilities
Passenger facilities available at the aerodrome, provided as a brief description or a reference to other information
sources such as a website, including:
1. hotel(s) at or in the vicinity of the aerodrome;
2. restaurant(s) at or in the vicinity of the aerodrome;
3. transportation possibilities;
4. medical facilities;
5. bank and post office at or in the vicinity of the aerodrome;
6. tourist office;
7. remarks.
**** AD 2.6 Rescue and firefighting services
Detailed description of the RFFSs and equipment available at the aerodrome, including:
1. aerodrome category for firefighting;L 104/214 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
2. rescue equipment;
3. capability for removal of disabled aircraft; and
4. remarks.
**** AD 2.7 Seasonal availability – clearing
Detailed description of the equipment and operational priorities established for the clearance of aerodrome movement
areas, including:
1. type(s) of clearing equipment;
2. clearance priorities;
3. remarks.
**** AD 2.8 Aprons, taxiways and check locations/positions data
Details related to the physical characteristics of aprons, taxiways and locations/positions of designated checkpoints,
including:
1. designation, surface and strength of aprons;
2. designation, width, surface and strength of taxiways;
3. location and elevation to the nearest metre or foot of altimeter checkpoints;
4. location of VOR checkpoints;
5. position of INS checkpoints in degrees, minutes, seconds and hundredths of seconds;
6. remarks.
If check locations/positions are presented on an aerodrome chart, a note to that effect shall be provided under this
subsection.
**** AD 2.9 Surface movement guidance and control system and markings
Brief description of the surface movement guidance and control system and runway and taxiway markings, including:
1. use of aircraft stand identification signs, taxiway guide lines and visual docking/parking guidance system at aircraft
stands;
2. runway and taxiway markings and lights;
3. stop bars (if any);
4. remarks.
**** AD 2.10 Aerodrome obstacles
Detailed description of obstacles, including:
1. obstacles in Area 2:
a) obstacle identification or designation;
b) type of obstacle;
c) obstacle position, represented by geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds;
d) obstacle elevation and height to the nearest metre or foot;
e) obstacle marking, and type and colour of obstacle lighting (if any);
f) if appropriate, an indication that the list of obstacles is available in electronic form, and a reference to point GEN
3.1.6; and
g) ‘NIL’ indication, if appropriate.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/215
2. the absence of an Area 2 data set for the aerodrome is to be clearly stated and obstacle data are to be provided for:
a) obstacles that penetrate the obstacle limitation surfaces;
b) obstacles that penetrate the take-off flight path area obstacle identification surface; and
c) other obstacles assessed as being hazardous to air navigation.
3. indication that information on obstacles in Area 3 is not provided, or if provided:
a) obstacle identification or designation;
b) type of obstacle;
c) obstacle position, represented by geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds;
d) obstacle elevation and height to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;
e) obstacle marking, and type and colour of obstacle lighting (if any);
f) if appropriate, an indication that the list of obstacles is available in electronic form, and a reference to point GEN
3.1.6; and
g) ‘NIL’ indication, if appropriate.
**** AD 2.11 Meteorological information provided
Detailed description of meteorological information provided at the aerodrome and an indication of which
meteorological office is responsible for the service enumerated, including:
1. name of the associated meteorological office;
2. hours of service and, where applicable, the designation of the responsible meteorological office outside these hours;
3. office responsible for preparation of TAFs and periods of validity and interval of issuance of the forecasts;
4. availability of the TREND forecasts for the aerodrome, and interval of issuance;
5. information on how briefing and/or consultation is provided;
6. types of flight documentation supplied and language(s) used in flight documentation;
7. charts and other information displayed or available for briefing or consultation;
8. supplementary equipment available for providing information on meteorological conditions, such as weather radar
and receiver for satellite images;
9. the ATS unit(s) provided with meteorological information; 10) additional information such as any limitation of
service,
**** AD 2.12 Runway physical characteristics
Detailed description of runway physical characteristics, for each runway, including:
1. designations;
2. true bearings to one-hundredth of a degree;
3. dimensions of runways to the nearest metre or foot;
4. strength of pavement (pavement classification number (PCN) and associated data) and surface of each runway and
associated stopways;
5. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and hundredths of seconds for each threshold and runway
end and, where appropriate, geoid undulation of:
— thresholds of a non-precision approach runway to the nearest metre or foot; and
— thresholds of a precision approach runway to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;L 104/216 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
6. elevations of:
— thresholds of a non-precision approach runway to the nearest metre or foot; and
— thresholds and the highest elevation of the touchdown zone of a precision approach runway to the nearest
tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;
7. slope of each runway and associated stopways;
8. dimensions of stopway (if any) to the nearest metre or foot;
9. dimensions of clearway (if any) to the nearest metre or foot;
10. dimensions of strips;
11. dimensions of runway end safety areas;
12. location (which runway end) and description of arresting system (if any);
13. the existence of an obstacle-free zone; and
14. remarks.
**** AD 2.13 Declared distances
Detailed description of declared distances to the nearest metre or foot for each direction of each runway, including:
1. runway designator;
2. take-off run available;
3. take-off distance available and, if applicable, alternative reduced declared distances;
4. accelerate-stop distance available;
5. landing distance available; and
6. remarks, including runway entry or start point where alternative reduced declared distances have been declared.
If a runway direction cannot be used for take-off or landing, or both because it is operationally forbidden, then this shall
be declared and the words ‘not usable’ or the abbreviation ‘NU’ entered.
**** AD 2.14 Approach and runway lighting
Detailed description of approach and runway lighting, including:
1. runway designator;
2. type, length and intensity of approach lighting system;
3. runway threshold lights, colour and wing bars;
4. type of visual approach slope indicator system;
5. length of runway touchdown zone lights;
6. length, spacing, colour and intensity of runway centre line lights;
7. length, spacing, colour and intensity of runway edge lights;
8. colour of runway end lights and wing bars;
9. length and colour of stopway lights; and
10. remarks.
**** AD 2.15 Other lighting, secondary power supply
Description of other lighting and secondary power supply, including:
1. location, characteristics and hours of operation of aerodrome beacon/identification beacon (if any);3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/217
2. location and lighting (if any) of anemometer/landing direction indicator;
3. taxiway edge and taxiway centre line lights;
4. secondary power supply including switchover time; and
5. remarks.
**** AD 2.16 Helicopter landing area
Detailed description of helicopter landing area provided at the aerodrome, including:
1. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and hundredths of seconds and, where appropriate, geoid
undulation of the geometric centre of touchdown and lift-off (TLOF) or of each threshold of final approach and
take-off (FATO) area:
— for non-precision approaches, to the nearest metre or foot; and
— for precision approaches, to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;
2. TLOF and/or FATO area elevation:
— for non-precision approaches, to the nearest metre or foot; and
— for precision approaches, to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;
3. TLOF and FATO area dimensions to the nearest metre or foot, surface type, bearing strength and marking;
4. true bearings to one-hundredth of a degree of FATO;
5. declared distances available, to the nearest metre or foot;
6. approach and FATO lighting; and
7. remarks.
**** AD 2.17 Air traffic services airspace
Detailed description of ATS airspace organised at the aerodrome, including:
1. airspace designation and geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of the lateral limits;
2. vertical limits;
3. airspace classification;
4. call sign and language(s) of the ATS unit providing service;
5. transition altitude;
6. hours of applicability; and
7. remarks.
**** AD 2.18 Air traffic services communication facilities
Detailed description of ATS communication facilities established at the aerodrome, including:
1. service designation;
2. call sign;
3. channel(s);
4. SATVOICE number(s), if available;
5. logon address, as appropriate;
6. hours of operation; and
7. remarks.L 104/218 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
**** AD 2.19 Radio navigation and landing aids
Detailed description of radio navigation and landing aids associated with the instrument approach and the terminal
area procedures at the aerodrome, including:
1. type of aids, magnetic variation to the nearest degree, as appropriate, and type of supported operation for
instrument landing system (ILS)/microwave landing system (MLS), basic GNSS, satellite-based augmentation system
(SBAS), and ground-based augmentation system (GBAS) and for VOR/ILS/MLS also station declination to the
nearest degree, used for technical line-up of the aid;
2. identification, if required;
3. frequency(ies), channel number(s), service provider and reference path identifier(s) (RPI(s)), as appropriate;
4. hours of operation, as appropriate;
5. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds of the position of the transmitting
antenna, as appropriate;
6. elevation of the DME transmitting antenna to the nearest 30 m (100 ft) and of the distance-measuring equipment
precision (DME/P) to the nearest 3 m (10 ft), elevation of GBAS reference point to the nearest metre or foot, and
the ellipsoid height of the point to the nearest metre or foot; for SBAS, the ellipsoid height of the landing threshold
point (LTP) or the fictitious threshold point (FTP) to the nearest metre or foot;
7. service volume radius from the GBAS reference point to the nearest kilometre or nautical mile; and
8. remarks.
When the same aid is used for both en-route and aerodrome purposes, a description shall also be given in section
ENR 4. If the ground-based augmentation system (GBAS) serves more than one aerodrome, a description of the aid
shall be provided under each aerodrome. If the operating authority of the facility is other than the designated
authority, the name of the operating authority shall be indicated in the remarks column. Facility coverage shall be
indicated in the remarks column.
**** AD 2.20 Local aerodrome regulations
Detailed description of regulations applicable to the use of the aerodrome, including the acceptability of training
flights, non-radio and microlight aircraft and similar, and to ground manoeuvring and parking but excluding flight
procedures.
**** AD 2.21 Noise abatement procedures
Detailed description of noise abatement procedures established at the aerodrome.
**** AD 2.22 Flight procedures
Detailed description of the conditions and flight procedures, including radar and/or ADS-B procedures, established on
the basis of airspace organisation at the aerodrome. When established, detailed description of the low visibility
procedures at the aerodrome, including:
1. runway(s) and associated equipment authorised for use under low visibility procedures;
2. defined meteorological conditions under which initiation, use and termination of low visibility procedures would
be made;
3. description of ground marking/lighting for use under low visibility procedures; and
4. remarks.
**** AD 2.23 Additional information
Additional information at the aerodrome, such as an indication of bird concentrations at the aerodrome, together with
an indication of significant daily movement between resting and feeding areas, to the extent practicable.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/219
Specific additional information regarding remote aerodrome ATS:
1. indication that remote aerodrome ATS is provided;
2. location of the signalling lamp by e.g. the phrase ‘signalling lamp positioned at [geographical fix]’ as well as a clear
indication of the signalling lamp location in the aerodrome chart for each relevant aerodrome;
3. description of any specific communication methods as deemed necessary in case of multiple mode of operation,
such as e.g. the inclusion of airport names/ATS unit call sign for all transmissions (i.e. not only for the first contact)
between pilots and ATCOs/aerodrome flight information service offices (AFISOs);
4. description of any relevant actions required by the airspace users following an emergency/abnormal situation and
possible contingency measures by the ATS provider in case of disruptions, if applicable (in point AD 2.22 ‘Flight
Procedures’); and
5. description of the interdependencies of service availability or indication of aerodromes not suitable for diversion
from the aerodrome (airspace users shall not plan an aerodrome as alternate when serviced by the same remote
tower centre), if deemed applicable.
**** AD 2.24 Aeronautical charts related to an aerodrome
Aeronautical charts related to an aerodrome shall be included in the following order:
1. Aerodrome/Heliport Chart – ICAO;
2. Aircraft Parking/Docking Chart – ICAO;
3. Aerodrome Ground Movement Chart – ICAO;
4. Aerodrome Obstacle Chart – ICAO Type A (for each runway);
5. Aerodrome Terrain and Obstacle Chart – ICAO (Electronic);
6. Precision Approach Terrain Chart – ICAO (precision approach Category II and III runways);
7. Area Chart – ICAO (departure and transit routes);
8. Standard Departure Chart – Instrument – ICAO;
9. Area Chart – ICAO (arrival and transit routes);
10. Standard Arrival Chart – Instrument – ICAO;
11. ATC Surveillance Minimum Altitude Chart – ICAO;
12. Instrument Approach Chart – ICAO (for each runway and procedure type);
13. Visual Approach Chart – ICAO; and
14. bird concentrations in the vicinity of the aerodrome.
If some of the aeronautical charts are not produced, a statement to this effect shall be given in section GEN 3.2
‘Aeronautical charts’.
AD 3. HELIPORTS
When a helicopter landing area is provided at the aerodrome, associated data shall be listed only under point **** AD 2.16.
Note.— **** is to be replaced by the relevant ICAO location indicator.
**** AD 3.1 Heliport location indicator and name
The ICAO location indicator assigned to the heliport and to the names of the heliport shall be included in AIP. An
ICAO location indicator shall be an integral part of the referencing system applicable to all subsections in section AD 3.L 104/220 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
**** AD 3.2 Heliport geographical and administrative data
The requirement is for heliport geographical and administrative data, including:
1. heliport reference point (geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds) and its site;
2. direction and distance of heliport reference point from centre of the city or town that the heliport serves;
3. heliport elevation to the nearest metre or foot, and reference temperature;
4. where appropriate, geoid undulation at the heliport elevation position to the nearest metre or foot;
5. magnetic variation to the nearest degree, date of information and annual change;
6. name of heliport operator, address, telephone and telefax numbers, email address, AFS address and, if available,
website address;
7. types of traffic permitted to use the heliport (IFR/VFR); and
8. remarks.
**** AD 3.3 Operational hours
Detailed description of the hours of operation of services at the heliport, including:
1. heliport operator;
2. customs and immigration;
3. health and sanitation;
4. AIS briefing office;
5. ATS reporting office (ARO);
6. MET briefing office;
7. ATS;
8. fuelling;
9. handling;
10. security;
11. de-icing; and
12. remarks.
**** AD 3.4 Handling services and facilities
Detailed description of the handling services and facilities available at the heliport, including:
1. cargo-handling facilities;
2. fuel and oil types;
3. fuelling facilities and capacity;
4. de-icing facilities;
5. hangar space for visiting helicopter;
6. repair facilities for visiting helicopter; and
7. remarks.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/221
**** AD 3.5 Passenger facilities
Passenger facilities available at the heliport, provided as a brief description or as a reference to other information
sources such as a website, including:
1. hotel(s) at or in the vicinity of the heliport;
2. restaurant(s) at or in the vicinity of the heliport;
3. transportation possibilities;
4. medical facilities;
5. bank and post office at or in the vicinity of the heliport;
6. tourist office; and
7. remarks.
**** AD 3.6 Rescue and firefighting services
Detailed description of the RFFSs and equipment available at the heliport, including:
1. heliport category for firefighting;
2. rescue equipment;
3. capability for removal of disabled helicopter; and
4. remarks.
**** AD 3.7 Seasonal availability – clearing
Detailed description of the equipment and operational priorities established for the clearance of heliport movement
areas, including:
1. type(s) of clearing equipment;
2. clearance priorities; and
3. remarks.
**** AD 3.8 Aprons, taxiways and check locations/positions data
Details related to the physical characteristics of aprons, taxiways and locations/positions of designated checkpoints,
including:
1. designation, surface and strength of aprons, helicopter stands;
2. designation, width, and surface type of helicopter ground taxiways;
3. width and designation of helicopter air taxiway and air transit route;
4. location and elevation to the nearest metre or foot of altimeter checkpoints;
5. location of VOR checkpoints;
6. position of INS checkpoints in degrees, minutes, seconds and hundredths of seconds; and
7. remarks.
If check locations/positions are presented on a heliport chart, a note to that effect shall be provided under this
subsection.
**** AD 3.9 Markings and markers
Brief description of final approach and take-off area and taxiway markings and markers, including:
1. final approach and take-off markings;L 104/222 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
2. taxiway markings, air taxiway markers and air transit route markers; and
3. remarks.
**** AD 3.10 Heliport obstacles
Detailed description of obstacles, including:
1. obstacle identification or designation;
2. type of obstacle;
3. obstacle position, represented by geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds;
4. obstacle elevation and height to the nearest metre or foot;
5. obstacle marking, and type and colour of obstacle lighting (if any);
6. if appropriate, an indication that the list of obstacles is available in electronic form, and a reference to point GEN
3.1.6; and
7. ‘NIL’ indication, if appropriate.
**** AD 3.11 Meteorological information provided
Detailed description of meteorological information provided at the heliport and an indication of which meteorological
office is responsible for the service enumerated, including:
1. name of the associated meteorological office;
2. hours of service and, where applicable, the designation of the responsible meteorological office outside these
hours;
3. office responsible for preparation of TAFs, and periods of validity of the forecasts;
4. availability of the TREND forecasts for the heliport, and interval of issuance;
5. information on how briefing and/or consultation is provided;
6. type of flight documentation supplied and language(s) used in flight documentation;
7. charts and other information displayed or available for briefing or consultation;
8. supplementary equipment available for providing information on meteorological conditions, such as weather
radar and receiver for satellite images;
9. the ATS unit(s) provided with meteorological information; and
10. additional information such as any limitation of service, etc.
**** AD 3.12 Heliport data
Detailed description of heliport dimensions and related information, including:
1. heliport type – surface-level, elevated or helideck;
2. touchdown and lift-off (TLOF) area dimensions to the nearest metre or foot;
3. true bearings to one-hundredth of a degree of final approach and take-off (FATO) area;
4. dimensions to the nearest metre or foot of FATO, and surface type;
5. surface and bearing strength in tonnes (1 000 kg) of TLOF;
6. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and hundredths of seconds and, where appropriate, geoid
undulation of the geometric centre of TLOF or of each threshold of FATO:
— for non-precision approaches, to the nearest metre or foot; and
— for precision approaches, to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/223
7. TLOF and/or FATO slope and elevation:
— for non-precision approaches, to the nearest metre or foot; and
— for precision approaches, to the nearest tenth of a metre or tenth of a foot;
8. dimensions of safety area;
9. dimensions to the nearest metre or foot of helicopter clearway;
10. the existence of an obstacle-free sector; and
11. remarks.
**** AD 3.13 Declared distances
Detailed description of declared distances to the nearest metre or foot, where relevant for a heliport, including:
1. take-off distance available, and if applicable, alternative reduced declared distances;
2. rejected take-off distance available;
3. landing distance available; and
4. remarks, including entry or start point where alternative reduced declared distances have been declared.
**** AD 3.14 Approach and FATO lighting
Detailed description of approach and FATO lighting, including:
1. type, length and intensity of approach lighting system;
2. type of visual approach slope indicator system;
3. characteristics and location of FATO area lights;
4. characteristics and location of aiming point lights;
5. characteristics and location of TLOF lighting system; and
6. remarks.
**** AD 3.15 Other lighting, secondary power supply
Description of other lighting and secondary power supply, including:
1. location, characteristics and hours of operation of heliport beacon;
2. location and lighting of wind direction indicator (WDI);
3. taxiway edge and taxiway centre line lights;
4. secondary power supply including switchover time; and
5. remarks.
**** AD 3.16 Air traffic services airspace
Detailed description of ATS airspace organised at the heliport, including:
1. airspace designation and geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and seconds of the lateral limits;
2. vertical limits;
3. airspace classification;
4. call sign and language(s) of ATS unit providing service;L 104/224 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
5. transition altitude;
6. hours of applicability; and
7. remarks.
**** AD 3.17 Air traffic services communication facilities
Detailed description of ATS communication facilities established at the heliport, including:
1. service designation;
2. call sign;
3. frequency(ies);
4. hours of operation; and
5. remarks.
**** AD 3.18 Radio navigation and landing aids
Detailed description of radio navigation and landing aids associated with the instrument approach and the terminal
area procedures at the heliport, including:
1. type of aids, magnetic variation (for VOR, station declination used for technical line-up of the aid) to the nearest
degree, and type of operation for ILS, MLS, basic GNSS, SBAS and GBAS;
2. identification, if required;
3. frequency(ies), as appropriate;
4. hours of operation, as appropriate;
5. geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes, seconds and tenths of seconds of the position of the transmitting
antenna, as appropriate;
6. elevation of the DME transmitting antenna to the nearest 30 m (100 ft) and of DME/P to the nearest 3 m (10 ft); and
7. remarks.
When the same aid is used for both en-route and heliport purposes, a description shall also be given in section ENR 4. If
the GBAS serves more than one heliport, a description of the aid shall be provided under each heliport. If the operating
authority of the facility is other than the designated authority, the name of the operating authority shall be indicated in
the remarks column. Facility coverage shall be indicated in the remarks column.
**** AD 3.19 Local heliport regulations
Detailed description of regulations applicable to the use of the heliport, including the acceptability of training flights,
non-radio and microlight aircraft and similar, and to ground manoeuvring and parking but excluding flight procedures.
**** AD 3.20 Noise abatement procedures
Detailed description of noise abatement procedures established at the heliport.
**** AD 3.21 Flight procedures
Detailed description of the conditions and flight procedures, including radar and/or ADS-B procedures, established on
the basis of airspace organisation established at the heliport. When established, detailed description of the low visibility
procedures at the heliport, including:
1. touchdown and lift-off (TLOF) area(s) and associated equipment authorised for use under low visibility procedures;3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/225
2. defined meteorological conditions under which initiation, use and termination of low visibility procedures would
be made;
3. description of ground marking/lighting for use under low visibility procedures; and
4. remarks.
**** AD 3.22 Additional information
Additional information about the heliport, such as an indication of bird concentrations at the heliport together with an
indication of significant daily movement between resting and feeding areas, to the extent practicable.
**** AD 3.23 Charts related to a heliport
Aeronautical charts related to a heliport shall be included in the following order:
1. Aerodrome/Heliport Chart – ICAO;
2. Area Chart – ICAO (departure and transit routes);
3. Standard Departure Chart – Instrument – ICAO;
4. Area Chart – ICAO (arrival and transit routes);
5. Standard Arrival Chart – Instrument – ICAO;
6. ATC Surveillance Minimum Altitude Chart – ICAO;
7. Instrument Approach Chart – ICAO (for each procedure type);
8. Visual Approach Chart – ICAO; and
9. bird concentrations in the vicinity of the heliport.
If some of the aeronautical charts are not produced, a statement to this effect shall be given in section GEN 3.2
‘Aeronautical charts’.L 104/226 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Appendix 2
NOTAM FORMAT3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/227
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE NOTAM FORMAT
1. General
The qualifier line (Item Q) and all identifiers (Items A to G inclusive) each followed by a closing parenthesis, as
shown in the format, shall be transmitted unless there is no entry to be made against a particular identifier.
2. NOTAM numbering
Each NOTAM shall be allocated a series identified by a letter and a four-digit number followed by a stroke and a
two-digit number for the year (e.g. A0023/03). Each series shall start on 1 January with the number 0001.
3. Qualifiers (Item Q)
Item Q is divided into eight fields, each separated by a stroke. An entry shall be made in each field. Examples of how
fields are to be filled in are shown in the Aeronautical Information Services Manual (ICAO Doc 8126). The definition of
the field is as follows:
1. FIR
a) If the subject of the information is geographically located within one FIR, the ICAO location indicator
shall be that of the FIR concerned. When an aerodrome is situated within the overlying FIR of another
Member State, the first field of Item Q shall contain the code for that overlying FIR (e.g. Q) LFRR/…A)
EGJJ);
or,
if the subject of the information is geographically located within more than one FIR, the FIR field shall
be composed of the ICAO nationality letters of the Member State originating the NOTAM followed by
‘XX’. The location indicator of the overlying UIR shall not be used. The ICAO location indicators of
the FIRs concerned shall then be listed in Item A or the indicator of the Member State or the
delegated entity which is responsible for provision of a navigation service in more than one Member
State.
b) If one Member State issues a NOTAM affecting FIRs in a group of Member States, the first two letters
of the ICAO location indicator of the issuing Member State plus ‘XX’ shall be included. The location
indicators of the FIRs concerned shall then be listed in Item A or the indicator of the Member State or
the delegated entity which is responsible for provision of a navigation service in more than one
Member State.
2. NOTAM CODE
All NOTAM Code groups contain a total of five letters, the first of which is always the letter ‘Q’. The
second and third letters identify the subject, and the fourth and fifth letters denote the status or
condition of the subject reported upon. The two-letter codes for subjects and conditions are those
contained in ICAO Doc 8400 ‘Procedures for Air Navigation Services – ICAO Abbreviations and Codes
(PANS-ABC)’. For combinations of second and third, and fourth and fifth letters, refer to the ‘NOTAM
Selection Criteria’ contained in ICAO Doc 8126 or insert one of the following combinations, as
appropriate:
a) if the subject is not listed in the NOTAM Code (ICAO Doc 8400) or in the NOTAM Selection Criteria
(ICAO Doc 8126), insert ‘XX’ as the second and third letters (e.g. QXXAK); if the subject is ‘XX’, use
‘XX’ also for condition (e.g. QXXXX).
b) if the condition of the subject is not listed in the NOTAM Code (ICAO Doc 8400) or in the NOTAM
Selection Criteria (ICAO Doc 8126), insert ‘XX’ as the fourth and fifth letters (e.g. QFAXX);
c) when a NOTAM containing operationally significant information is issued and when it is used to
announce the existence of AIRAC AIP Amendments or Supplements, insert ‘TT’ as the fourth and
fifth letters of the NOTAM Code;L 104/228 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
d) when a NOTAM is issued containing a checklist of valid NOTAM, insert ‘KKKK’ as the second, third,
fourth and fifth letters; and
e) the following fourth and fifth letters of the NOTAM Code shall be used in NOTAM cancellations:
AK = RESUMED NORMAL OPERATION
AL = OPERATIVE (OR RE-OPERATIVE) SUBJECT TO PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED LIMITATION
S/CONDITIONS
AO = OPERATIONAL
CC = COMPLETED
CN = CANCELLED
HV = WORK COMPLETED
XX = PLAIN LANGUAGE
As Q – - AO = Operational shall be used for NOTAM cancellation and NOTAM promulgating new
equipment or services, use the following fourth and fifth letters Q – - CS = Installed.
Q – - CN = CANCELLED shall be used to cancel planned activities, e.g. navigation warnings; Q – - HV =
WORK COMPLETED shall be used to cancel work in progress.
3. TRAFFIC
I = IFR
V = VFR
K = NOTAM is a checklist
Depending on the NOTAM subject and content, the qualifier field TRAFFIC may contain combined qualifiers.
4. PURPOSE
N = NOTAM selected for the immediate attention of flight crew members
B = NOTAM of operational significance selected for PIB entry
O = NOTAM concerning flight operations
M = Miscellaneous NOTAM; not subject for a briefing, but available on request
K = NOTAM is a checklist
Depending on the NOTAM subject and content, the qualifier field PURPOSE may contain the combined qualifiers
BO or NBO.
5. SCOPE
A = Aerodrome
E = En-route
W = Nav Warning
K = NOTAM is a checklist
Depending on the NOTAM subject and content, the qualifier field SCOPE may contain combined qualifiers.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/229
6. and 7. LOWER/UPPER
LOWER and UPPER limits shall only be expressed in flight levels (FL) and shall express the actual vertical
limits of the area of influence without the addition of buffers. In the case of navigation warnings and
airspace restrictions, values entered shall be consistent with those provided under Items F and G.
If the subject does not contain specific height information, insert ‘000’ for LOWER and ‘999’ for UPPER
as default values.
8. COORDINATES, RADIUS
The latitude and longitude accurate to one minute, as well as a three-digit distance figure giving the radius
of influence in NM (e.g. 4700N01140E043). Coordinates present the approximate centre of circle whose
radius encompasses the whole area of influence, and if the NOTAM affects the entire FIR/UIR or more
than one FIR/UIR, enter the default value ‘999’ for radius.
4. Item A
Insert the ICAO location indicator as contained in ICAO Doc 7910 of the aerodrome or FIR in which the facility,
airspace, or condition being reported on is located. More than one FIR/UIR may be indicated, when appropriate. If
there is no available ICAO location indicator, use the ICAO nationality letter as given in ICAO Doc 7910, Part 2,
plus ‘XX’ and followed up in Item E by the name, in plain language.
If information concerns GNSS, insert the appropriate ICAO location indicator allocated for a GNSS element or the
common location indicator allocated for all elements of the GNSS (except GBAS).
In the case of GNSS, the location indicator may be used when identifying a GNSS element outage such as KNMH for a GPS
satellite outage.
5. Item B
For date-time group, use a ten-figure group, giving year, month, day, hours and minutes in UTC. This entry is the
date-time at which the NOTAMN comes into force. In the cases of NOTAMR and NOTAMC, the date-time group is
the actual date and time of the NOTAM origination. The start of a day shall be indicated by ‘0000’.
6. Item C
With the exception of NOTAMC, a date-time group (a ten-figure group giving year, month, day, hours and minutes
in UTC) indicating duration of information shall be used unless the information is of a permanent nature in which
case the abbreviation ‘PERM’ is inserted instead. The end of a day shall be indicated by ‘2359’, ‘2400’ shall not be
used. If the information on timing is uncertain, the approximate duration shall be indicated using a date-time
group followed by the abbreviation ‘EST’. Any NOTAM which includes an ‘EST’ shall be cancelled or replaced
before the date-time specified in Item C.
7. Item D
If the hazard, status of operation or condition of facilities being reported on will be active in accordance with a
specific time and date schedule between the dates-times indicated in Items B and C, insert such information under
Item D. If Item D exceeds 200 characters, consideration shall be given to providing such information in a separate,
consecutive NOTAM.L 104/230 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
8. Item E
Use decoded NOTAM Code complemented, where necessary, by ICAO abbreviations, indicators, identifiers,
designators, call signs, frequencies, figures and plain language. When NOTAM is selected for international
distribution, English text shall be included for those parts expressed in plain language. This entry shall be clear and
concise in order to provide a suitable PIB entry. In the case of NOTAMC, a subject reference and status message shall
be included to enable accurate plausibility checks.
9. Items F and G
These items are normally applicable to navigation warnings or airspace restrictions and are usually part of the PIB
entry. Insert both lower and upper height limits of activities or restrictions, clearly indicating only one reference
datum and unit of measurement. The abbreviations ‘GND’ or ‘SFC’ shall be used in Item F to designate ‘ground’ and
‘surface’ respectively. The abbreviation ‘UNL’ shall be used in Item G to designate ‘unlimited’.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/231
Appendix 3
SNOWTAM FORMATL 104/232 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.20203.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/233
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE SNOWTAM FORMAT
1. General
a) When reporting on more than one runway, repeat Items B to H (aeroplane performance calculation section).
b) The letters used to indicate items are only used for reference purpose and shall not be included in the messages.
The letters, M (mandatory), C (conditional) and O (optional) mark the usage and information and shall be
included as explained below.
c) Metric units shall be used and the unit of measurement shall not be reported.
d) The maximum validity of SNOWTAM is 8 hours. New SNOWTAM shall be issued whenever a new runway
condition report is received.
e) A SNOWTAM cancels the previous SNOWTAM.
f) The abbreviated heading ‘TTAAiiii CCCC MMYYGGgg (BBB)’ is included to facilitate the automatic processing of
SNOWTAM messages in computer databanks. The explanation of these symbols is:
TT = data designator for SNOWTAM = SW;
AA = geographical designator for Member States, e.g. LF = FRANCE, EG = United Kingdom;
iiii = SNOWTAM serial number in a four-digit group;
CCCC = four-letter location indicator of the aerodrome to which the SNOWTAM refers;
MMYYGGgg = date/time of observation/measurement, whereby:
MM = month, e.g. January = 01, December = 12;
YY = day of the month;
GGgg = time in hours (GG) and minutes (gg) UTC;
(BBB) = optional group for:
Correction, in the case of an error, to a SNOWTAM message previously disseminated with the same serial
number = COR.
Brackets in (BBB) shall be used to indicate that this group is optional.
When reporting on more than one runway and individual dates/times of observation/assessment are indicated by repeated
Item B, the latest date/time of observation/assessment shall be inserted in the abbreviated heading (MMYYGGgg).
g) The text ‘SNOWTAM’ in the SNOWTAM Format and the SNOWTAM serial number in a four-digit group shall
be separated by a space, e.g. SNOWTAM 0124.
h) For readability purposes for the SNOWTAM message, a linefeed shall be included after the SNOWTAM serial
number, after Item A, and after the aeroplane performance calculation section.
i) When reporting on more than one runway, repeat the information in the aeroplane performance calculation
section from the date and time of assessment for each runway before the information in the situational
awareness section.
j) Mandatory information is:
1) AERODROME LOCATION INDICATOR;
2) DATE AND TIME OF ASSESSMENT;
3) LOWER RUNWAY DESIGNATOR NUMBER;
4) RUNWAY CONDITION CODE FOR EACH RUNWAY THIRD; and
5) CONDITION DESCRIPTION FOR EACH RUNWAY THIRD (when runway condition code (RWYCC) is
reported 1–5)L 104/234 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
2. Aeroplane performance calculation section
Item A – Aerodrome location indicator (four-letter location indicator).
Item B – Date and time of assessment (eight-figure date/time group giving time of observation as month, day, hour
and minute in UTC).
Item C – Lower runway designator number (nn[L] or nn[C] or nn[R]).
Only one runway designator shall be inserted for each runway and always the lower number.
Item D – Runway condition code for each runway third. Only one digit (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6) is inserted for each
runway third, separated by an oblique stroke (n/n/n).
Item E – Per cent coverage for each runway third. When provided, insert 25, 50, 75 or 100 for each runway third,
separated by an oblique stroke ([n]nn/[n]nn/[n]nn).
This information shall be provided only when the runway condition for each runway third (Item D) has been reported
as other than 6 and there is a condition description for each runway third (Item G) that has been reported other than
‘DRY’.
When the conditions are not reported, this shall be signified by the insertion of ‘NR’ for the appropriate runway third
(s).
Item F – Depth of loose contaminant for each runway third. When provided, insert in millimetres for each runway
third, separated by an oblique stroke (nn/nn/nn or nnn/nnn/nnn).
This information shall only be provided for the following contamination types:
— standing water, values to be reported 04, then assessed value. Significant changes 3 mm up to and including 15
mm;
— slush, values to be reported 03, then assessed value. Significant changes 3 mm up to and including 15 mm;
— wet snow, values to be reported 03, then assessed value. Significant changes 5 mm; and
— dry snow, values to be reported 03, then assessed value. Significant changes 20 mm.
When the conditions are not reported, this shall be signified by the insertion of ‘NR’ for the appropriate runway third
(s).
Item G – Condition description for each runway third. Any of the following condition descriptions for each
runway third, separated by an oblique stroke, shall be inserted.
COMPACTED SNOW
DRY SNOW
DRY SNOW ON TOP OF COMPACTED SNOW
DRY SNOW ON TOP OF ICE
FROST
ICE
SLUSH
STANDING WATER
WATER ON TOP OF COMPACTED SNOW
WET
WET ICE
WET SNOW3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/235
WET SNOW ON TOP OF COMPACTED SNOW
WET SNOW ON TOP OF ICE
DRY (only reported when there is no contaminant)
When the conditions are not reported, this shall be signified by the insertion of ‘NR’ for the appropriate runway third
(s).
Item H – Width of runway to which the runway condition codes apply. The width in metres if less than the
published runway width shall be inserted.
3. Situational awareness section
Elements in the situational awareness section shall end with a full stop.
Elements in the situational awareness section for which no information exists, or where the conditional circumstances for
publication are not fulfilled, shall be left out completely.
Item I – Reduced runway length. The applicable runway designator and available length in meters shall be
inserted (e.g. RWY nn [L] or nn [C] or nn [R] REDUCED TO [n]nnn).
This information is conditional when a NOTAM has been published with a new set of declared distances.
Item J – Drifting snow on the runway. When reported, ‘DRIFTING SNOW’ shall be inserted.
Item K – Loose sand on the runway. When loose sand is reported on the runway, the lower runway designator
shall be inserted with a space ‘LOOSE SAND’ (RWY nn or RWY nn[L] or nn[C] or nn[R] LOOSE SAND).
Item L – Chemical treatment on the runway. When chemical treatment has been reported applied, the lower
runway designator shall be inserted with a space ‘CHEMICALLY TREATED’ (RWY nn or RWY nn[L] or
nn[C] or nn[R] CHEMICALLY TREATED).
Item M – Snow banks on the runway. When snow banks are reported present on the runway, the lower runway
designator shall be inserted with a space ‘SNOWBANK’ and with a space left ‘L’ or right ‘R’ or both sides
‘LR’, followed by the distance in metres from centre line separated by a space ‘FM CL’ (RWY nn or RWY
nn[L] or nn[C] or nn[R] SNOWBANK Lnn or Rnn or LRnn FM CL).
Item N – Snow banks on a taxiway. When snow banks are present on a taxiway, the taxiway designator shall be
inserted with a space ‘SNOWBANK’ and with a space left ‘L’ or right ‘R’ or both sides ‘LR’, followed by
the distance in metres from centre line separated by a space FM CL (TWY [nn]n SNOWBANK Lnn or
Rnn or LRnn FM CL).
Item O – Snow banks adjacent to the runway. When snow banks are reported present, penetrating the height
profile in the aerodrome snow plan, the lower runway designator and ‘ADJ SNOWBANKS’ shall be
inserted (RWY nn or RWY nn[L] or nn[C] or nn[R] ADJ SNOWBANKS).
Item P – Taxiway conditions. When taxiway conditions are reported slippery or poor, the taxiway designator
followed by a space ‘POOR’ shall be inserted (TWY [n or nn] POOR or ALL TWYS POOR).
Item R – Apron conditions. When apron conditions are reported slippery or poor, the apron designator followed
by a space ‘POOR’ shall be inserted (APRON [nnnn] POOR or ALL APRONS POOR).
Item S – (NR) Not reported.
This shall only be reported for Member States that have an established programme of runway friction measurement
using a Member-State-approved friction measuring device.
Item T – Plain language remarks.L 104/236 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
Appendix 4
ASHTAM FORMAT3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/237
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE ASHTAM FORMAT
1. General
1.1 The ASHTAM provides information on the status of activity of a volcano when a change in its activity is, or is expected
to be of operational significance. This information is provided using the volcano level of alert colour code given in 3.5
below.
1.2 In the event of a volcanic eruption producing ash cloud of operational significance, the ASHTAM also provides
information on the location, extent and movement of the ash cloud and the air routes and flight levels affected.
1.3 Issuance of an ASHTAM giving information on a volcanic eruption, in accordance with section 3 below, shall not be
delayed until complete information A to K is available but shall be issued immediately following receipt of notification
that an eruption has occurred or is expected to occur, or a change in the status of activity of a volcano of operational
significance has occurred or is expected to occur, or an ash cloud is reported. In the case of an expected eruption, and
hence no ash cloud evident at that time, items A to E shall be completed and items F to I indicated as ‘not applicable’.
Similarly, if a volcanic ash cloud is reported, e.g. by special air-report, but the source volcano is not known at that
time, the ASHTAM shall be issued initially with items A to E indicated as ‘unknown’, and items F to K completed, as
necessary, based on the special air-report, pending receipt of further information. In other circumstances, if
information for a specific field A to K is not available indicate ‘NIL’.
1.4 The maximum period of validity of ASHTAM is 24 hours a day. New ASHTAM shall be issued whenever there is a
change in the level of alert.
2. Abbreviated heading
2.1 Following the usual ‘Aeronautical fixed – telecommunications network (AFTN)’ communications header, the
abbreviated heading ‘TT AAiiii CCCC MMYYGGgg (BBB)’ shall be included to facilitate the automatic processing of
ASHTAM messages in computer databanks. The explanation of these symbols is:
TT = data designator for ASHTAM = VA;
AA = geographical designator for States, e.g. NZ = New Zealand;
iiii = ASHTAM serial number in a four-figure group;
CCCC = four-letter location indicator of the flight information region concerned;
MMYYGGgg = date/time of report, whereby:
MM = month, e.g. January = 01, December = 12;
YY = day of the month;
GGgg = time in hours (GG) and minutes (gg) UTC;
(BBB) = Optional group for correction to an ASHTAM message previously disseminated with the
same serial number = COR.
Brackets in (BBB) shall be used to indicate that this group is optional.
3. Content of ASHTAM
3.1 Item A – Flight information region affected, plain-language equivalent of the location indicator given in the
abbreviated heading, in this example: ‘Auckland Oceanic FIR’.
3.2 Item B – Date and time (UTC) of first eruption.
3.3 Item C – Name of volcano, and number of volcano as listed in ICAO Doc 9691 Manual on Volcanic Ash, Radioactive
Material and Toxic Chemical Clouds, Appendix H, and on the World Map of Volcanoes and Principal Aeronautical
Features.L 104/238 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
3.4 Item D – Latitude/Longitude of the volcano in whole degrees or radial and distance of volcano from NAVAID, as listed
in the ICAO Doc 9691 Manual on Volcanic Ash, Radioactive Material and Toxic Chemical Clouds, Appendix H, and on the
World Map of Volcanoes and Principal Aeronautical Features.
3.5 Item E – Colour code for level of alert indicating volcanic activity, including any previous level of alert colour code as
follows:
Level of
Status of activity of volcano
alert colour code
GREEN Volcano is in normal, non-eruptive state.
ALERT or, after a change from a higher alert level:
Volcanic activity considered to have ceased, and volcano reverted to its normal,
non-eruptive state.
YELLOW Volcano is experiencing signs of elevated unrest above known background
levels.
ALERT
or, after a change from higher alert level:
Volcanic activity has decreased significantly but continues to be closely
monitored for possible renewed increase.
ORANGE Volcano is exhibiting heightened unrest with increased likelihood of eruption.
ALERT or,
Volcanic eruption is underway with no or minor ash emission [specify ash-plume
height, if possible].
RED Eruption is forecasted to be imminent with significant emission of ash into the
atmosphere likely.
ALERT
or,
Eruption is underway with significant emission of ash into the atmosphere
[specify ash-plume height, if possible].
The colour code for the level of alert indicating the status of activity of the volcano and any change from a previous status of activity
shall be provided to the area control centre by the responsible vulcanological agency in the Member State concerned, e.g. ‘RED
ALERT FOLLOWING YELLOW’ OR ‘GREEN ALERT FOLLOWING ORANGE’.
3.6 Item F – If volcanic ash cloud of operational significance is reported, the horizontal extent and base/top of the ash
cloud shall be indicated using latitude/longitude (in whole degrees) and altitudes in thousands of metres (feet) and/or
radial and distance from source volcano. Information initially may be based only on special air-report, but
subsequent information may be more detailed based on advice from the responsible meteorological watch office
and/or volcanic ash advisory centre.
3.7 Item G – Forecast direction of movement of the ash cloud at selected levels shall be indicated based on advice from the
responsible meteorological watch office and/or volcanic ash advisory centre.
3.8 Item H – Air routes and portions of air routes and flight levels affected, or expected to become affected, shall be
indicated.
3.9 Item I – Closure of airspace, air routes or portions of air routes, and availability of alternative routes, shall be
indicated.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/239
3.10 Item J – Source of the information, e.g. ‘special air-report’ or ‘vulcanological agency’, etc. The source of information
shall always be indicated, whether an eruption has actually occurred or ash cloud reported, or not.
3.11 Item K – Any operationally significant information, additional to the foregoing, shall be included in plain language.’
(7) Annex XI is replaced by the following:
‘
ANNEX XI
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE DESIGN SERVICES
(Part-FPD)
SUBPART A – ADDITIONAL ORGANISATION REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE DESIGN
SERVICES (FPD.OR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FPD.OR.100 Flight procedure design (FPD) services
(a) A flight procedure design services provider shall perform design, documentation and validation of flight procedure
(s) subject, if necessary, to approval by the competent authority thereof before being deployed and used.
In this context, the aeronautical data and aeronautical information used by the FPD provider shall meet the
requirements of accuracy, resolution, and integrity as specified in the aeronautical data catalogue in accordance
with Appendix 1 to Annex III (Part-ATM/ANS.OR).
(b) If aeronautical data for the design of flight procedures is not provided by an authoritative source or does not meet
the applicable data quality requirements (DQRs), such aeronautical data may be obtained from other sources by the
FPD provider. In this context, such aeronautical data shall be validated by the FPD provider intending to use it.
FPD.OR.105 Management system
In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.B.005 of Annex III, the FPD provider shall establish and maintain a management
system that includes control procedures for:
(a) data acquisition;
(b) flight procedure design in accordance with design criteria as set out in point FPD.TR.100;
(c) flight procedure design documentation;
(d) stakeholders consultation;
(e) ground validation and, when appropriate, flight validation of flight procedure;
(f) identification of tools, including configuration management and tools qualification, as necessary; and
(g) maintenance and periodic review of the flight procedure(s), as applicable.
FPD.OR.110 Record-keeping
In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.B.030 of Annex III, the FPD provider shall include in its record-keeping system the
elements indicated in point FPD.OR.105 of this Annex.
FPD.OR.115 Technical and operational competence and capability
(a) In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.B.005(a)(6) of Annex III, the FPD provider shall ensure that its flight procedure
designers:
(1) have successfully completed a training course that provides competency in flight procedure design;L 104/240 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(2) are suitably experienced to successfully apply the theoretical knowledge; and
(3) successfully complete continuation training.
(b) When flight validation is deemed necessary to be performed, the FPD provider shall ensure that it is undertaken by
a competent pilot.
(c) In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.B.030 of Annex III, the FPD provider shall maintain records of all the training as
well as any design activity completed by the employed flight procedure designers and make such records available
on request:
(1) to the flight procedure designers concerned; and
(2) in agreement with the flight procedure designers, to the new employer when a flight procedure designer is
employed by a new entity.
FPD.OR.120 Required interfaces
(a) When obtaining the aeronautical data and aeronautical information in accordance with point FPD.OR.100, the
FPD provider shall ensure the necessary formal arrangements are established, as applicable, with:
(1) aeronautical data sources;
(2) other service providers;
(3) aerodrome operators; and
(4) aircraft operators.
(b) To ensure that the requests for flight procedure design are clearly defined and subject to review, the FPD service
provider shall establish the necessary formal arrangements with the next intended user.
SUBPART B – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDERS OF FLIGHT PROCEDURE DESIGN SERVICES (FPD.TR)
SECTION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FPD.TR.100 Flight procedure design requirements
The flight procedures shall be designed by flight procedure design services provider in compliance with the
requirements laid down in Appendix 1 and with the design criteria as determined by the competent authority, so as to
ensure safe aircraft operations. The design criteria shall permit the establishment of appropriate obstacle clearance for
flight procedures, where required.
FPD.TR.105 Coordinates and aeronautical data
(a) In addition to point ATM/ANS.OR.A.090 of Annex III, geographical coordinates indicating latitude and longitude
shall be determined and reported to the aeronautical information services provider(s) (AIS provider(s)) in terms of
the World Geodetic System – 1984 (WGS-84) geodetic reference datum or equivalent.
(b) The order of accuracy of the field work and the determinations and calculations derived therefrom shall be such
that the resulting operational navigation data for the phases of flight are within the maximum deviations with
respect to an appropriate reference frame, as specified in Appendix 1 to Annex III (Part-ATM/ANS.OR).3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/241
Appendix 1
REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRSPACE STRUCTURES AND FLIGHT PROCEDURES CONTAINED THEREIN
SECTION I
Specifications for flight information regions, control areas, control zones and flight information zones
(a) FLIGHT INFORMATION REGIONS
Flight information regions as defined in point 23 of Article 2 to Regulation (EC) No 549/2004 shall:
(1) cover the whole of the air route structure to be served by such regions; and
(2) include all airspace within its horizontal limits, except when limited by an upper flight information region.
Member States shall retain their responsibilities towards the ICAO within the geographical limits of the flight
information regions entrusted to them by the ICAO on the date of entry into force of this Regulation.
(b) CONTROL AREAS
(1) Control areas shall be delineated so as to encompass sufficient airspace to contain the flight paths of those
instrument flight rules (IFR) flights or portions thereof to which the applicable parts of the air traffic control
(ATC) service are provided, taking into account the capabilities of the navigation aids normally used in that
area.
(2) A lower limit of a control area shall be established at a height above the ground or water of not less than 200
m (700 ft), unless otherwise prescribed by the competent authority.
(3) An upper limit of a control area shall be established when either:
(i) ATC service will not be provided above such upper limit; or
(ii) the control area is situated below an upper control area, in which case, the upper limit shall coincide with
the lower limit of the upper control area.
(c) CONTROL ZONES
(1) The horizontal limits of a control zone shall encompass at least those portions of the airspace, which are not
within control areas that contain the paths of IFR flights arriving at and departing from aerodromes to be
used under instrument meteorological conditions (IMC).
(2) If located within the horizontal limits of a control area, the control zone shall extend upwards from the surface
of the earth to at least the lower limit of the control area.
(d) FLIGHT INFORMATION ZONES
(1) The horizontal limits of a flight information zone shall encompass at least those portions of the airspace,
which are neither within control areas nor within control zone, that contain the paths of IFR and/or VFR
flights arriving at and departing from aerodromes.
(2) If located within the horizontal limits of a control area, the flight information zone shall extend upwards from
the surface of the earth to at least the lower limit of the control area.
SECTION II
Identification of ATS routes other than standard departure and arrival routes
(a) When ATS routes are established, a protected airspace along each ATS route and a safe spacing between adjacent
ATS routes shall be provided.
(b) ATS routes shall be identified through designators.
(c) When identifying ATS routes other than standard departure and arrival routes, the designation system used shall:
(1) permit the identification of any ATS route in a simple and unique manner;
(2) avoid redundancy;
(3) be usable by both ground and airborne automation systems;L 104/242 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union 3.4.2020
(4) permit utmost brevity in operational use; and
(5) provide for a sufficient possibility of extension to cater for any future requirements without the need for
fundamental changes;
(d) Basic ATS route designators shall be assigned in accordance with the following principles:
(1) the same basic designator shall be assigned to a main trunk route throughout its entire length, irrespective of
terminal control areas, States or regions traversed;
(2) where two or more trunk routes have a common segment, the segment in question shall be assigned each of
the designators of the routes concerned, except where this would introduce difficulties in the provision of air
traffic services (ATS), in which case, by common agreement, one designator only shall be assigned; and
(3) a basic designator assigned to one route shall not be assigned to any other route.
SECTION III
Identification of standard departure and standard arrival routes and associated procedures
(a) When identifying standard departure and standard arrival routes and associated procedures, it shall be ensured
that:
(1) the system of designators shall permit the identification of each route in a simple and unambiguous manner;
(2) each route shall be identified by a plain language designator and a corresponding coded designator; and
(3) in voice communications, the designators shall be easily recognisable as relating to a standard departure or
standard arrival route and shall not create any difficulties in pronunciation for pilots and ATS personnel.
(b) When composing designators for standard departure and standard arrival routes and associated procedures, the
following shall be used:
(1) a plain language designator;
(2) a basic indicator;
(3) a validity indicator that shall be a number from 1 to 9;
(4) a route indicator that shall be one letter of the alphabet; the letters ‘I’ and ‘O’ shall not be used; and
(5) a coded designator of a standard departure or standard arrival route, instrument or visual.
(c) Assignment of designators
(1) Each route shall be assigned a separate designator.
(2) To distinguish between two or more routes that relate to the same significant point (and are therefore assigned
the same basic indicator), a separate route indicator as described in point (b)(4) shall be assigned to each route.
(d) Assignment of validity indicators
(1) A validity indicator shall be assigned to each route to identify the route that is currently in effect.
(2) The first validity indicator to be assigned shall be the number ‘1’.
(3) Whenever a route is amended, a new validity indicator, which consists of the next higher number, shall be
assigned. The number ‘9’ shall be followed by the number ‘1’.
SECTION IV
Establishment and identification of significant points
(a) Significant points shall be established for the purpose of defining an ATS route or flight procedure and/or in
relation to the ATS requirements for information on the progress of aircraft in flight.
(b) Significant points shall be identified by designators.3.4.2020 E N O f f i c i a l J o u r n a l o f t h e E u r o p e a n Union L 104/243
SECTION V
Minimum flight altitudes
Minimum flight altitudes shall be determined for each ATS route and control area and shall be provided for
promulgation. These minimum flight altitudes shall provide a minimum obstacle clearance within the areas concerned.
SECTION VI
Identification and delineation of prohibited, restricted and danger areas
When prohibited areas, restricted areas or danger areas are established, upon initial establishment, they shall be given
an identification, and full details shall be provided for promulgation.’